% -*- coding: utf-8; time-stamp-format: "%02d-%02m-%:y at %02H:%02M:%02S %Z" -*- % N.B.: this dtx file is NOT for use with \DocInput. The latex source of the % user manual is not prefixed with percent signs. %<*none> \def\etocdtxtimestamp {Time-stamp: <23-09-2021 at 19:28:24 CEST>}% % %<*!readme> %% %% Package: etoc %% Version: 1.09e %% License: LPPL 1.3c %% Copyright (C) 2012-2021 Jean-Francois Burnol %% %% Copyright (C) 2014-2015 Christine Roemer and collaborators %% %% (translation into German of the documentation) % %<*none> \def\etocpkgdate {2021/09/23} \def\etocdocdate {2021/09/23} \def\etocpkgversion {v1.09e} \def\etocpkgdescription {Completely customisable TOCs (JFB)} \def\etocDEpkgdate {23.09.2021}% METTRE À JOUR À CHAQUE BUMP! \def\etocDEdocdate {23.09.2021} \def\etocDEDEdocdate {09.04.2015}% \def\etocDEDEpkgversion {v1.08d}% % Definition of \etocLicense % -------------------------- \begingroup \long\def\firstofone #1{#1}\catcode1=14\catcode2=0 \catcode`\%=12\catcode`\_=12\endlinechar13\catcode13=13 ^^A \catcode32=13\catcode`\\=12^^Brelax^^A ^^Bfirstofone{^^Bendgroup^^Bdef^^BetocLicense^^A {% Package: etoc % Version: 1.09e % License: LPPL 1.3c % Copyright (C) 2012-2021 Jean-Francois Burnol % Copyright (C) 2014-2015 Christine Roemer and collaborators % % (translation into German of the documentation) % % This Work may be distributed and/or modified under the % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, in its % version 1.3c. This version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt % and the latest version of this license is in % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of % LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. % % The Authors of this Work are: % Jean-Francois Burnol % for the source code and English documentation, and % Christine Roemer and collaborators % for the translation into German of the documentation. % % This Work consists of the main source file etoc.dtx and the derived % files etoc.sty, etoc.tex, etoc-DE.tex, etoc.pdf, etoc-DE.pdf, % etoc.dvi, etoc-DE.dvi, README.md. % % Running etex (or latex or pdflatex) on etoc.dtx extracts etoc.sty, % etoc.tex, etoc-DE.tex, and README.md. See README.md for % further instructions. }}% \bgroup\catcode2 0 \catcode`\\ 12 ^^Biffalse % %<*readme> Source: etoc.dtx (v1.09e) Author: Jean-Francois Burnol Author: Christine Roemer et al. (German tranlation) Info: Completely customisable TOCs License: LPPL 1.3c Copyright (C) 2012-2021 Jean-Francois Burnol. Copyright (C) 2014-2015 Christine Roemer and collaborators (translation into German of the documentation) ABSTRACT ======== The etoc package gives to the user complete control on how the entries of the table of contents should be constituted from the *name*, *number*, and *page number* of each sectioning unit. This goes via the definition of *line styles* for each sectioning level used in the document. The package provides its own custom line styles. Simpler ones are given as examples in the documentation. The simplest usage will be to take advantage of the layout facilities of packages dealing with list environments. Regarding the *global toc display*, etoc provides pre-defined styles based on a multi-column format, with, optionally, a ruled title or framed contents. The `\tableofcontents` command may be used arbitrarily many times and it has a variant `\localtableofcontents` which prints tables of contents 'local' to the current surrounding document unit. An extension of the `\label/\ref` syntax allows to reproduce (with another layout) a local table of contents defined somewhere else in the document. Via *depth tags*, one gets an even finer control for each table of contents of which sectioning units it should, or not, display. The formatting inherited (and possibly customized by other packages) from the document class will be used when in compatibility mode. The assignment of levels to the sectioning units can be changed at any time, and etoc can thus be used in a quite general manner to create custom ''lists of'', additionally to the tables of contents related to the document sectioning units. No auxiliary file is used additionally to the standard `.toc` file. INSTALLATION ============ To extract the package (.sty) and driver (.tex) files from etoc.dtx, execute `etex etoc.dtx`. It is also possible to execute latex or pdflatex directly on etoc.dtx. To produce etoc.pdf one can run pdflatex (thrice) directly on etoc.dtx or on the file etoc.tex which was extracted from `etex etoc.dtx` step. Options can be set in etoc.tex: - scrdoc class options (paper size, font size, ...) - with or without source code, - with dvipdfmx or with latex+dvips or pdflatex. Since release 1.08h pdflatex is the default in etoc.tex (prior it was latex+dvipdfmx as it produces smaller PDFs) in order to allow inclusion via the use of package `attachfile` of about 25 code samples as file attachment annotations. Installation: etoc.sty -> TDS:tex/latex/etoc/etoc.sty etoc.dtx -> TDS:source/latex/etoc/etoc.dtx etoc.pdf -> TDS:doc/latex/etoc/etoc.pdf etoc-DE.pdf -> TDS:doc/latex/etoc/etoc-DE.pdf README.md -> TDS:doc/latex/etoc/README.md The other files may be discarded. LICENSE ======= This Work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, in its version 1.3c. This version of this license is in > and the latest version of this license is in > and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. The Authors of this Work are: - Jean-Francois Burnol `` for the source code and English documentation, and - Christine Roemer `` and collaborators for the translation into German of the documentation. This Work consists of the main source file etoc.dtx and the derived files etoc.sty, etoc.tex, etoc-DE.tex, etoc.pdf, etoc-DE.pdf, etoc.dvi, etoc-DE.dvi. RECENT CHANGES ============== v1.09e \[2021/09/23\] --------------------- Needed (if etoc is used without hyperref) updates to internal macros to prepare for the upcoming LaTeX November 2021 change to `\contentsline`. Related updates to the user macro `\etoctoccontentsline`. v1.09d \[2021/07/13\] --------------------- Some minor synching with tableof 1.4c. Add `\etockeeporiginaltableofcontents` to provide a work-around to a compatibility issue with listings's `\lstlistoflistings`, which abuses `\tableofcontents` for doing something unrelated to the actual contents. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for report. Usage: `\usepackage{etoc}\etockeeporiginaltableofcontents`, then however you must employ `\etoctableofcontents`, not `\tableofcontents`. v1.09c \[2020/05/15\] --------------------- Syncs with KOMA-script deprecation of `\iftocfeature`. v1.09a, v1.09b \[2019/11/17\] ----------------------------- Sync with `memoir v3.7i` which has a better location of the TOC hyperref anchor. The `\etocaftertitlehook` can now freely be used also with memoir class (formerly its usage in case of memoir class was preempted by etoc itself). For more details refer to the section "Compatibility with the memoir class". v1.09 \[2019/03/09\] -------------------- New features: `\etoclocaltop`, `\localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth`. Thanks to Tony Roberts for feature request. Note to hackers: internal control sequence `\Etoc@localtop` is gone. etoc now requires e-TeX (`\numexpr`, `\unless`). Note: the German version of the documentation was last updated at the time of the v1.08d \[2015/04/09\] release. Since then all additions to it have been left in English language. % %<*tex>------------------------------------------------------------------------- %% run pdflatex thrice on this file etoc.tex to produce the documentation %% etoc.pdf, with source code included. %% \chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 % replace 0 by 1 for using latex+dvipdfmx \chardef\NoSourceCode 0 % replace 0 by 1 for the doc *without* the source code \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile {etoc.tex}[Driver for etoc documentation]% \PassOptionsToClass {a4paper,fontsize=11pt,twoside}{scrdoc} \PassOptionsToPackage {ngerman,english}{babel} \chardef\ForEnglish 1 % (\ForEnglish and \ForDeutsch flags can't be BOTH 1 ...) \chardef\ForDeutsch 0 % \input etoc.dtx %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex %%% End: %------------------------------------------------------------------------- %<*DEtex>----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% run pdflatex thrice on this file etoc-DE.tex to produce the German %% documentation etoc-DE.pdf (without source code). %% %% Um etoc-DE.pdf zu erzeugen ist pdflatex dreimal mit etoc-DE.tex laufen %% zu lassen. %% \chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 % replace 0 by 1 for using latex+dvipdfmx \chardef\NoSourceCode 1 % replace 1 by 0 for the doc *with* the source code \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesFile {etoc-DE.tex}[Driver for etoc German documentation]% %% or with german rather than ngerman in the two lines below \PassOptionsToClass {a4paper,fontsize=11pt,twoside,ngerman}{scrdoc} \PassOptionsToPackage {english,ngerman}{babel} \chardef\ForEnglish 0 % (\ForEnglish and \ForDeutsch flags can't be BOTH 1 ...) \chardef\ForDeutsch 1 % \input etoc.dtx %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex %%% End: %----------------------------------------------------------------------- %<*none>------------------------------------------------------------------------ ^^Bfi^^Begroup % \chardef\noetex 0 \ifx\numexpr\undefined\chardef\noetex 1 \fi \ifnum\noetex=1 \chardef\extractfiles 0 % extract files, then stop \else \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined \chardef\extractfiles 0 % etex etc.. on etoc.dtx, only file extraction. \else % latex/pdflatex on etoc.tex or on etoc.dtx \ifx\Withdvipdfmx\undefined % latex/pdflatex run is on etoc.dtx \chardef\extractfiles 1 % 1 = extract files and typeset manual, 2 = only typeset \chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 % 0 = pdflatex or latex+dvips, 1 = dvipdfmx \chardef\NoSourceCode 1 % 0 = include source code, 1 = do not \chardef\ForEnglish 1 \chardef\ForDeutsch 0 \NeedsTeXFormat {LaTeX2e}% \PassOptionsToClass {a4paper,fontsize=11pt,twoside}{scrdoc}% \PassOptionsToPackage {ngerman,english}{babel}% \else % latex run is on etoc.tex or etoc-DE.tex \chardef\extractfiles 2 % do not extract files, only typeset \fi \ProvidesFile{etoc.dtx}% [etoc source and documentation (\etocdtxtimestamp)]% \fi \fi \ifnum\extractfiles<2 % extract files \def\MessageDeFin{\newlinechar10 \let\Msg\message \Msg{********************************************************************^^J}% \Msg{*^^J}% \Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following^^J}% \Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX:^^J}% \Msg{*^^J}% \Msg{*\space\space\space\space etoc.sty^^J}% \Msg{*^^J}% \Msg{* To produce the documentation with source code included run pdflatex^^J}% \Msg{* thrice on file etoc.tex^^J}% \Msg{*^^J}% \Msg{* To produce the German documentation run pdflatex thrice on file^^J}% \Msg{* etoc-DE.tex^^J}% \Msg{*^^J}% \Msg{* Happy TeXing!^^J}% \Msg{*^^J}% \Msg{********************************************************************^^J}% }% \begingroup \input docstrip.tex \askforoverwritefalse \def\etocpkgpreamble{\defaultpreamble^^J\MetaPrefix^^J% \string\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}^^J% \string\ProvidesPackage{etoc}^^J% \space[\etocpkgdate\space\etocpkgversion\space\etocpkgdescription]}% \generate{\nopreamble\nopostamble \file{README.md}{\from{etoc.dtx}{readme}}% \usepostamble\defaultpostamble \file{etoc.tex}{\from{etoc.dtx}{tex}}% \file{etoc-DE.tex}{\from{etoc.dtx}{DEtex}}% \usepreamble\etocpkgpreamble \file{etoc.sty}{\from{etoc.dtx}{package}}}% \endgroup \fi % end of file extraction (from etex/latex/pdflatex run on etoc.dtx) \ifnum\noetex=1 % warning for README.md \expandafter\def\expandafter\MessageDeFin\expandafter {\MessageDeFin \Msg{* warning: to get correct utf-8 encoded README.md ^^J}% \Msg{* do etex etoc.dtx and not as here tex etoc.dtx ^^J}% \Msg{********************************************************************^^J}}% \fi \ifnum\extractfiles=0 % tex/etex/xetex/etc on etoc.dtx, files extracted, stop \MessageDeFin\expandafter\end \fi % From this point on, run is necessarily with e-TeX. % Check if \MessageDeFin got defined, if yes put it at end of run. \ifdefined\MessageDeFin\AtEndDocument{\MessageDeFin}\fi %------------------------------------------------------------------------------- % START OF USER MANUAL TEX SOURCE \documentclass[abstract]{scrdoc} \ifnum\NoSourceCode=1 \OnlyDescription\fi \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf\chardef\Withdvipdfmx 0 \fi \makeatletter \ifnum\Withdvipdfmx=1 \@for\@tempa:=hyperref,bookmark,graphicx,xcolor,pict2e\do {\PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx}\@tempa} % \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfm}{geometry} \PassOptionsToPackage{bookmarks=true}{hyperref} \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx-outline-open}{hyperref} \PassOptionsToPackage{dvipdfmx-outline-open}{bookmark} % \def\pgfsysdriver{pgfsys-dvipdfm.def} \else \PassOptionsToPackage{bookmarks=true}{hyperref} \fi \makeatother \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} \usepackage[hscale=0.66,vscale=0.75]{geometry} \pagestyle{headings} % \usepackage{layout} % January 2014. work-around a bug in KOMA 3.12 (December 2013): \makeatletter \def\buggysectionmark #1{% KOMA 3.12 as released to CTAN December 2013 \if@twoside\expandafter\markboth\else\expandafter\markright\fi {\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat\fi}{}#1}}{}} \ifx\buggysectionmark\sectionmark \def\sectionmark #1{% \if@twoside\expandafter\markboth\else\expandafter\markright\fi {\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat}{}#1}}{}} \fi \makeatother \makeatletter % 2013/03/07. % This macro allows to conveniently center a line inside a paragraph and still % use therein \verb or other commands changing catcodes. % Note: \centerline in LaTeX still uses \hsize and not \linewidth/\columnwidth \def\@centeredline {\hbox to \linewidth \bgroup \hss \bgroup \aftergroup\centeredline@ } \newcommand*\centeredline {% \ifhmode \\\relax \def\centeredline@{\hss\egroup\hskip\z@skip}% \else \def\centeredline@{\hss\egroup}% \fi \afterassignment\@centeredline \let\next=} % pour maintenir les % en début de ligne dans les blocs verbatim % \let\original@check@percent\check@percent \let\check@percent\relax \makeatother % pour les environnements verbatim % uniformisé finalement, avec quelques exceptions, pour dtx du 3 déc 2013 \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font45 \baselineskip11pt\relax} % ATTENTION: (avec doc.sty ou les classes scrdoc ou ltxdoc) % % - l'environnement macrocode se fait avec \macro@font qui est le % \MacroFont du \begin{document}. % % - les environnements verbatim utilisent le \MacroFont courant. % % - \verb utilise un \ttfamily !! et non pas \verbatim@font que l'on % peut customiser. % % - (9 mars 2015) il ne faut PAS commencer des macrocode directement après % un \section, il faut un paragraphe (par exemple un \indent\par) %---- % better \verb pour doc. % 12 octobre 2013, importé de xint.dtx % je rajoute pour { afin que truc{machin puisse avoir hyphénation % retire \leavemmode, pas nécessaire pour emploi ici % NOTE 9 mars 2015. J'ai depuis une version plus aboutie dans xint.dtx % mais je laisse ici tel quel. \def\MicroFont{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 } % modif de \do@noligs: \char`#1} --> \char`#1 } \makeatletter \def\do@noligs #1% {% \catcode `#1\active \begingroup \lccode `\~=`#1\relax \lowercase {\endgroup \def ~{\kern \z@ \char `#1 }}% }% \def\dobackslash {% \catcode92 \active \begingroup \lccode `\~=92\relax \lowercase {\endgroup \def ~{\kern \z@ \char 92 }}% }% \def\dobraces {% \catcode123 \active \begingroup \lccode `\~=123\relax \lowercase {\endgroup \def ~{\hskip \z@\@plus.1pt\@minus.1pt \char 123 }}% \catcode125 \active \begingroup \lccode `\~=125\relax \lowercase {\endgroup \def ~{\char 125 \hskip \z@\@plus.1pt\@minus.1pt }}% }% \def\verb {% \relax \ifmmode\hbox\else\leavevmode\null\fi \bgroup \MicroFont \let\do\do@noligs \verbatim@nolig@list \let\do\@makeother \dospecials \catcode32 10 \dobackslash \dobraces \makestarlowast \@jfverb }% \def\@jfverb #1{\catcode`#1\active \lccode`\~`#1\lowercase{\def~{\egroup\unskip}}}% % (\unskip ajouté le 14 octobre) % \lowast est défini plus loin \begingroup \lccode`\~=`\* \lowercase{% \endgroup \def\makestarlowast {\catcode`\*\active\let~\lowast}}% \makeatother % \usepackage{txfonts} % m'occuper de la taille de txtt: % au passage je supprime le \hyphenchar \font\m@ne % avril 2013 % ATTENTION ATTENTION ATTENTION Un changement de taille comme \small semble % déclencher (peut-être) la relecture de t1txtt.fd et quoi qu'il en soit le % \hyphenchar est REMIS à -1 ! % update: 13 octobre 2013 % et pourtant tailles sont ok, donc au moins cette information est % maintenue je ne sais donc pas exactement ce qui se passe. % (2015/11/12: je soupçonne presque un bug de conception de NFSS mais je n'ai % jamais eu ni le temps ni l'envie de regarder de plus près) \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{txtt}{\hyphenchar\font 45\relax} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{m}{n}{ %medium <->s*[.96] t1xtt% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{m}{sc}{ %cap & small cap <->s*[.96] t1xttsc% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{m}{sl}{ %slanted <->s*[.96] t1xttsl% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{m}{it}{ %italic <->ssub * txtt/m/sl% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{m}{ui}{ %unslanted italic <->ssub * txtt/m/sl% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{bx}{n}{ %bold extended <->t1xbtt% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{bx}{sc}{ %bold extended cap & small cap <->t1xbttsc% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{bx}{sl}{ %bold extended slanted <->t1xbttsl% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{bx}{it}{ %bold extended italic <->ssub * txtt/bx/sl% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{bx}{ui}{ %bold extended unslanted italic <->ssub * txtt/bx/sl% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{b}{n}{ %bold <->ssub * txtt/bx/n% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{b}{sc}{ %bold cap & small cap <->ssub * txtt/bx/sc% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{b}{sl}{ %bold slanted <->ssub * txtt/bx/sl% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{b}{it}{ %bold italic <->ssub * txtt/bx/it% }{} \DeclareFontShape{T1}{txtt}{b}{ui}{ %bold unslanted italic <->ssub * txtt/bx/ui% }{} \usepackage{xspace} \usepackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor} \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage[inline]{enumitem} \usepackage{array} \usepackage{longtable} \definecolor{joli}{RGB}{225,95,0} \definecolor{JOLI}{RGB}{225,95,0} \definecolor{BLUE}{RGB}{0,0,255} \colorlet{niceone}{green!35!blue!75} \usepackage {babel} % ngerman and english options have been passed to babel \AtBeginDocument { %% ATTENTION à ce que fait la classe scrdoc: File/Datei pour \partname !!! %% Je l'avais oublié pour 1.08 lorsque je suis passé à ngerman. %% Attention aussi au fait qu'il faut faire le \renewcommand\partname %% ET le mettre dans les \captions... %% \ifnum\ForEnglish=1 \renewcommand\partname{Part}\fi \ifnum\ForDeutsch=1 \renewcommand\partname{Teil}\fi \addto\captionsenglish {\renewcommand\partname{Part}} \addto\captionsgerman {\renewcommand\partname{Teil}} \addto\captionsngerman {\renewcommand\partname{Teil}} } \usepackage{tikz} \usetikzlibrary{trees} % added for "cyclic" grow function 2013/03/02 % Temporaire 16 avril 2015 pour release etoc 1.08e : % % \usepackage{etex} % % car erreur de compilation avec la pre-release 2015 de TeXLive à cause d'un % missing \locbox avec forest 2014/03/07 v1.05. % % Dû au fait que etoolbox 2015/03/19 v2.1d ne charge plus etex lorsqu'il % détecte le nouveau format LaTeX 2015/01/01 qui a été diffusé sur CTAN aux % alentours de 2015/03/31 et qui est intégré à TeXLive 2015. % % Note 12 mai 2015: la version 2015/05/04 v1.06 de forest fait maintenant % explicitement \RequirePackage {etex}. Il y a un nouveau package elocalloc de % David Carlisle, donc forest devrait plutôt tester si \locbox est défini % après avoir chargé etoolbox et sinon faire \RequirePackage {elocalloc}. \usepackage{forest}[2015/05/04] % % switched from tikz-qtree to forest 2013/09/09 % No problem with hyperlinks then, contrarily to tikz-qtree. % NOTE: (12 octobre 2013) % - si compilation pour dvipdfmx, les arbres dans le dvi visualisés par xdvi % montrent correctement les textes, mais rien au point de vue graphique, % - si compilation pour dvips, l'arbre fait par forest est tout empilé, celui % fait par tikz sans forest est presque correct, les labels débordent. % Dans les deux cas, le résultat final dans le pdf est bon. % grosso modo dans l'état actuel le pdf fait 250K (dvipdfmx), 340K (pdflatex) et % 1M pour dvips+ps2pdf. % 9 octobre 2013, je me décide à ne plus utiliser hidelinks, mais il est tout de % même ajouté au .toc % 12 mars 2015, pour 1.08a, see http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232584/4686 \usetikzlibrary{mindmap} %18 mai 2014: pdfinfo différent suivant anglais ou allemand \ifnum\ForEnglish=1 \usepackage[pdfencoding=pdfdoc]{hyperref} \hypersetup{% linktoc=all,% why is the important stuff %% bookmarksdepth=3,% (not needeed anymore now, v1.07g) breaklinks=true,% colorlinks,% linkcolor=RoyalBlue,% Orchid urlcolor=OliveGreen,% pdfauthor={Jean-Fran\c cois Burnol},% pdftitle={The etoc package},% pdfsubject={Tables of contents with LaTeX},% pdfkeywords={LaTeX, table of contents},% pdfstartview=FitH,% pdfpagemode=UseOutlines} \fi \ifnum\ForDeutsch=1 \usepackage[pdfencoding=pdfdoc]{hyperref} \hypersetup{% linktoc=all,% breaklinks=true,% colorlinks,% linkcolor=RoyalBlue,% Orchid urlcolor=OliveGreen,% pdfauthor={Jean-Fran\c cois Burnol, Christine Römer},% pdftitle={Das etoc Paket},% pdfsubject={Inhaltsverzeichnisse mit LaTeX},% pdfkeywords={LaTeX, Inhaltsverzeichnis},% pdfstartview=FitH,% pdfpagemode=UseOutlines} \fi % added usage of package bookmark 2013/10/10 \usepackage{bookmark} \usepackage{framed} \usepackage{varioref} \usepackage{etoc} % loads multicol % for etoc's own default line styles. <1.08b had \partname by default but this % does not work well with babel+frenchb hence the default is now simply Part. % Here we can use \partname as we do the documentation for English or German. % Careful with the customization of \partname done by scrdoc class ! \renewcommand{\etocpartname}{\partname} % see the \AtBeginDocument with \addto\captionsngerman etc... \ifnum\ForDeutsch=1 \renewcommand*{\etocabbrevpagename}{S.~} \fi %-------- % 10 octobre 2013: \AtBeginDocument{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\hypersetup{hidelinks}}} % mieux que de passer hidelinks comme option à hyperref. % Comme toutes les tocs sont faites dans un groupe, c'est très % bien. (et j'utilise \etocaftertitlehook pour autre chose) %-------- % add-ons for the new section `surprising uses of etoc' (2013/01/24) \newcounter{visibletoc} \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook} {\stepcounter{visibletoc}% \phantomsection \etoctoccontentsline{visibletoc}{\thevisibletoc}} \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{6} %-------- % add-ons for the `fancy TOC' (2013/01/25) % supprimé 2019/03/09 % \newcounter{dummypart} % \newcounter{dummychapter} % \newcounter{dummysection} % \etocsetlevel{dummypart}{6} % \etocsetlevel{dummychapter}{6} % \etocsetlevel{dummysection}{6} %-------- % for "Another compatibility mode" (2013/02/21): % attention au 5 qui est hard-coded % (pour 1.07f c'était 3, maintenant 5 pour 1.07g; et 4 maintenant pour 1.07h...) % (et pour 1.07i.. à nouveau 3 faudra vraiment que je change cela) % et maintenant =4 pour version de la doc du 28 avril 2014... faudra vraiment qu % je mette un mécanisme plus robuste pour cette TOC. % ATTENTION AUSSI AUX CODES VERBATIM % màj pour 1.08k: \etocsavedsectiontocline etc... \makeatletter \newcommand*{\MyQuasiStandardTOC}[1]{% \begingroup \etocsetstyle{section}{} {\ifnum\etocthenumber=4 % <- check this if new sections added to user manual \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\par\nopagebreak\begingroup \leftskip1.5em \rightskip\@tocrmarg \parfillskip \@flushglue \parindent 0pt \normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape \etocskipfirstprefix} {\allowbreak\,--\,} {\etocname\ \textup{(\etocnumber)}} {.\par\endgroup}% \else \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{} {\etocsavedsubsectiontocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% \fi} {\etocsavedsectiontocline {\numberline{{\color{cyan}\etocthenumber}}\etocname}{\etocpage}} {}% \etocstandarddisplaystyle \etocsetnexttocdepth {2}% \tableofcontents #1 \endgroup} \makeatother %-------- % Statistics on sections and subsections in a part \thispartstats: % 2 mars 2013 % cette version utilise des box, plutôt que des macros. % mais on ne peut plus alors changer de police etc... % 11 octobre 2013, je retire les \color{teal}. \newsavebox\firstnamei \newsavebox\firstnumberi \newsavebox\lastnamei \newsavebox\lastnumberi \newsavebox\firstnameii \newsavebox\firstnumberii \newsavebox\lastnameii \newsavebox\lastnumberii \newcounter{mycounti} \newcounter{mycountii} \newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxi}{} \newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxii}{} \newcommand*{\oldtocdepth}{} \newcommand*{\thispartstats}{% \setcounter{mycounti}{0}% \setcounter{mycountii}{0}% \def\thispartstatsauxi{% \sbox{\firstnamei}{\etocname}% \sbox{\firstnumberi}{\etocnumber}% \def\thispartstatsauxi{}}% \def\thispartstatsauxii{% \sbox{\firstnameii}{\etocname}% \sbox{\firstnumberii}{\etocnumber}% \def\thispartstatsauxii{}}% \begingroup \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {} {\thispartstatsauxii \stepcounter{mycountii}% \sbox{\lastnameii}{\etocname}% \sbox{\lastnumberii}{\etocnumber}} {} \ifnum\ForEnglish=1 \etocsetstyle{section} {} {} {\thispartstatsauxi \stepcounter{mycounti}% \sbox{\lastnamei}{\etocname}% \sbox{\lastnumberi}{\etocnumber}} {Here are some statistics for this part: it contains \arabic{mycounti} section\ifnum\value{mycounti}>1 s\fi{} and \arabic{mycountii} subsection\ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 s\fi. The name of the first section is ``\unhbox\firstnamei{}'' and the corresponding number is ``\unhbox\firstnumberi''. The name of the last section is ``\unhbox\lastnamei{}'' and its number is ``\unhbox\lastnumberi''. \ifnum\value{mycountii}>0 The name of the first subsection is ``\unhbox\firstnameii{}'' and the corresponding number is ``\unhbox\firstnumberii''. The name of the last subsection is ``\unhbox\lastnameii{}'' and its number is ``\unhbox\lastnumberii''.\fi } \fi \ifnum\ForDeutsch=1 \etocsetstyle{section} {} {} {\thispartstatsauxi \stepcounter{mycounti}% \sbox{\lastnamei}{\etocname}% \sbox{\lastnumberi}{\etocnumber}} % Hier wird ein Befehl definiert, der fuer jedes Teil ein paar Fakten sammelt % und ausgibt. {Zu Beginn wollen wir ein paar Fakten zu diesem Teil nennen. Er enthält \arabic{mycounti} Abschnitt\ifnum\value{mycounti}>1 e\fi{} und \arabic{mycountii} Unterabschnitt\ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 e\fi. Der Name des ersten Abschnitts lautet \glqq\unhbox\firstnamei{}\grqq~und er hat die Gliederungsnummer \glqq\unhbox\firstnumberi\grqq. Der Name des letzten Abschnitts lautet \glqq\unhbox\lastnamei{}\grqq~und er hat die Nummer \glqq\unhbox\lastnumberi\grqq. \ifnum\value{mycountii}>0 Der erste Unterabschnitt heißt \glqq\unhbox\firstnameii{}\grqq~und er hat die Nummer \glqq\unhbox\firstnumberii\grqq. Der Name des letzten Unterabschnitts ist \glqq\unhbox\lastnameii{}\grqq~und dessen Nummer ist \glqq\unhbox\lastnumberii\grqq.\fi }% \fi \etocinline % october 10, 2013. \etocsetnexttocdepth {2}% \etocsettocstyle {\pdfbookmark[1]{Statistics}{\thepart.STATS}}{} \localtableofcontents \endgroup } %% % pour les TOC à la TikZ \newtoks\treetok \newtoks\parttok \newtoks\sectiontok \newtoks\subsectiontok \newtoks\tmptok \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2 #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}} % 12 et 13 mars 2015 pour la mind map de title page % pour les Mindmap avec branch color \def\appendpart #1#2#3{% \edef\tmpstuff {\the#1 child [branch color = #3]{\the#2}}% #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }% } % Vendredi 13 mars 2015 à 18:10:40 % POUR LA TOC DE TITLE PAGE \usepackage{eso-pic} \usepackage{picture} \newcount\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild % copié de http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232914 \def\tikzmycustomgrowth {% \pgftransformreset \ifnum\tikztreelevel=1 % \pgftransformrotate{55+((\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/sibling angle})*(\tikznumberofcurrentchild)}% % -90 Dimanche 25 septembre 2016 à 17:18:50. Non finalement zero. Non -36 % **** % Bon finalement 1.09 n'utilise plus cette customgrowth % **** \pgftransformrotate{-36+((\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/sibling angle})*(\tikznumberofcurrentchild)}% \pgftransformxshift{\the\tikzleveldistance}% \fi \ifnum\tikztreelevel=2 \pgfmathsetmacro\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild{(\tikzsiblingdistance)*(6+\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild)}% \ifdim\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild pt<\tikzlevelheight \pgftransformxshift{\tikzlevelwidth/2} \pgftransformyshift{-\tikzlevelheight/2+\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild} \else \pgfmathsetmacro\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild{\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild-\tikzlevelheight}% \ifdim\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild pt<\tikzlevelwidth \pgftransformxshift{\tikzlevelwidth/2-\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild} \pgftransformyshift{\tikzlevelheight/2} \else \pgfmathsetmacro\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild{\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild-\tikzlevelwidth}% \ifdim\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild pt<\tikzlevelheight \pgftransformxshift{-\tikzlevelwidth/2} \pgftransformyshift{\tikzlevelheight/2-\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild} \else \pgfmathsetmacro\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild{\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild-\tikzlevelheight}% \ifdim\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild pt<\tikzlevelwidth \pgftransformxshift{-\tikzlevelwidth/2+\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild} \pgftransformyshift{-\tikzlevelheight/2} \else \pgfmathsetmacro\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild{\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild-\tikzlevelwidth}% %\ifdim\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild pt<\tikzlevelheight \pgftransformxshift{\tikzlevelwidth/2} \pgftransformyshift{-\tikzlevelheight/2+\tikzoffsetofcurrentchild} %\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi \global\advance\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild by1 \fi } %version circulaire utilisée avec les version 1.08a--1.08f du manuel. \def\tikzmycustomgrowth {% \pgftransformreset \ifnum\tikztreelevel=1 \pgftransformrotate {126+(\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/sibling angle})*(\tikznumberofcurrentchild-1)}% \fi \ifnum\tikztreelevel=2 \pgftransformrotate {(\pgfkeysvalueof{/tikz/sibling angle})*(2+\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild)}% \global\advance\tikznumberofcurrentgrandchild by 1 \fi \pgftransformxshift {\the\tikzleveldistance}% } \newcounter{partco} % 1,2,3,4,5,... -> 1,2,3,1,2,3,1,2,3 \def\pseudomodthree #1{\numexpr #1 + 3 - 3*((#1+1)/3)\relax} % For etoc.toctree file was used to test the Mind map separately %\newwrite\TOCasTree \newbox\TitlePageMindmapTOC %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \newcommand\etoc{% \texorpdfstring{{\color{joli}\ttfamily\bfseries etoc}}{etoc}\xspace} \DeclareRobustCommand\csa [1] {{\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}} \DeclareRobustCommand\csb [1] {\hyperref[#1] {\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font45 \char`\\ #1}} \newcommand\cshyp[1]{\texorpdfstring{\csa{#1}}{\textbackslash #1}} \newcommand\csbhyp[1]{\texorpdfstring{\csa{#1}}{\textbackslash #1}} \newcommand\toc{\csa{table\-of\-con\-tents}\xspace} \newcommand\localtoc{\csa{local\-table\-of\-con\-tents}\xspace} \newcommand\localtocwrdp {\csa{local\-table\-of\-con\-tents\-with\-rel\-a\-tive\-depth}\xspace} \newcommand\lowast{\raisebox{-.25\height}{*}} \newcommand\starit[1]{\csa{#1\lowast}} \newcommand\staritb[1]{\csb{#1}\lowast} \hyphenation{ table-of-con-tents local-table-of-con-tents local-table-of-con-tents-with-rel-a-tive-depth } \hyphenation{toc-depth sec-num-depth con-tents-line} \hyphenation{etoc-stan-dard-lines etoc-de-fault-lines etoc-toc-lines etoc-set-style etoc-name etoc-page etoc-skip-first-pre-fix etoc-num-ber etoc-if-first etoc-x-if-first etoc-if-num-bered etoc-x-if-num-bered etoc-if-was-empty etoc-x-if-was-empty etoc-checks-empti-ness etoc-no-toc-if-no-toc etoc-the-name etoc-the-num-ber etoc-the-page etoc-link etoc-the-linked-name etoc-the-linked-num-ber etoc-the-linked-page etoc-the-link etoc-set-level etoc-set-toc-depth etoc-set-next-toc-depth etoc-set-toc-depth etoc-obey-toc-toc-depth etoc-ig-nore-toc-depth etoc-depth-tag etoc-set-tag-depth etoc-obey-depth-tags etoc-ig-nore-depth-tags etoc-stan-dard-dis-playstyle etoc-ar-ti-cle-style etoc-book-style etoc-set-toc-style etoc-mul-ti-col-style etoc-mul-ti-col etoc-lo-cal-mul-ti-col etoc-toc-style etoc-toc-style-with-marks etoc-toc-style-with-marks-nouc etoc-ruled-style etoc-ruled etoc-lo-cal-ruled etoc-framed-style etoc-framed etoc-lo-cal-framed etoc-in-line etoc-af-ter-ti-tle-hook etoc-af-ter-con-tents-hook etoc-af-ter-toc-hook etoc-skip-first-pre-fix etoc-only-on-first } \hyphenation{ etoc-font-mi-nus-two etoc-font-mi-nus-one etoc-font-zero etoc-font-one etoc-font-two etoc-font-three etoc-sep-mi-nus-two etoc-sep-mi-nus-one etoc-sep-zero etoc-sep-one etoc-sep-two etoc-sep-three etoc-mi-nus-two-left-mar-gin etoc-mi-nus-two-right-mar-gin etoc-mi-nus-one-left-mar-gin etoc-mi-nus-one-right-mar-gin etoc-base-line-spread-mi-nus-two etoc-base-line-spread-mi-nus-one etoc-base-line-spread-zero etoc-base-line-spread-one etoc-base-line-spread-two etoc-base-line-spread-three etoc-toc-line-lead-ers etoc-ab-brev-page-name etoc-part-name etoc-book-name etoc-above-toc-skip etoc-be-low-toc-skip etoc-column-sep etoc-mul-ti-col-sep etoc-mul-ti-col-pre-tol-er-ance etoc-mul-ti-col-tol-er-ance etoc-de-fault-nb-col etoc-in-ner-top-sep etoc-top-rule etoc-top-rule-col-or-cmd etoc-in-ner-left-sep etoc-in-ner-right-sep etoc-in-ner-bot-tom-sep etoc-left-rule etoc-right-rule etoc-bot-tom-rule etoc-left-rule-col-or-cmd etoc-right-rule-col-or-cmd etoc-bot-tom-rule-col-or-cmd etoc-bkg-col-or-cmd etoc-framed-mp-hook etoc-keep-orig-i-nal-table-of-con-tents } \hyphenation{next-toc-with-tags} \frenchspacing \renewcommand\familydefault\sfdefault % for illustration only. Not to be recommended in general. \setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} % Vendredi 16 septembre 2016 % pour rendre accessibles les exemples % Fait package filecontentsdef le Samedi 17. \usepackage{filecontentsdef} %\ifnum\Withdvipdfmx=1 %% I have an issue that with \thesubsection or \the\value{section} in code %% snippet filename, the file is not correctly attached, it appears in the pdf %% interface but with a wrong filename and one can not obtain the file from %% the pdf (tested on Acrobat Reader 11 Vendredi 16 septembre 2016). % \usepackage[dvipdfmx]{attachfile2} %\else \usepackage{attachfile}% no op with dvipdfmx %\fi % \def\CEST{+02'00'}\def\CET{+01'00'} \def\ExtractDateStamp #1<#2-#3-#4 at #5:#6:#7 #8>% {D:#4#3#2#5#6#7\csname#8\endcsname} \edef\DateForSamples {\expandafter\ExtractDateStamp\etocdtxtimestamp} \attachfilesetup{icon=Paperclip, mimetype=application/x-tex, appearance=false, author={Jean-François Burnol}, date=\DateForSamples}% print=false ? % attention Paperclip pas PaperClip !! \begin{document}%\layout \rmfamily \thispagestyle{empty} %------------------------------------------------------------------------------- % THIS IS TO AVOID TEX BEING CONFUSED BY CONDITIONALS IN FALSE BRANCHES \catcode1 0 \catcode92 12 ^^Aifnum^^AForEnglish=1 ^^Acatcode92 0 % START ENGLISH VERSION \bookmark[named=FirstPage,level=1]{Title page} \begingroup \etocsetstyle{part} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}% \or \appendpart\treetok\parttok {teal!60}% first \or \appendpart\treetok\parttok {yellow!80}% second \else\appendpart\treetok\parttok {green!50}% third and next ... \fi } {\stepcounter{partco}% \edef\treenode{node {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}. \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}% % grosse astuce: la première Partie ne sera pas embêtée par les trois sections % avant car ce qu'elles auront mis dans \parttok va être effacé. \parttok\expandafter{\treenode}} {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}% \or \appendpart\treetok\parttok {teal!60}% first \or \appendpart\treetok\parttok {yellow!80}% second \else\appendpart\treetok\parttok {green!50}% third and next ... \fi } \etocsetstyle{section} {} {} {% define the section node \edef\childnode{child {node {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber} \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}}% %\ifnum\value{partco}<9 % pour 1.08h \appendtotok\parttok\childnode %\fi } {} \etocsetnexttocdepth{section} \etocsettocstyle {\setcounter{partco}{0}% \treetok{\node [root concept]{\normalfont{The \etoc package}\par {\normalsize\textsc {Jean-François Burnol}\par \ttfamily jfbu (at) free (dot) fr}\par {\normalsize Package version:\par \etocpkgversion{} (\etocpkgdate )\par}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} \etocsettagdepth {preamble}{part} \etocsettagdepth {overview}{part} \etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part} \etocsettagdepth {examples}{part} \etocsettagdepth {surprising}{part} \etocsettagdepth {linestyles}{part} \etocsettagdepth {globalcmds}{part} \etocsettagdepth {custom}{part} \etocsettagdepth {tips}{part}% pour faire de la place pour 1.09 \etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part} \etocsettagdepth {code}{all} \etocinline\tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmaptitlepage} % \immediate\openout\TOCasTree=\jobname.toctree % \immediate\write\TOCasTree{\the\treetok}% \tikzset {branch color/.style={concept color=#1!white, every child/.append style={concept color=#1!white!30!white}}, % ajout pour version de 1.08g level width/.store in=\tikzlevelwidth, level height/.store in=\tikzlevelheight }% \global \setbox\TitlePageMindmapTOC\hbox {% %\begingroup \resizebox{\dimexpr\paperwidth-1cm\relax}!{% \begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap, text width=2cm, align = flush center, % pour 1.09 je reviens à version circulaire simplifiée growth function=\tikzmycustomgrowth, nodes={concept}, concept color=orange!60, root concept/.append style={font=\huge, text width = 6cm}, level 1/.append style={level distance=7cm, sibling angle=360/10},% passage de 9 à 10 pour 1.08h, je pourrais aussi le calculer % level 1 concept/.append style={font=\Large, text width = % 3cm}, % ancienne version circulaire % level 2/.append style={level distance=12.5cm, sibling angle=360/39},% % % distance par rapport au CENTRE ! (avec le code tel qu'en ce moment) % 39 hard coded mais je pourrais aussi le calculer % pour version rectangulaire, par tâtonnements: % level 2/.append style={level width=21cm, % level height=30cm, % sibling distance=1cm},% level 2/.append style={level distance=10cm, sibling angle=30},% level 2 concept/.append style={text width=2cm}, ] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture}% }% %\endgroup } \endgroup \noindent\null \AddToShipoutPictureFG*{\put(.5\paperwidth,.5\paperheight) {\makebox(0,0){\box\TitlePageMindmapTOC}}} \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {preamble} %---- % MAIN TOC % \etocsettocdepth {subsubsection} \etoctoclines \etocmarkboth\contentsname \etocmulticolstyle[1] {\noindent \bfseries\Large \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}\let\thefootnote\empty \footnote{Documentation (\etocdocdate) generated from the source file with timestamp ``\etocdtxtimestamp''.}\setcounter{footnote}{0}% } \pdfbookmark[1]{Table of contents}{MAINTOC}% \begin{framed} Starting with |1.08h|, about 25 code samples (especially the longer ones) are incorporated into the PDF file (thanks to \textsc{Scott Pakin}'s \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/attachfile}{attachfile} package) as \emph{file attachement annotations}. Each file is represented by an icon after the verbatim rendering of the corresponding code. Clicking suitably on the icon will open a dialog to open or save the file contents. This is much better than copy-paste which loses indentation. There is also in some viewer a \emph{Comment pane} which can be opened on the right side of the main window and which provides a convenient clickable list of all these \emph{attachments annotations}. PDF viewers unable to make these attachments accessible to the user may replace the clickable icons by some blank space. \end{framed} % https://helpx.adobe.com/acrobat/using/comments.html \begingroup \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3} \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{6} \tableofcontents \label{toc:main} \endgroup % ATTENTION Vendredi 09 septembre 2016 à 21:46:51 \clearpage \phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\abstractname} \begin{abstract} The \etoc package gives to the user complete control on how the entries of the table of contents should be constituted from the \emph{name}, \emph{number}, and \emph{page number} of each sectioning unit. This goes via the definition of \emph{line styles} for each sectioning level used in the document. The package provides its own custom line styles. Simpler ones are given as examples in the documentation. The simplest usage will be to take advantage of the layout facilities of packages dealing with list environments. Regarding the \emph{global toc display}, \etoc provides pre-defined styles based on a multi-column format, with, optionally, a ruled title or framed contents. The \csa{tableofcontents} command may be used arbitrarily many times% % \footnote{Except if \texttt{\string\etockeeporiginaltableofcontents} (\textcolor{Green}{\bfseries New with 1.09d}) is issued in the preamble after package loading. Then the macro \texttt{\string\etoctableofcontents}, not \texttt{\string\tableofcontents}, must be used if the \etoc features are to apply to the global TOC. This was added to fix a compatiblity issue with \texttt{listings}'s \texttt{\string\lstlistoflistings}, as it needs the \texttt{\string\tableofcontents} macro to keep its original meaning.} % and it has a variant \csa{localtableofcontents} which prints tables of contents `local' to the current surrounding document unit. An extension of the \csa{label}/\csa{ref} syntax allows to reproduce (with another layout) a local table of contents defined somewhere else in the document. Via ``depth tags'', one gets an even finer control for each table of contents of which sectioning units it should, or not, display. The formatting inherited (and possibly customized by other packages) from the document class will be used when in \emph{compatibility mode}. The assignment of levels to the sectioning units can be changed at any time, and \etoc can thus be used in a quite general manner to create custom ``lists of'', additionally to the tables of contents related to the document sectioning units. No auxiliary file is used additionally to the standard |.toc| file. \end{abstract} \section{Foreword} Popular packages dealing with TOCs include |tocloft|, |titletoc| and |minitoc|. Why another one? I started \etoc for my own use, and found out only later about these mentioned packages. As is well explained in the |tocloft| package documentation, the standard \LaTeX{} layout for the Table of Contents is buried in the class definitions. In particular, most of the lengths therein are hardcoded, and the only way for the user to change them is to recopy the class definitions into the document and then change them to obtain what is desired (within suitable \csa{makeatletter} and \csa{makeatother}). The more reasonable alternative is to use a dedicated package such as |tocloft| or to use another flexible document class. However, although now things are hopefully not hard-coded, one still has to go through the package or class interface. This means one has to memorize a (possibly large) number of macros which will serve only to this task, and one will always be constrained to customizing one initially given layout. The spirit of \etoc is something else. The user will deal with the \emph{name}, the \emph{number} and the \emph{page number} corresponding to each document sectional division (and found in a line of the |.toc| file) in a completely arbitrary manner: they are made available via the \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, and \csb{etocpage} commands. \etoc appears to be (at least partially) compatible with the |article|, |book|, |report|, |scrartcl|, |scrbook|, |scrreprt| and |memoir| classes. % Starting with release |1.07k| it is possible to % use \etoc concurrently with package |tocloft|. \clearpage \section{License} \begingroup\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font -1 \parindent0pt \obeyspaces\obeylines % \etocLicense\endgroup \clearpage \etocsettocdepth {subsection} \etocdepthtag.toc{overview} \part{Overview}\label{part:overview} \thispartstats \invisiblelocaltableofcontents \label{toc:overview} \section{Do I need to be a geek to use \etoc?} Not quite. The simplest way is to use |enumerate| environments, with the customizing facilities of packages such as |enumitem|,\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem}} to display the data fetched by \etoc from the |.toc| file. The data consists of the \emph{name} (\csb{etocname}), \emph{number} (\csb{etocnumber}), and \emph{page number} (\csb{etocpage}) as extracted % \footnote{although \LaTeX{} has been promoted as % separating contents from form, there are some areas where its % real implementation is very far from this ideal. And the |.toc| % file is a case in point; not to mention the hard-coded % dimensions, with use of the @ sign, % in the macros responsible for constructing the typeset table of % contents.} from the |.toc| file. This is illustrated \hyperref[toc:a]{at the start} of \autoref{part:linestyles}. More sophisticated examples would use more sophisticated |enumitem| options. One may say then that again the user has to memorize some customizing! indeed, but the syntax and option names to memorize are in no way related only to matters of tables of contents, hence an economy of use of the poor brain. % People who % know the internals of \LaTeX2e well (which is not my case) could % happily use directly a |\list| command; Next in ease of use, perhaps, is the method explained \hyperref[sec:firstexample]{later in this part} (\autoref{sec:firstexample}). For this some knowledge of |\leftskip|, |\rightskip|, etc... is necessary. And a slight elaboration of this method, whose code is to be found in \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}, allows to mimick very well, if so desired, the standard looks. An even closer emulation of the |book| class design is now included in this documentation as \autoref{sec:thirdexample}. As will be amply illustrated in this manual, \etoc is quite versatile (especially as it allows to re-define at any point in the document the hierarchy of sectioning units) and one can achieve surprising effects with it: \autoref{part:surprising} is devoted to this, and some more is to be found in \autoref{part:tipsandtricks}. \begin{framed} \setcounter{mycounti}{0}% \etocinline \etocsetlevel{part}{1} \etocsetlevel{chapter}{1} \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0} \etocsetstyle{visibletoc} {} {\stepcounter{mycounti}} {} {} \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocsetnexttocdepth{0} \tableofcontents A very important aspect of \etoc is that it is geared towards making many TOCs in the same document, \emph{using only one |.toc| file}! The present documentation contains \arabic{mycounti} visible tables of contents (and a few invisible ones) and uses only one |.toc| file!\footnotemark{} So one should think twice before adding manually extra commands to the |.toc| file (see \autoref{sec:addingtotoc}). \end{framed} \footnotetext{and the counting itself has been achieved by a table of contents which was inserted in the framed paragraph! \dots the technique for this kind of effect will be explained later.} \subsection{Limitations in the use of list environments for tables of contents} \label{ssec:limitations} There are some limitations to the use of list environments for typesetting TOCs. One of them is intrinsic to the scope limitations created by the groups associated to the environments: the |.toc| file may contain, besides the information to be typeset in the TOCs, some other commands, such as language changing commands, which do not expect to see their scope limited in this way inside a group (\LaTeX's environments create groups). Therefore the built-in ``line styles'' proposed by \etoc as an example (and which are illustrated\footnote{with a twist, subsections having been downgraded to the subsubsection style\dots} by the \hyperref[toc:main]{main table of contents} in this document) do not make use of environments. Actually, in this user manual, only the \hyperref[toc:a]{table of contents} at the start of \autoref{part:linestyles}, the \autoref{toc:allsubsections} (which is a TOC!) and examples from \autoref{etocthelink} have their line styles expressed in terms of enumerate or itemize environments. \section{Line styles and toc display style} A distinction shall be made between the \emph{line styles}, \emph{i.e.} the way the name, number and page numbers are used at each level, and the \emph{toc display style} (for lack of a better name) which tells how the title should be set, whether an entry in the |.toc| file should be made, whether the contents should be typeset with multiple columns, etc... the latter is governed by the command \csa{etocsettocstyle} (or some higher-level commands) and the former by the command \csa{etocsetstyle}. \subsection{\csbhyp{etocsetstyle} for the line styles} The command to inform \etoc of what to do with \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, and \csa{etocpage} is called \csb{etocsetstyle}. It has five mandatory arguments. The first one is the name of the sectional unit: a priori known names are |book|, |part|, |chapter|, |section|, |subsection|, |subsubsection|, |paragraph|, and |subparagraph|, and any other name can be declared and assigned to a (numeric) level via the \csb{etocsetlevel} command.\footnote{under the \texttt{memoir} class, \etoc knows \texttt{appendix} as a sectioning name.} The four other arguments of \csb{etocsetstyle} specify: 1) \emph{what to do when this level is first encountered, down from a more general one,} then 2) \& 3) (two arguments, a `prefix' and a `contents') \emph{what to do when a new entry of that type is found,} and 4) \emph{the last argument is the code to execute when a division unit of higher importance is again hit upon.} \subsection{\csbhyp{etocsettocstyle} for the toc display} The \csb{etocsettocstyle} command allows to specify what should be done before and after the line entries of the TOC are typeset, and in particular how the title should be printed. It has two arguments, the first one is executed before the TOC contents (typically it will print ``Contents'' and define suitable marks for the page headings) and the second is executed after the TOC contents. \etoc provides four (customizable) higher level toc styles: \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etoctocstyle}, \csb{etocruledstyle}, and \csb{etocframedstyle}. All use the |multicol| package with a default of two columns (single-column mode is obtained with the optional argument |[1]|). These commands must be followed either by \toc or \localtoc. \subsection{Compatibility mode}\label{subs:compat} \label{etoctoclines} \label{etocstandardlines} Both for the ``line styles'' and the ``toc display style'', it is possible to switch into a compatibility mode which uses the defaults from the document class.\footnote{for the ``toc display style'' \etoc checks if it knows the class, and if not defaults to the |article| class layout. It will also check if \texttt{tocloft} has customized the TOC title.} This is activated by:\\ \makebox[5.2cm][l]{\csb{etocstandardlines}} |% `line entries' as without \usepackage{etoc}|\\ \makebox[5.2cm][l]{\csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}} |% `toc display' as without \usepackage{etoc}| If the command \csa{etocsetstyle} has \emph{not been used in the preamble} the package will be at |\begin{document}| in this compatibility mode: hence just adding \csa{usepackage\{etoc\}} should hopefully not change anything to the look of a previously existing document, under the |article|, |book|, |report|, |scrartcl|, |scrbook|, |scrreprt| and |memoir| classes. Any use of \csa{etocsetstyle} in the \emph{preamble or body} of the document turns off from that point on the compatibility mode for line styles, but maintains the compatibility mode for the TOC title. One re-activates the compatibility mode for line styles with \csb{etocstandardlines}; and \csb{etoctoclines} will re-activate the line styles as defined with the help of \csa{etocsetstyle}, if their scope was not limited to a group or environment. The command \csb{etocdefaultlines} resets the line styles as pre-defined internally by \etoc and described in \autoref{etocdefaultlines}. Even if \csb{etocsetstyle} has been used, the global display style remains initially as defined by the document class (or the |tocloft| package); one needs to use the command \csb{etocsettocstyle} or its variants to exit from this compatibility mode at the ``toc display style'' level. It will be re-activated if use if made of \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}. See further \autoref{sec:anothercompat}. \section{A first example} \label{sec:firstexample} Let us present a first example of specification for line styles. Immediately after the start of \autoref{part:overview} we inserted in the source file: \centeredline{|\invisiblelocaltableofcontents \label{toc:overview}|} This sets-up the label |toc:overview|, and we can use it at any location in the document: \centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}|} And as we used |\invisible...|,\footnote{this is a shortcut for setting temporarily the |tocdepth| to |-3|, which has the effect to tell \etoc not to print the TOC, and not even the heading.} the local TOC will exist only through its clones elsewhere in the document. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup\parindent 0pt \parfillskip 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip 1cm \etocsetstyle {section} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 0cm\relax} {\bfseries\normalsize\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber.}% \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\mdseries\etocpage}}\par} {} \etocsetstyle {subsection} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip .5cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}% \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\etocpage}}\par} {} \etocsetstyle {subsubsection} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.5cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}% \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\etocpage}}\par} {} \etocruledstyle[1]{\bfseries \Large My first \etoc: TOC of \autoref{part:overview} (\nameref{part:overview})} \tableofcontents \ref {toc:overview} \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo We could have used the line styles defined by \etoc, with \csb{etocdefaultlines}, or the default document class styles with \csb{etocstandardlines}, but we were a bit more ambitious here and wanted to design our own. The technique is a simple one: each heading is in its own paragraph, which may extend on multiple lines; it is responsible for setting its own |\leftskip|. This is a simple design which does not make provisions for page breaks which should be discouraged in-between a section and a subsection etc\dots{} as we only used it for the table of contents of this part, thus with sections as top levels, there was no need to specify a style for parts too (we defined a subsubsection line style but as it turns out there are no subsubsections in this part). The two commands used are \csb{etocsetstyle} for specifying the line styles, and \csb{etocruledstyle} for the TOC global style. The |\rightskip| is shared by all, and creates space where the page numbers get printed. For an elaboration of this technique see the next \autoref{sec:secondexample} as well as \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags} which provides a TOC with parts and paragraphs. Both allow multi-line headings and employ a technique for putting page numbers in the right margin which was inspired from what \LaTeX2e's |\@dottedtocline| macro does. Here is how it was produced: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{A second example} \label{sec:secondexample} This second example displays only the contents from \autoref{part:linestyles} and \autoref{part:globalcmds}. This selection is done via the technique of \emph{depth tags}, described in \autoref{etocsettagdepth} and \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}. Its layout is a bit like the one of the \hyperref[toc:main]{main document TOC}, although the line styles are coded very differently. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup \newcommand*{\DotsAndPage} {\nobreak\leaders\hbox{\bfseries\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}% \hfill\nobreak \makebox[\rightskip][r]{\bfseries\normalsize\etocpage}\par} \etocsetstyle {part} {\parindent 0pt \nobreak \etocskipfirstprefix} {\pagebreak[3]\bigskip} {\large\rmfamily\bfseries\scshape\centering \etocifnumbered{Part \etocnumber{} -- }{}\etocname\par} {} \etocsetstyle {section} {\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip \nobreak\medskip \etocskipfirstprefix} {\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip \pagebreak[1]\smallskip} {\normalsize\rmfamily\bfseries\scshape \etocnumber. \etocname\DotsAndPage } {\parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax } \etocsetstyle {subsection} {\leftskip1cm\rightskip .75cm \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax \nobreak\smallskip} {} {\footnotesize\sffamily\mdseries\itshape \etocname{} (\etocnumber, p. \etocpage). } {\par\medskip} \etocsettagdepth {preamble} {none} %\etocsettagdepth {overview} {none}% not needed explicitely, keeps value %\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{none} %\etocsettagdepth {examples} {none} %\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {none} \etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {subsection} \etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {subsection} \etocsettagdepth {custom} {none} %\etocsettagdepth {tips} {none} %\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{none} %\etocsettagdepth {code} {none} \etocsettocstyle {\centering\LARGE\textsc{\contentsname}\par\nobreak\medskip}{} \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo The code: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{A Beautiful Thesis example} Here is a relatively simple example of use of the package functionalities. Let us set up some line styles. We choose a style for sections and sub-sections which would be suitable for, respectively, sections and sub-sections in an average length memoir. The line style specifications have some redundancy for clarity, and do not care about what to do at possible page breaks. Also, they do not worry about potential multi-column use. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup % we start a group to keep the style changes local \newlength{\tocleftmargin} \setlength{\tocleftmargin}{5cm} \newlength{\tocrightmargin} \setlength{\tocrightmargin}{1cm} \etocsetstyle{section} % will pretend to be a Chapter {\addvspace{1ex}\parfillskip0pt \leftskip\tocleftmargin % (already done in title) \rightskip\the\tocrightmargin plus 1fil \parindent0pt\color{cyan}} % (already done) {\bfseries\LARGE\upshape\addvspace{1ex}\leavevmode} {\llap{Chapter\hspace{.5em}{\etocnumber}\hspace{.75cm}}\etocname \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par} {} \etocsetstyle{subsection} % will pretend to be a Section {} {\mdseries\large\addvspace{.5ex}\leavevmode} {\llap{\etocnumber\hspace{.75cm}}\textit{\etocname}% \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par} {} \def\tmptitle{My Beautiful Thesis} \etocsettocstyle{\color{cyan}\parindent0pt \leftskip\tocleftmargin \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\ \huge\textit{\tmptitle}\par}{\bigskip} \tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview} \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{Linked list of the main package commands} \begingroup\raggedcolumns \advance\linewidth18pt \begin{multicols}{3}\parindent0pt\relax \csb{etocaftercontentshook}\par \csb{etocaftertitlehook}\par \csb{etocaftertochook}\par \csb{etocbeforetitlehook}\par \csb{etocdefaultlines}\par \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}\par \csb{etocdisplay}\par \csb{etocframedstyle}\par \csb{etocframed}\par \csb{etociffirst}\par \csb{etocifnumbered}\par \csb{etocignoredepthtags}\par \csb{etocignoretoctocdepth}\par \csb{etocinline}\par \csb{etoclink}\par \csb{etoclocalframed}\par \csb{etoclocaltop}\par \csb{etoclocalmulticol}\par \csb{etoclocalruled}\par \csb{etocmulticolstyle}\par \csb{etocmulticol}\par \csb{etocname}\par \csb{etocnumber}\par \csb{etocobeydepthtags}\par \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth}\par \csb{etocpage}\par \csb{etocruledstyle}\par \csb{etocruled}\par \csb{etocsetlevel}\par \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth}\par \csb{etocsetstyle}\par \csb{etocsettagdepth}\par \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}\par \csb{etocsettocdepth}\par \csb{etocsettocstyle}\par \csb{etocskipfirstprefix}\par \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}\par \csb{etocstandardlines}\par \csb{etocthelinkedname}\par \csb{etocthelinkednumber}\par \csb{etocthelinkedpage}\par \csb{etocthelink}\par \csb{etocthename}\par \csb{etocthenumber}\par \csb{etocthepage}\par \csb{etoctoccontentsline}\par \csb{etoctoclines}\par \csb{localtableofcontents}\par \csb{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth}\par \csb{tableofcontents}\par %\vspace{5\baselineskip}\hrule height 0pt \end{multicols} \endgroup \clearpage % 15 octobre, je teste les tags \etocdepthtag.toc {arbitrarily} \part{Arbitrarily many TOCs, and local ones too} % 13 octobre, ceci était une section avant \thispartstats \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocstandardlines \localtableofcontents \section{The \toc, \localtoc and \localtocwrdp commands} \label{tableofcontents} \label{localtableofcontents} \label{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth} \begin{description} \item[\toc] can be used arbitrarily many times in the document. Styling either globally the TOC or its individual entries is customizable at any time in the document. \item[\localtoc] will print local tables of contents: \emph{i.e.} all sections and sub-units inside a given chapter, or all subsubsections and lower inside a given subsection, etc... (see also \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth}).% % \footnote{As is explained in \autoref{sec:labeling} the syntax allows to create somewhere a local table of contents and to display it at some other location either before or after its origin.}% \textsuperscript{,}% \footnote{As is explained in \autoref{sec:tocdepth} \etoc allows at anytime to locally redefine the numeric levels associated to named ones, which brings great flexibility to achieve special effects, all done using only a single auxiliary file, the standard |.toc| file.} % \item[\localtocwrdp\marg{number}] can be used to override the document or current tocdepth setting (see \autoref{sec:tocdepth} for a discussion of tocdepth) to become relative to where the local TOC originates. For example, assuming the default numeric level assignments to standard sectioning units \begin{verbatim} \section{This is a section} \localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth{+2} \end{verbatim} will create a local table of contents taking into account the subsections and subsubsections inside this section, independently of what is the value of the |tocdepth| counter at this position in the document. If the numeric argument had been |3|, the local TOC would have displayed also paragraphs. If the section had been a chapter, and again for a relative tocdepth of |2|, the taken into account levels would have been sections and subsections.% % \footnote{The situation may be more complex, as the |.toc| file itself may well contain \texttt{\string\setcounter\{tocdepth\}\{...\}} commands. This is not recommended pratice with \etoc. See the discussion of \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} and \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} for more on this.} \end{description} The macro \localtocwrdp is \textbf{new with |1.09|}.% % \footnote{Thanks to Tony \textsc{Roberts} for feature request.} % \section{Labeling and reusing elsewhere} \label{sec:labeling} \etoc allows the labeling of a TOC with (for example) \csa{label\{toc:A\}} and will redisplay it elsewhere when told \csa{tableofcontents}\csa{ref\{toc:A\}}. The actual layout (title inclusive) used for the cloned TOC will be decided locally. The line styles and toc display style (including the title) will be the current ones and the current value of the |tocdepth| counter is obeyed. As an example the table of contents of \autoref{part:custom} is in a \hyperref[toc:d]{float} which appears \vpageref{toc:d}. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begin{figure}[ht!] \centering \begingroup \etocstandardlines \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{green!5}} \renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax} \fboxsep1ex \etocframedstyle [1]{\fbox{\makebox[.5\linewidth]{\etocfontminusone \hyperref[toc:c]{I am from far away}}}} \tableofcontents \label{toc:d} \ref{toc:c} \endgroup \end{figure} \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo We used this: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} Important: one should not use elsewhere \toc|\ref{toc:d}|. To clone again, one must use a reference to the original label: \toc|\ref{toc:c}|. \section{A powerful functionality of \etoc: the re-assignment of levels with \csbhyp{etocsetlevel}} \label{sec:tocdepth} The intrinsic levels manipulated by \etoc are numeric: from |-2| (which corresponds to |book| in the |memoir| class) down (from the big to the small) to |5| (|subparagraph|). But the assignment of a numeric level to a given name can be modified at any time with the command \csb{etocsetlevel}\marg{level\_name}\marg{number}. In conjunction with the use of the \LaTeX{} |tocdepth| counter, this has powerful applications: \meta{level\_name} does not have to coincide with an actual document sectioning command, and \etoc can be used to print arbitrary ``lists of things'', using no other auxiliary file than the |.toc| file. This is explained further in \autoref{part:surprising}. \begin{framed} It is often said that in the standard classes, the sectioning level of |\part| is |0| in the classes not having a |\chapter| command, and |-1| in classes having a |\chapter| command. This is \emph{correct} for what regards the \emph{automatic numbering}, as is governed by the value of the |secnumdepth| counter; but it is \emph{wrong} for what regards the effect of the |tocdepth| counter: setting the |tocdepth| to |-1| in the |article| class just before |\tableofcontents| does \emph{not} prevent Parts from appearing in the Table of Contents. One has to set it to |-2| for that, whether in the |article| or in the |book| class. The canonical levels, a priori known to \etoc, are those of relevance to the \textbf{|tocdepth|} counter in the standard classes and are recapitulated in this table: \centeredline{ \fbox{\begin{tabular}{rc} (|memoir| class) book&-2\\ part&-1\\ chapter&0 \\ section&1\\ subsection&2 \\ subsubsection&3 \\ paragraph&4 \\ subparagraph& 5 \end{tabular}}} \smallskip With \etoc, the user can easily print a local table of contents inside a given subsection, where subsubsections will be printed in the style of sections, paragraphs in the style of subsections, and subparagraphs in the style of subsubsections, if so desired. One can also decide to set everything to be at the level |6| (never displayed by \etoc), except for example paragraphs, promoted to be at level |1|, and then one obtains a nice table of contents of all the paragraphs from the document! (|tocdepth| at least |1|)\footnotemark \end{framed} \footnotetext{and one should naturally not print this TOC of paragraphs in compatibility mode, which would insist on inserting a gigantic left margin.} \section{The \csbhyp{etoc\-set\-toc\-depth} and \csbhyp{etoc\-set\-next\-toc\-depth} commands} \label{etocsettocdepth} \label{etocsetnexttocdepth} The |tocdepth| counter has no bearing on what gets written to the |.toc| file; its action is only on the actual typesetting of the table of contents.\footnote{In the standard classes (at least), it also influences the \csa{listoftables} and \csa{listoffigures}, via \csa{@dottedtocline}.} In the standard classes there is only one |\tableofcontents| possible, whereas with \etoc, arbitrarily many are allowed, so one may change |tocdepth| to the appropriate value (which decides the finest sectioning level displayed) again and again each time a table of contents needs to be typeset. \etoc provides \csb {etocsettocdepth}\marg{level} whose mandatory argument is either numeric (from |-3| to |5|) or a division name such as |subsection| or |subsubsection| or any name previously declared to \etoc with \csb{etocsetlevel} (the keywords |all| and |none| are recognized, although not corresponding to a document division). This does the appropriate |\setcounter{tocdepth}{numeric_level}|. As is explained in the next subsection, |tocdepth| is used by |hyperref|, and one must take steps to prevent its changes from influencing the bookmarks, too. So, \etoc has \csb {etocsetnexttocdepth}\marg{level} whose influence ceases immediately after the next table of contents. Thus, |\invisibletableofcontents| is essentially |\etocsetnexttocdepth{none}\tableofcontents|. The simplest course is thus to have after |\begin{document}| and before the first |\tableofcontents| a single instance of the \csb{etocsettocdepth} command, with argument the deepest level (or most commonly used deepest level) among the tables of contents of the document, and to use locally, where needed, \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} before |\tableofcontents| or |\localtableofcontents|. \begin{framed} It is possible to use \csb{etocsettocdepth} inside the first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle} (possibly in conjunction with checking the \csb{etoclocaltop} value, \emph{which however will be up-to-date there only if \csb{etocchecksemptiness} was executed}). There is no worry then about possible impact on hyperref bookmarks later on, because \etoc always resets the |tocdepth| counter after typesetting a TOC to the value it had before it. Since |1.09| the macro \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} works also if located in first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle}, but there is no reason to use it there as \csb{etocsettocdepth} has no durable effet on the |tocdepth| counter if executed there. Check \csb{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth} for a simpler way to control the depth of local tables of contents. This has the advantage of working reliably whether or not the \csb{etocchecksemptiness} is used. \end{framed} \subsection{The hyperref option \emph{bookmarksdepth}} \label{ssec:bookmarksdepth} When modifying the counter |tocdepth| for the purposes of multiple uses of \toc or \localtoc, one should be aware that package |hyperref| by default takes into account the \emph{current} value of the |tocdepth| counter to decide whether the |pdf| file will contain a bookmark corresponding to sectioning commands encountered in the source file. Thus, one typically needs to reset |tocdepth| to its previous value after having temporarily modified it for a given table of contents. Or, there is the \emph{bookmarksdepth=n} option of package |hyperref|, with \emph{n} the desired document bookmarks maximal depth, which can be numeric or the name of a level known to |hyperref|. This documentation previously passed |bookmarksdepth=3| as option to |hyperref|, so even if |tocdepth| was left to |1| by inadvertance after printing a certain table of contents this did not modify the bookmark tree of the |pdf| file. Now that \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} has been added to the package, we have used it systematically and there was no need for |bookmarksdepth=3| anymore. \section{The command \csbhyp{etoc\-set\-toc\-dep\-th.toc}} \label{etocsettocdepth.toc} This command \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} implements some functionality of |tocvsec2|\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tocvsec2}. I thank Denis \textsc{Bitouzé} for drawing my attention to the incompatibility of this package with \etoc.}, a package which however was incompatible with \etoc (it can still be used for its |secnumdepth|-related commands, but its |toc|-related activities will get canceled by \etoc) and more-or-less designed for a single table of contents. The action of \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} is totally different than the one of \csb{etocsettocdepth}. Rather than modifying the |tocdepth| counter immediately, it adds a line to the |.toc| file which, when executed inside a table of contents will enact this change. The command \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}, like \csb{etocsettocdepth}, accepts both numeric and named arguments. In the case of a named argument, the actual numeric value to be used is not yet decided at the time the |.toc| file is created; it will be the value currently specified for the named level at the time each table of contents (not having done |\etocignoretoctocdepth|) is typeset. The |tocdepth| counter will never be set to a value finer than its initial value at the start of the table of contents: so adding commands \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} in the document is a way to \emph{restrict} locally the depth of the table of contents. For example to prevent inclusion in the tables of contents of the sub-sub-sections of a given chapter. This {\fbox{gets executed in ALL tables of contents.}} \subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocobeytoctocdepth} and \csbhyp{etocignoretoctocdepth}} \label{etocobeytoctocdepth} \label{etocignoretoctocdepth} So \csb{etocignoretoctocdepth} is provided to cancel the \csa{etocsettocdepth.toc} mechanism when needed; and \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth} will re-activate it. The package does initially \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth}. \section{The commands \csbhyp{etoc\-depth\-tag.toc} and \csbhyp{etocsettagdepth}} \label{etocdepthtag.toc} \label{etocsettagdepth} As mentioned above, when the argument to \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} isn't numeric but a named level the actual numeric level used is decided at the time the TOC gets typeset, thus with the \emph{shuffling abilities of \etoc}, one may obtain a very flexible control in the following way: one first declares with \csb{etocsetlevel} some dummy named level, say |partIII|, assigning it the invisible numeric level |6|. Then before the actual third |\part| command in the source one inserts \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}|{partIII}|. At the location where the effect should cease one inserts in the source \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}|{all}|. It is now possible to specify, each time one wants to typeset a TOC, what will be the finest level for the entries originating in the third part: one just has to do \csa{etocsetlevel}|{partIII}{1}| for example. This will limit to sections (if |tocdepth| was at least at that level at the time \toc is encountered). This method has some limitations: \begin{enumerate*}[label={(\roman*)}] \item the second argument to \csb{etocsetlevel} must be numeric, \item it can not be set to |-3| (which would be necessary if one wanted to exclude an entire Book from a TOC in a |memoir| document with multiple such Books \dots admittedly a possibly rare case!), \item it is a bit of a hack as |partIII| is not a real division unit, but just a \emph{tag}. \end{enumerate*} Release |1.07h| has a command \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} which makes it easier to achieve this variable local control of the |tocdepth| at the time of typesetting TOCs. It is used as \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}\marg{tag\_name}, where the \meta{tag\_name} is anything, and this will put the tag in the |.toc| file. When typesetting a TOC, one issues a series of commands \csb{etocsettagdepth}\marg{tag\_name}\marg{level} where the \meta{level} may be either numeric (from |-3| to |5|) or the name of a division unit known to \etoc, or |none| or |all|. The effect of the tag inside the |.toc| file will then be to set the |tocdepth| counter to the desired value, in real time (as mentioned already, this can not get finer than the initial value of |tocdepth| at the start of the TOC). The added flexibility is thus that \csb{etocsetlevel} has not been used in a kind of hacky way, that one may use named level depths, and the keywords |none| and |all|. As usual, once the tag depths have been set, they remain in effect until getting redefined or seeing their scope expire via the closing of a group or of a surrounding environment. For an example, see \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}. \subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocobeydepthtags} and \csbhyp{etocignoredepthtags}} \label{etocobeydepthtags} \label{etocignoredepthtags} After \csb{etocignoredepthtags}, the |.toc| depth tags are ignored (but \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} still works). The package does initially \csb{etocobeydepthtags} which makes \etoc react to the found tags in the |.toc| file. \section{The commands \csbhyp{etocglobaldefs} and \csbhyp{etoclocaldefs}} \label{etocglobaldefs} \label{etoclocaldefs} In \LaTeX{} the meaning of a command defined via |\newcommand\foo{...}| inside an environment (or group) vanishes from \TeX's memory on exit from this environment (or group). At times however it is needed to make definitions with global scope, for this \TeX{} has the primitive prefix |\global|. By default \etoc's definitions of \csb{etocname} etc... are local. This causes problems in certain contexts such as TOC as tables (\autoref{sec:tocastable}, \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}) and also with |enumitem| \emph{inline} variants of its standard environments, because the command |\item| then closes a group (see \autoref{etocthelink}). After \csa{etocglobaldefs}, \etoc will make its definitions of \csb{etocname} etc... have global scope. For normal use this is not necessary. It does not hurt either to activate it systematically. To return to the default, use \csa{etoclocaldefs}. Note that both \csa{etocglobaldefs} and \csa{etoclocaldefs} actions are local to the environment or group where they are used. \section{Not displayed empty TOCs} \subsection{The \csbhyp{etocchecksemptiness} command} \label{etocchecksemptiness} \label{etocdoesnotcheckemptiness} The user needs to issue \csb{etocchecksemptiness} to tell \etoc to check whether local tables of contents are empty and in case of emptiness to print nothing at all.\footnote{Thanks to Paul Gaborit who asked for such a feature.} This can be useful to authors of \LaTeX{} classes who for example wish to have a |\chapter| command doing systematically a \csa{localtableofcontents}, or for people producing files via automatic conversions and some of those might have sectioning commands and others not. «Emptiness» means that no \csa{contentsline} command would get executed within the scope of the local table of contents --- empty line styles by themselves do not make the TOC empty. \etoc always executes the \csb{etocaftertochook} command; and the test for emptiness itself executes everything else found in the |.toc| file. See \autoref{sec:addingtotoc} in this context. \begin{enumerate} \item the \csb{etocifwasempty} command discussed below can be used from inside \csb{etocaftertochook}, and even from inside \csb{etocbeforetitlehook}. \item there is also \csa{etocdoesnotcheckemptiness} (since |1.08i|.) \end{enumerate} The suppression of the heading (more precisely of the toc display style elements) may be effective only for the final \LaTeX{} runs. For example in the situation of a \csa{tableofcontents}|\ref{foo}| where the label |foo| is not yet recognized, the heading (but not the contents) is printed and the TOC is declared non-empty. Or, if one adds a \localtoc to a document, on the next run, the test for emptiness will in fact apply to the next one, and the last local TOC of the document will have its contents temporarily unknown to \etoc, hence will be declared non empty, and the heading will be printed. For a finalized document compiled with initially no auxiliary files, the first \LaTeX{} run will declare all local TOCs non empty and print for each of them a heading (and no contents naturally). The second \LaTeX{} run will then correctly decide which local TOC is empty or not. \subsection{The \csbhyp{etocnotocifnotoc} command} \label{etocnotocifnotoc} The user can then extend the emptiness-checking to the global TOCs with \csb{etocnotocifnotoc}. May I respectfully give the advice then to rather do none of |\usepackage{etoc}| nor \toc ? |;-)|. Well, there is always the case of batch conversions of documents having or not sectioning units. \subsection{The \csbhyp{etocifwasempty} command} \label{etocifwasempty} \label{etocxifwasempty} The command \csb{etocifwasempty}\marg{YES}\marg{NO} executes \meta{YES} if the previous TOC was found to be empty and \meta{NO} if its was not so. This may serve to act appropriately after a truly empty TOC. If \csb{etocchecksemptiness} has not been issued, this conditional always executes the \meta{NO} branch. This command is robust, and \csb{etocxifwasempty} is its expandable version. \fbox{Do not forget the second argument: at least an empty pair of braces |{}| must be present.} This conditional may wrongly say that the local TOC is empty or not empty until \LaTeX{} compilations stabilize. But if it says that a local TOC is empty, this does mean that \etoc considered the just encountered local table of contents to be empty (for that run) and thus printed nothing (not even a |\par|). % pas traduit \section{The \csbhyp{etoclocaltop} command} \label{etoclocaltop} \textbf{New with 1.09 (2019/03/09)}. Within either the TOC style (\csb{etocsettocstyle}) or the local title styles (\csb{etocsetstyle}), the control sequence \csb{etoclocaltop} is made equivalent for the duration of \csb{localtableofcontents} to a numeric (self-delimiting) denotation of the current top level. Thus: it will in numeric contexts (|\ifnum|, |\ifcase|, ...) represent zero for a local TOC corresponding to chapter, or one if in a section, or two if in a subsection, etc..., assuming of course here that the default levels are obeyed (see \autoref{sec:tocdepth}). \begin{framed} \csb{etoclocaltop} from inside the TOC heading (first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle}) has the correct value \emph{only under \csb{etocchecksemptiness} regime}. Special circumstances correspond to some special values: \begin{description}[nolistsep] \item[|-3|] (|-\thr@@|)\newline signals that \etoc considers the local TOC to be ``unknown''; this happens at the last local TOC, for the first \LaTeX\ run after adding a new \localtoc to the document. In doubt, \etoc assumes the TOC will prove non empty, hence it prints (independently of whether the check for emptiness was activated or not) the heading as specified by \csb{etocsettocstyle}. Thus, check if \csb{etoclocaltop} gives |-3| as a a \meta{number} to detect that situation from within the first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle}, if desired. \item[|-1000|](|-\@m|)\newline is in case of a \localtoc being considered ``known'' (although it may still refer to the data in the |.toc| file from the previous run) but without the check for emptiness having been executed. \item[|-10000|](|-\@M|)\newline is the value when accessed from the title of a global TOCs. \end{description} \end{framed} \begin{framed} When executed from within a local table of contents \textbf{line styles} (\csb{etocsetstyle}), \csb{etoclocaltop} always will hold the correct value, whether or not the emptiness check was executed. For a global table of contents however, it will always keep the value |-3|. \end{framed} Attention! \cs{etoclocaltop} is only to be queried; modifying it is strictly forbidden and falls under the most rigorous prosecution allowed by federal law. \section{Adding commands to the \texorpdfstring{\texttt{.toc}}{.toc} file} \label{sec:addingtotoc} We described above \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} and \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} which both insert commands inside the |.toc| file. An even more general mechanism of adding ``action tags'' to the |.toc| file could be envisioned, but this would just be a wrapper for direct use of |\addtocontents{toc}{\something}|. One should be cautious when adding in this way things to the |.toc| file. For example, inserting \csa{addtocontents}|{toc}{\string\clearpage}| just before a \csa{part} to fix the problem when some part entry (in the table of contents) is isolated at the bottom of one page, will cause problems with multiple TOCs: this \csa{clearpage} will be executed by \etoc each time a \toc or \localtoc command is encountered! The more prudent thing is to do rather: {\csa{addtocontents}|{toc}{\string\myclearpage}|,} to have a |\let\myclearpage\relax| at the top level of the document and to use where needed something like: \begin{verbatim} \let\myclearpage\clearpage \tableofcontents \let\myclearpage\relax \end{verbatim} The |memoir| class has the command \csa{settocdepth} which writes a \csa{changetoc\-depth} command inside the |.toc| file. This will impact the typesetting by \etoc of \emph{all} tables of contents, with (possibly) unexpected results: imagine the document has \csa{settocdepth}|{chapter}| at some point to avoid having the sections from subsequent chapters be listed in the main table of contents. Then a local table of contents in one of these chapters will print a title but will be without any entry. As the |memoir| class by itself allows multiple\toc these issues already arise there, independently of \etoc, see page 170 of the |memoir| manual. For this specific issue, the commands \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}, \csb{etocignoretoctocdepth} and \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth} are the way to go; or their variants \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} and \csb{etocsettagdepth}. As an aside, any |\setcounter{tocdepth}{n}| command added directly to the |.toc| file sees its effect (since release |1.07g|) canceled at the end of each table of contents, which automatically does a |\setcounter{tocdepth}{previous_value}| with the value active on entering the table of contents. \subsection{The hyperref option \emph{hidelinks}}\label{ssec:hidelinks} The colored links (and also the rectangle links) are a bit annoying when used in tables of contents, especially when the document uses \etoc and has plenty of them! One may wish for having colored links, \emph{except} for those within table of contents! Indeed, why would things in TOCs need to be either framed in rectangles or colored, when the user \emph{already expects them to be links}? I use the following trick: either in the preamble using |\AtBeginDocument|, or right after |\begin{document}|, I have the command \centeredline{|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\hypersetup{hidelinks}}|} \begin{framed} All TOCs typeset by \etoc have their contents done within a group (as if enclosed in an environment). So the command \csa{hypersetup}|{hidelinks}| will be executed by \emph{each} TOC, but its effect will be limited to that TOC. \end{framed} I found out experimentally that the option |hidelinks| could indeed be set many times with |\hypersetup| (this is not the case of all |hyperref| options). \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {examples} \part{Examples}\label{part:examples} \thispartstats %% (pas de sous-section) \etocstandardlines \etocsettocstyle {}{\medskip} \localtableofcontents We present some additional examples. To understand all code snippets in detail, one will possibly need to have first browsed through \autoref{part:linestyles} and \autoref{part:globalcmds}. \section{Testing the compatibility mode} As a further example we now print the local table of contents of \autoref{part:globalcmds}. First we will test the compatibility mode.\footnote{the present document uses the |scrartcl| class, and we check here that the \etoc compatibility mode does respect the customizing done via the class commands.} The original was invisibly defined with a label at the beginning of \autoref{part:globalcmds}. \begin{verbatim} \begingroup % to keep in particular toc=left with local effect \KOMAoptions{toc=left} \etocstandarddisplaystyle % necessary for the display to obey toc=left \etocstandardlines \tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \end{verbatim} \begingroup \KOMAoptions{toc=left} \etocstandarddisplaystyle \etocstandardlines \tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \section{Another compatibility mode}\label{sec:anothercompat} As explained in \autoref{subs:compat}, the commands \csa{etocstandardlines} and \csa{etocstandarddisplaystyle} tell \etoc to, essentially, act as an observer. The document class layout for the table of contents is then perfectly obeyed. There is no way to customize this standard layout (change fonts, margins, vertical spacings, etc...) from within the package. For this, use some package dedicated to this task; because \etoc either is (temporarily perhaps) in compatibility mode with no customization on its part possible, or the user has specified the layout in \csa{etocsetstyle} commands (and \csa{etocsettocstyle}) and is (supposedly...) in complete control. Well, there is actually an alternative. It is possible to use the \csa{etocsetstyle} commands to recreate an artificial compatibility mode, in order to achieve effects like the following, all things being otherwise equal to the document class defaults: \begin{enumerate}[noitemsep] \item get the |hyperref| link to encapsulate only the names, but not the numbers of each entry of the table of contents, \item use the document class style for chapters and sections, but modify it only for subsections, \item do either of the above only for some portions of the table of contents. \end{enumerate} Here is how to proceed. This has become easier since release |1.08k| as now \etoc preserves automatically in \csb{etocsavedsectiontocline}, \csb{etocsavedchaptertocline} etc... the meaning of the \LaTeX\ |\l@section|, |\l@chapter|, etc... macros as they were at the time the TOC is typeset. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \makeatletter \newcommand{\MyStandardTOC}{% \begingroup % for the book or article classes: %\etocsetstyle{part}{}{} % {\etocsavedparttocline{\etocnumber\hspace{1em}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% % for the scrbook or scrartcl classes: \etocsetstyle{part}{}{} {\etocsavedparttocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% % following is identical in book/article/scrbook/scrartcl classes: \etocsetstyle{chapter}{}{} %%% only for book and scrbook {\etocsavedchaptertocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% \etocsetstyle{section}{}{} {\etocsavedsectiontocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{} {\etocsavedsubsectiontocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% % etc... if further sectioning units are used \etocstandarddisplaystyle % this is for the title, page-marks, etc... \tableofcontents \endgroup} \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} One can add to the above arbitrary text formatting commands, for example replace |\etocpage| by |\textcolor{blue}{\etocpage}|. If the document has only one table of contents then there is no need to put the commands inside a macro, or even inside a group.\footnote{and if moreover one just wants to keep the same layout as in the default, one may question why using \etoc... there is \emph{one} good reason: numbers and names are separately \texttt{hyperref} links, whereas normally there is only one link holding both the number and the name corresponding to one toc entry.} With these commands \etoc will construct a TOC completely identical to what would have been done by one of the document class: |article|, |book|, |scrartcl|, |scrbook|.\footnote{For the |memoir| class, one needed prior to \etoc |1.08k| a bit more: each of the command \csa{booknumberline}, \csa{partnumberline} and \csa{chapternumberline} had to be saved. They can now be used directly in the line styles, because their meanings are not modified anymore by \etoc during its TOC typesetting.} The number and the name of each entry are each separately an |hyperref| link, as is always the case with \etoc, when not in compatibility mode. Replacing \csa{etocnumber} with \csa{etocthenumber} will give a TOC where the numbers are not links anymore, but the names still are. Or one may decide to use \csa{etocthename} and keep an hyperlinked number with \csa{etocnumber}. Here is a subtler example where one only marginally modifies the sections (adding color to the number and removing the |hyperref| link) and keeps the subsections as in the default, \emph{except} for those of one specific section, for which the layout is completely modified: \MyQuasiStandardTOC{\ref{toc:overview}} \bigskip This example only has sections and subsections, and the code used in \csa{MyStandardTOC} was: \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \etocsetstyle{section}{} {\ifnum\etocthenumber=4 \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\par\nopagebreak\begingroup \leftskip1.5em \rightskip\@tocrmarg \parfillskip\@flushglue \parindent 0pt \normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape % \columnsep1em % \begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\linewidth-\leftskip-\rightskip\relax}% % \begin{multicols}{2}% \etocskipfirstprefix} {\allowbreak\,--\,} {\etocname\ \textup{(\etocnumber)}} {.\par\endgroup}% % {.\par\end{multicols}\end{minipage}\par\endgroup}% \else \etocsetstyle{subsection} {}{} {\etocsavedsubsectiontocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}} {}% \fi} {\etocsavedsectiontocline{\numberline{{\color{cyan}\etocthenumber}}\etocname}{\etocpage}} {}% \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} Notice the page head-mark added by this standard TOC. Sections and subsections are printed exactly as in the default (except for the subsections of one specific user-chosen section and except for the color of the section numbers), with no need to specify explicitely any length, font or other formatting instructions. But we had to examine the |scrartcl| sources to determine what to use for \csa{leftskip} and \csa{rightskip} for our customized section entries. \section{Emulating the book class}\label{sec:thirdexample} As explained in \autoref{subs:compat}: without explicit use of an \csb{etocsetstyle} command the package will leave to the document class the hand regarding the ``toc line styles''. It is sometimes asked by users (for example those using \etoc for its \csb{localtableofcontents}) how to stay close to but not completely identical with the design implemented by the standard classes, such as |book|. I can recommend package |tocloft| for this, as it is compatible with \etoc (see \autoref{subs:tocloft}) and thus \etoc will obey the |tocloft| customizations (as long as no use has been made of \csa{etocsetstyle}). It is also possible to modify only the style for, say, sections and leave the parts, chapters, subsections as in the document class, via the technique from \autoref{sec:anothercompat}. But for complete control, here is a translation of the |book| class code into \etoc lingua. It is then easy to modify the relevant lengths or adjust the used fonts. I thank \textsc{Denis Bitouzé} for prompting me to include this in the \etoc manual, as it resulted from some conversation we had about this. The code is not 100\% faithful to the |book| class, and particularly its rendering of (multi-line) non-numbered units differs (... I think, as I copied pasted as is the code from where I had stored it and did not do much thinking about it again). Some proficiency in low-level \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ macros is needed to understand what the code says, but for modifying fonts or some lengths such in-depth understanding is not needed. With some extra code one can \emph{automatically adjust the widths} assigned to typesetting sectioning numbers in order to prevent overflows, even with for example \MakeUppercase{\romannumeral 38}; but this is a more advanced feature which I have moved to \autoref{sec:thirdexampleextra}. First we set up some lengths. I use macro registers, not real \LaTeX\ lengths. When using |em|'s however, this means that one must pay attention to when the actual dimension assignment is made, as this will then depend upon the current font settings. In the code below, at the location where the \csa{TOCnumwidthB} and \csa{TOCnumwidthC} will be used, the |1em| from their specification will be matched to the normal medium series font, not the bold font; this is deliberate so that one can compare more readily with the other dimensions; besides, with the \csa{TOCcomputenumwidths} from \autoref{sec:thirdexampleextra} these macros will actually hold a dimension using |pt| as dimensional unit. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} % it will be easy to globally shift the TOC horizontally if needed \def\TOCleftmargin {0pt} \def\TOCrightmargin {2.55em}% like LaTeX's \@tocrmarg % this is for dotted leaders \newbox\TOCleaderbox \def\TOCleaderboxwidth {0.7777em}% about like what standard classes do % vertical spacing \def\TOCverysmallvskip {0pt plus .2pt} \def\TOCmedvskip {1em plus 1pt} \def\TOCbigvskip {2.25em plus 1pt} % the ``numwidths'' for typesetting the numbering of division units. % I don't recall exactly how (and for which fonts) these figures were chosen. % They quickly prove too small if using Roman numerals (as do too the book % class defaults even though they are a bit larger). \def\TOCnumwidthB {1.5em} % chapter \def\TOCnumwidthC {2.278em}% section, I think default is 2.3em \def\TOCnumwidthD {3.056em}% analog in standard class is 3.2em \def\TOCnumwidthE {3.833em}% analog in standard class is 4.1em \def\TOCnumwidthF {4.611em}% analog in standard class is 5em \def\TOCnumwidthG {5.389em}% analog in standard class is 6em % The code for the ``global toc style''. \newcommand*\TOCglobalstyle {% \etocsettocstyle {\if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi \parindent\z@ \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip \z@skip \setbox\TOCleaderbox\hbox to \TOCleaderboxwidth{\hss.\hss}% \chapter *{\noindent\kern\TOCleftmargin\relax % uses "pt"... \contentsname \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}{\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}% \rightskip \TOCrightmargin\relax \parfillskip -\rightskip % or a smaller value if desired \leftskip \TOCleftmargin \relax } {\if@restonecol \twocolumn \fi\cleardoublepage}% % \etocsetstyle{part} {} {\addpenalty {-\@highpenalty}% \addvspace \TOCbigvskip \leavevmode {\large \bfseries % use a group to limit font change \interlinepenalty\@M \etocifnumbered{\etocnumber\hspace{1em}}{}% \etocname \nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}}\par \nobreak } {} {}% % \etocsetstyle{chapter} {\advance\leftskip\TOCnumwidthB\relax} {\addpenalty {-\@highpenalty }% \vskip \TOCmedvskip\relax \leavevmode {\interlinepenalty\@M \etocifnumbered {\llap{\makebox[\TOCnumwidthB][l]{\bfseries\etocnumber}}} {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthB\relax}% \bfseries\etocname \nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}\par }% \penalty \@highpenalty } {} {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthB\relax}% % \TOCsetlinestyle {section} {\TOCnumwidthC}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subsection} {\TOCnumwidthD}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subsubsection}{\TOCnumwidthE}% \TOCsetlinestyle {paragraph} {\TOCnumwidthF}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subparagraph} {\TOCnumwidthG}% }% end of \TOCglobalstyle %The common code for line styles is abstracted into a macro: \newcommand\TOCsetlinestyle [2]{% #1= unit, #2= numwidth as macro \etocsetstyle{#1} {\advance\leftskip#2\relax} {\vskip \TOCverysmallvskip\relax \leavevmode {\interlinepenalty\@M \etocifnumbered {\llap{\makebox[#2][l]{\etocnumber}}}{\advance\leftskip-#2\relax}% \etocname \nobreak\leaders \copy\TOCleaderbox \hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}% \par }% } {} {\advance\leftskip-#2\relax}% } \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} Nota Bene: the code deliberately handles the non-numbered sectioning units unlike the way of the standard document classes (particularly regarding the alignment of multi-line headings.) The whole thing was encapsulated in \csa{TOCglobalstyle}, because we also want a \csa{TOClocalstyle} for local tables of contents which typically will want to use |\section*| rather than |\chapter*| and not insert page marks in the headers. The \csa{TOClocalstyle} is to be issued once, after the main document TOC, or rather before using \csa{localtableofcontents}. If one wants a full TOC at end of document one will naturally have to issue again \csa{TOCglobalstyle} there. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \makeatletter \newcommand*\TOClocalstyle {% \etocsettocstyle {\if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi \setbox\TOCleaderbox\hbox to \TOCleaderboxwidth{\hss.\hss}% \parindent\z@ \dimen@ 2.25em % for left indenting \section *{\kern\dimen@ % use of \dimen@ works here by sheer luck \contentsname % un-comment this if marks are wanted: %\@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}{\MakeUppercase \contentsname}% }% end of \section \parskip \z@skip \vspace{-1.25\baselineskip}% somewhat ad hoc \leftskip 2.25em \rightskip 4.5em \advance\rightskip-\TOCrightmargin\relax \leavevmode\leaders\hrule\@height\p@\hfill\kern\z@\par \rightskip 4.5em \parfillskip -\TOCrightmargin\relax } {\nobreak\vskip-.5\baselineskip \leavevmode\leaders\hrule\@height\p@\hfill\kern\z@\par \bigskip \if@restonecol \twocolumn \fi }% % \etocsetstyle{section} {\advance\leftskip\TOCnumwidthC\relax} {\addpenalty \@secpenalty \etociffirst{}{\addvspace{\TOCmedvskip}}% \leavevmode {\interlinepenalty\@M \bfseries\etocifnumbered {\llap{\makebox[\TOCnumwidthC][l]{\etocnumber}}} {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthC}% \etocname\nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}\par }% \penalty \@highpenalty } {} {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthC\relax}% % the rest is identical with code for global tocs: \TOCsetlinestyle {subsection} {\TOCnumwidthD}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subsubsection}{\TOCnumwidthE}% \TOCsetlinestyle {paragraph} {\TOCnumwidthF}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subparagraph} {\TOCnumwidthG}% }% end of \TOClocalstyle \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} As mentioned previously, this handles non-numbered (multi-line) sectioning units somewhat differently from what happens in the standard document classes. For some reason this code has some hard-coded |2.25em| and |4.5em| which were not abstracted into macros or lengths. The code inserts horizontal rules above and below the TOC contents in a non-separable by pagebreak way. See \autoref{sec:thirdexampleextra} for more. \section{A framed display} We now opt for a ``framed'' style, using the package default line styles and some colors added (it has been put in a float which appears \vpageref{toc:b}). % % (13 octobre 2013) % \footnote{inside the |figure| environment and before the % framed toc, which uses |multicols|, we added \csa{normalcolor} as work-around % to an interaction bug (related to the \csa{color\{red\}} command we added to % the |.toc| file) between |multicols|, |color| and the |figure| % environment. This bug has nothing to do with \etoc.} % RETIRÉ le 28 avril 2015 pour 1.08f \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \etocdefaultlines \begingroup \renewcommand{\etoccolumnsep}{2em} \renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{1.5em} \renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{1.5em} % specify a background color for the toc contents \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{yellow!10}} % set up the top and bottom rules \renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 1pt} \renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 1pt} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}} % set up the left and right rules \renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 5pt} \renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width 5pt} \renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}} \renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}} % use \fcolorbox to set up a colored frame for the title \fboxrule1pt \renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax} \etocframedstyle {\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape \fcolorbox{red}{white}{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering This is a table of contents \`a la \etoc, but just for the sections and subsections in this part. As it is put in a frame, it has to be small enough to fit on one page. It has the label |toc:b|.}}} \begin{figure}[ht!] \centering \tableofcontents \label{toc:b} \ref{toc:globalcmds} \end{figure} \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro %\begin{figure}[ht!] % \centering % plus nécessaire ? %\normalcolor % work-around to a bug involving color and multicols (and figure) % \tableofcontents \label{toc:b} \ref{toc:globalcmds} % \end{figure} % \endgroup % Il y a un color leak du framed mais uniquement lorsqu'il est mis dans le % float. 2013/10/13, qui révèle un bug (?? NON) du style framed je vais regarder % mais bon. Le leak apparaît avec ruled aussi, et même avec juste multicolstyle % MAIS PAS EN UNE SEULE COLONNE (même framed ou ruled). il semble qu'il y aie % donc un problème d'interaction avec multicol là. à voir. Pas le temps % maintenant. % 2013/10/14 % il s'agit en fait d'un bug de color+multicols+figure qui n'a rien à voir avec % etoc: % http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/138783/color-leak-from-multicols-within-a-figure % J'ai trouvé le work-around qui consiste simplement à ajouter un \normalcolor % _avant_ le multicols à l'intérieur de figure \section{Another TOC with a background color}\label{ssec:again} Let us now try out some more sophisticated line styles. The display will use the \csa{etocframedstyle} package command, which requires that the produced table of contents fits on a single page. We wrap it up in a \hyperref[toc:floating]{figure environment} showing up \vpageref{toc:floating}. This design uses the \etoc `framed' style with a background color. The frame borders have been set to have the same color as the one serving as background for the entire thing. It would be advantageous to use rather inside \csb{etocsettocstyle} commands from a package like |tcolorbox| as this allows sophisticated breakable boxes (with |TikZ/pgf| for decoration.) The details of the line styles used here are a bit involved, they were written by the author at some early stage of this documentation and have only been slightly revised to use more \LaTeX-commands and less \TeX-primitives. Similar code is used also for \hyperref[toc:clone]{this other toc}. % archivage de commentaires % v1.07l on the occasion of traduction into German documentation: % APRIL 26, 2014 Improvement in the section style for better placement of % page number when the section name is more than one line long. Use of % \makebox rather than \hbox, to be more LaTeX like. % attention car \ref{toc:floating} fera référence au compteur de % toutes les toc, pas visibletoc. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \begin{figure}[htbp!]\centering \colorlet{subsecnum}{black} \colorlet{secbackground}{green!30} \colorlet{tocbackground}{red!20!green!20} \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 3cm} \renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width 1cm} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt} \renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt} \newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{% \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}% \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip \vskip#2} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}} {\sffamily\footnotesize \leftskip2.3cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip.5cm\relax \makebox[1cm][l]{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber}% \color{black}\etocname \nobreak\leaders\hbox to.2cm{\hss.}\hfill \rlap{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}\par \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt} {} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}} {\sffamily\small \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent.8cm\rightskip.5cm\relax \makebox[.75cm][l]{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber}% \color{black}\etocname \nobreak\leaders\hbox to.2cm{\hss.}\hfill \rlap{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}\par \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt} {} \newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{% \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame! \noindent\colorbox{secbackground} {\parbox{\linewidth}{% \vskip5pt {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip \vskip3pt}}% \par\nointerlineskip} \etocsetstyle{section} {\coloredstuff{blue}{\hfil \bfseries\large Contents of Part One\hfil}} {\vskip3pt\sffamily\small} {\coloredstuff{blue} {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\nobreak\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}% \vskip6pt} {} \etocframedstyle[1]{} \tableofcontents \label{toc:floating} \ref{toc:overview} \vspace{-\baselineskip} \centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}| (\emph{cf.} \hyperref[toc:clone]{this other toc})} \end{figure} \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro % , and the % reader is referred to its \hyperref[ssec:tocclone]{subsection} for the % coding used. \section{A (crazy) inline display} Let us finally make some crazy inline display of the table of contents of this entire document. We will typeset the subsections as footnotes... This kind of style is suitable for a hyperlinked document, probably not for print! (although I like it, but my personal tastes in many matters do not seem to be widely shared). %%%% Note: 27 april 2014 %%%% except for a miraculous situation depending from the quantity of previous %%%% material this TOC will have links extending accross pagebreaks, which %%%% dvipdfmx does not know how to handle completely. Apart from that the output %%%% is ok, thus no need to try seriously to avoid them. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup \newsavebox{\forsubsections} \etocsetstyle{part}{\upshape. \etocskipfirstprefix} {. \upshape} {\bfseries\etocname:~~} {} \etocsetstyle{section}{\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {, } {\mdseries\etocname} {} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\begin{lrbox}{\forsubsections}\upshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {; } {\etocname} {\end{lrbox}\footnote{\unhbox\forsubsections.}} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection} { (\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {, } {\etocname} {\/\upshape)} \etocsettocstyle{Here is the inline table of contents. }{.\par} \tableofcontents \label{toc:crazyinline} \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo The code used: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {surprising} \part{Surprising uses of \etoc} \label{part:surprising} \thispartstats %% (pas de sous-section) \etocstandardlines \etocsettocstyle {}{} \localtableofcontents \section{The TOC of TOCs} \begingroup % \endgroup just after the \tableofcontents command \etocinline \etocsetlevel{part}{1} \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0} \etocsetstyle{visibletoc} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {, } {{\color{niceone}\etocname}} {} \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocsetnexttocdepth{visibletoc} Here is the numbered and linked list of all tables of contents which are displayed within this document:\footnote{The TOCs put in floats may change the order: the numbers are listed in the order the TOCs are typeset in the document; but the numbering itself is from the order of the TOCs in the \emph{source} of this document... } \tableofcontents\endgroup. And to obtain it here we just wrote:\par\smallskip {\leftskip1cm\rightskip2cm \ttfamily\small\baselineskip11pt \noindent Here is the numbered and linked list of all tables of contents which are displayed within this document:~\string\tableofcontents.\par} The preparatory work was the following. First, we defined a counter |visibletoc| whose vocation is to get incremented at each displayed toc. \etoc has its own private counter but it counts all TOCs, even those not displayed because the |tocdepth| value was |-2| or |-3|. We could have added manually |\refstepcounter{visibletoc}| and |\label| commands at all suitable locations in the document source, and we would then have used here |\ref| commands, but this imposes heavy manual editing of the source. There is a much better way: there is a hook \csb{etocaftertitlehook} and we told it to increment the |visibletoc| counter and to write a line to the |.toc| file, in a manner analogous to what sectioning commands such as |chapter|, |section|, or |subsection| do. As \etoc increments its own private counter even before typesetting the title of a table of contents, this provides (most of the time) a better link destination than any counter manipulated from inside \csa{etocaftertitlehook} (for which the link would target the area just after the title). So, rather than including |\refstepcounter{visibletoc}| inside \csa{etocaftertitlehook}, we just put there |\stepcounter{visibletoc}| followed by the command \csb{etoctoccontentsline}|{visibletoc}{\thevisibletoc}|. This \etoc command \csb{etoctoccontentsline}\marg{level\_name}\marg{name} has the same effect as: \centeredline{| ||\addcontentsline{toc}|\marg{level\_name}\marg{name}} but its usefulness is to circumvent\footnote{using \csa{addtocontents} rather than \csa{addcontentsline}} the patching for automatic creation of bookmarks done to \csa{addcontentsline} by the |hyperref| package, as pdf bookmarks don't make much sense here (and would elicit a complaint of |hyperref| that the bookmark level is `unknown').\footnote{% The package provides a starred variant \staritb{etoctoccontentsline}, which does allow the creation of bookmarks and has a third mandatory argument which is the Level to be used by these bookmarks; depending on the context the starred as well as the non-starred variants may be profitably preceded by \csa{phantomsection}.} Finally, the preamble of the document did |\etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{6}|. The level |6| (or anything with a higher number) is ignored, even if |tocdepth| has value |10| for example; this is independently of whether \etoc uses the document class default line styles or its own line styles, or the ones defined by the user with the \csa{etocsetstyle} command. So there is no need to worry that something could go wrong. Then, only here we have set |\etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0}|. And to display only this kind of entries we assign temporarily to |part| and |chapter| level |1| (or anything higher than zero) and set |tocdepth| to the value |0|. We also did \csa{etocsetstyle\{visibletoc\}\{\string\etocskipfirstprefix\}\{, \}\{\string\etocname\}\{\}} which defines an inline display with the comma as separator. Finally, as \etoc issues |\par| automatically by default just before typesetting a table of contents, we used the command \csb{etocinline} (also known as \cs{etocnopar}) which turns off this behavior. Here are the implementation details: \begingroup \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} < in the preamble > \newcounter{visibletoc} \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook} {\stepcounter{visibletoc}\etoctoccontentsline{visibletoc}{\thevisibletoc}} \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{6} \begin{document} < document body > \subsection{Surprising uses of etoc} \begingroup \etocinline \etocsetlevel{part}{1} % \etocsetlevel{chapter}{1} % (no chapters in scrartcl class) \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0} \etocsetstyle{visibletoc} {\etocskipfirstprefix}{, }{{\color{niceone}\etocname}}{} \etocsettocstyle{}{} % don't set any title, rules or frame or multicol! \etocsetnexttocdepth{visibletoc} % display only the `visibletoc' entries from .toc Here is the numbered and linked list of all tables of contents which are displayed within this document: \tableofcontents. \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \endgroup After |\etocsetstyle{visibletoc}{..}{..}{..}{..}|, all future TOCs (not in compatibility mode) will use the defined style for level |0| (which is normally the level for chapters). To keep these changes strictly local the simplest manner is to put everything inside a group. The \autoref{subsec:interverting} gives another use of the shuffling of levels. \section{Arbitrary ``Lists Of...'', \csbhyp{etoctoccontentsline}} \label{etoctoccontentsline} This idea of interverting the levels is very powerful and allows to let \etoc display lists of arbitrary things contained in the document. All of that still using nothing else than the |.toc| file! Example: imagine a document with dozens of exercises, perhaps defined as |\newtheorem{exercise}{}[section]|. Let us explain how to instruct \etoc to display an hyperlinked list of all these exercises. For this we put in the preamble: \begin{verbatim} \newtheorem{exerci}{}[section] % the exercice number will be recoverable via \etocname: v--here--v \newcommand*{\exercisetotoc}{\etoctoccontentsline{exercise}{\theexerci}} \newenvironment{exercise}{\begin{exerci}\exercisetotoc}{\end{exerci}} \etocsetlevel{exercise}{6} \end{verbatim} In this way, \csa{etocname} will give the exercise number (but \csa{etocnumber} will be empty). Had we used instead \begin{verbatim} \newcommand*{\exercisetotoc} {\etoctoccontentsline{exercise}{\protect\numberline{\theexerci}}} \end{verbatim} the exercise number would then have been available via \csa{etocnumber}, and \csa{etocname} would have been empty. It doesn't matter which one of the two methods is used. The \etoc command \csa{etoctoccontentsline}|{..}{..}| is provided as a substitute to \csa{addcon\-tentsline}|{toc}{..}{..}|: this is to avoid the patching which is done by |hyperref| to \csa{addcontentsline} in its process of creation of bookmarks. If one wants to authorize |hyperref| to create bookmarks at a specific level \meta{n}, one can use (here with \meta{n}$=$|2|) the starred variant \starit{etoctoccontentsline} which has an additional argument: \begin{verbatim} \newcommand{\exercisetotoc}{\etoctoccontentsline*{exercise}{\theexerci}{2}} \end{verbatim} The counter |exerci| is already incremented by the |exerci| theorem environment, and provides the correct destination for the link added by package |hyperref|. The command \csa{exercisetotoc} adds for each exercise a line to the |.toc| file, corresponding to a fictitious document unit with name `|exercise|'. A four-column list, including the sections, can then be typeset with the following code: \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \etocsetnexttocdepth{2} % sections are at level 1 and will show up \begingroup \etocsetlevel{exercise}{2} % but: \etocsetlevel{chapter}{3} % no chapters \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3} % no subsections \etocsetlevel{part}{3} % no parts \etocsetstyle{exercise}{}{} % \etocname = exercise number {\noindent\etocname\strut\leaders\etoctoclineleaders\hfill\etocpage\par} {\pagebreak[2]\vskip\baselineskip} \etocsetstyle{section}{}{} {\noindent\strut{\bfseries\large\etocnumber\hskip.5em\etocname}\par \nopagebreak[3]}{} \etocruledstyle[4]{\Large\bfseries List of the exercises} \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt} \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{The TOC as a tree}\label{tocastree} Using |tikz|\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf}} and the package |forest|\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/forest}} we shall display the table of contents of this part as a tree. The technique is to use the \etoc modified command \csa{tableofcontents} not for typesetting, but to prepare a macro, or rather here a \emph{token list} variable, with all the instructions to be executed later. \textsc{Leslie Lamport}'s book has no mention whatsoever of token lists, and \LaTeX{} gives the impression to not really expect the general user to ever hear about them (or delimited macros); this whole section and the next are thus for advanced users. Putting the \csa{etocnumber} and \csa{etocname} commands in \csa{treetok} would be of no use: to which number or name would they then refer to, in a delayed execution? We need to store, not the macro names, but the macro contents. And also we wish to maintain the correct |hyperref| hyperlinks.\footnote{This manual up to the version of May 14, 2013 used package |tikz-qtree| but there were problems with hyperlinks. No such problem arises either when using |forest| or the native |tikz| syntax for trees (which will be illustrated in the next section).} The commands \csa{etocname}, etc\dots, are robust, it is easier to work with \csa{etocthelinkednumber}, \csa{etocthelinkedname}, and \csa{etocthelinkedpage} which contain the same information in an easier accessible form. For this |forest| tree we have designed very special \etoc styles for sections and subsections. They use a token list register called |\treetok| and a macro |\appendtotok| whose r\^ole is to append to a given token list variable the contents of a macro given as second argument. All this will happen in reaction to a |\tableofcontents| command, but \emph{nothing} has yet been printed in the process.\footnote{There is always a \csa{par}, which here is not a problem, but can be suppressed if need be via the command \csb{etocinline} or its synonym \csb{etocnopar}.} This is the later job of a |forest| environment which will be given the contents of |\treetok|. % anciens commentaires extraits du code avant incorporation à filecontentsdef % 7 mars: j'utilise \etocthelinkedname défini à partir de 1.07f % mais bien sûr je sais que ça ne marche pas (sauf dans l'arbre pour le lien de % la section du bas) dans un QTree. Mais ça marche parfaitement dans un arbre % TikZ natif. % 9 septembre 2013: je remplace QTree par Forest, et il n'y a pas de problème % avec les hyperliens, ça marche out of the box (une fois que j'ai appris un peu % de sa syntaxe et de celle de TikZ). % 7 mars: j'utilise maintenant \etocthelinkedname % 11 octobre % forest ne veut pas @\the\treetok avec un \treetok vide, donc % il faut lui donner une valeur par défaut. % 12 octobre % pour que varioref fonctionne bien, je dois mettre la \tableofcontents % au plus près de l'environnement forest \let\appendtotok\relax \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} % \newtoks\treetok % put this (uncommented) preferably in the preamble % \newtoks\tmptok % (idem) \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2 #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}} \newcommand*\PrepareSectionNode{% \tmptok {\centering\bfseries}% \appendtotok\tmptok\etocthelinkedname \edef\foresttreenode{ [{\noexpand\parbox{2cm}{\the\tmptok}}}% } \newcommand*{\PrepareSubsectionNode}{% \tmptok {\raggedright}% \appendtotok\tmptok\etocthelinkedname \edef\foresttreenode{ [{\noexpand\parbox{6cm}{\the\tmptok}}}% } \etocsetstyle{section} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} {\PrepareSectionNode \appendtotok\treetok\foresttreenode} {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} {\PrepareSubsectionNode \appendtotok\treetok\foresttreenode} {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} \etocsettocstyle {\treetok{[{\hyperref[part:overview]{Overview}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} % forest does not like @\the\treetok if \treetok is empty. On first latex % run, this will be the case because the TOC style defined above will not % have been executed, as the label {toc:overview} does not refer to a valid % TOC yet. So we must give a safe default value to \treetok \treetok{[{run latex again}]} \begin{figure}[th!]\centering \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection} \tableofcontents \label{toc:forest}\ref{toc:overview} \hypersetup{hidelinks}% \bracketset{action character=@} \begin{forest} for tree={anchor=center,child anchor=west, grow'=east,draw,thick, edge={draw,thick,dashed,color=teal}}, where={level()==1}{circle,thick,fill=blue!5, before computing xy={l=3cm}}{}, where={level()==2}{fill=red!5, before computing xy={l=6cm}}{}, rectangle, thick, fill=cyan!5, inner sep=6pt, @\the\treetok \end{forest} \end{figure} \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo The resulting tree has been put in a \hyperref[toc:forest]{float}, which appears \vpageref[above]{toc:forest}. Here is the code used for its production: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} Why |\hypersetup{hidelinks}|? as explained in \autoref{ssec:hidelinks}, I prefer the links in TOCs not to be colorized, nor framed, so this document inserts a command %\csa{hypersetup}\texttt{\{hidelinks\}} % ok pour hyphénation %\csa{hypersetup}|{hidelinks}| % pas ok |\hypersetup{hidelinks}| % ok maintenant 12 octobre 2013 in the |.toc| file. But at the time the |\treetok| contents are unpacked the |\hyperlink| commands originating in |\etocthelinkedname|, etc\dots{} will be executed in the normal environment for links (which, in this document, is to colorize them). Rather than having \etoc's code try to guess what the current ``style'' for links is (a concept not really provided by |hyperref| it seems) and store it in |\etocthelinkedname|, etc\dots, I opted for the simpler solution to leave it up to the user to recreate whatever conditions are desired. So here it is necessary to re-issue |\hypersetup{hidelinks}| in the |figure| environment. There are some other examples in this documentation where |\tableofcontents| is used to prepare material for later typesetting: \begin{itemize} \item printing the statistics at the start of each Part (see \autoref{ssec:statistics}) is done using save boxes (so the problem of the appearance of the links does not arise then). \item the typesetting of the TOC as a table in the pre-|1.08| way (see \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}); there we also have to issue |\hypersetup{hidelinks}| after having collected the names, numbers and page numbers in a token list register. \item and the two additional tree examples in the next section. \end{itemize} \section{The TOC as a molecule}\label{sec:molecule} It is also possible to construct a TOC tree obeying the TikZ syntax for trees: but this is a more complicated task for the \etoc line styles for reasons related to the way braces are handled by \TeX{} (they need, when filling up the token list to be always balanced at each step, else complicated tricks must be employed.) The simplest strategy is to allocate a token list (or use a macro) for each level used: we may need a \csa{parttok}, a \csa{chaptertok}, a \csa{sectiontok} and a \csa{subsectiontok}, to help in the task of filling up the total \csa{treetok}. As we are interested here in the table of contents of this (or another) document part, only a \csa{sectiontok} and a \csa{subsectiontok} will be needed. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} % \newtoks\treetok % put this (uncommented) preferably in the preamble % \newtoks\sectiontok % \newtoks\subsectiontok \newcommand*{\treenode}{} \newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[2]{% token list t1 becomes: t1 child {t2} \edef\tmp{\the#1 child {\the#2}}% #1\expandafter{\tmp}% } \newcommand*{\preparetreenode}{% \tmptok\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% expanded one time (mandatory) \edef\treenode{node {\the\tmptok}}% } \etocsetstyle{section} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\appendchildtree\treetok\sectiontok} {\preparetreenode \sectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}} {\appendchildtree\treetok\sectiontok} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\appendchildtree\sectiontok\subsectiontok} {\preparetreenode \subsectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}} {\appendchildtree\sectiontok\subsectiontok} \etocsettocstyle {\treetok{\node {\hyperref[part:overview]{Overview}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} \begin{figure}[thbp!]\centering \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection} \tableofcontents \label{toc:molecule} \ref{toc:overview} \hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{tikzpicture} [grow cyclic, level 1/.style={level distance=4cm,sibling angle=72}, level 2/.style={level distance=2cm,sibling angle=60}, every node/.style={ball color=red,circle,text=SkyBlue}, edge from parent path={[dashed,very thick,color=cyan] (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture} \end{figure} \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro % Pour que \pageref fonctionne correctement, je dois mettre % le \tableofcontents dans la figure. The |\tableofcontents| command appears just above the |tikzpicture| environment in a figure float (to make sure that the label of the table of contents refers to the same page as the one where the picture will actually be printed). We thus get the table of contents as a ``\hyperref[toc:molecule]{molecule}'', which appears \vpageref[above]{toc:molecule}. This \hyperref[toc:molecule]{TikZ TOC} is fully hyperlinked, like the previous \hyperref[toc:forest]{Forest TOC}. \etocsettocstyle {\treetok{\node {\autoref{part:globalcmds}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \noindent \parbox{4cm}{\hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{tikzpicture} [grow cyclic, level 1/.style={level distance=2.5cm,sibling angle=60}, level 2/.style={level distance=1cm,sibling angle=45}, every node/.style={ball color=red!50,circle,text=black}, edge from parent path={[very thick,color=cyan] (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture}}% \begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\linewidth-4cm\relax} On the side, the (fully hyperlinked) table of contents of \autoref{part:globalcmds}. \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font-1 \baselineskip10pt\relax}% \begin{verbatim} \etocsettocstyle {\treetok{\node {\autoref{part:globalcmds}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \noindent \parbox{4cm}{\hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{tikzpicture} [grow cyclic, level 1/.style={level distance=2.5cm,sibling angle=60}, level 2/.style={level distance=1cm,sibling angle=45}, every node/.style={ball color=red!50,circle,text=black}, edge from parent path={[very thick,color=cyan] (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture}}% ... \end{verbatim} \end{minipage} \section{The TOC as a TikZ mind map} \label{sec:mindmap} This is in the same spirit as the ``molecule'' example. The use of the \eTeX{} primitive \csa{unexpanded} will simplify the code.\footnote{The ``molecule'' example was added to this documentation on |2013/03/03|. The ``mindmap'' example was motivated on |2015/03/11| by \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232584/4686}. Further help was then obtained via \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/232816/4686} and this led to the \hyperref[toc:mindmaptitlepage]{title page} which is a further example.} % car dans le filecontentsdef je dois faire comme si pour verbatim % mais aussi l'exécuter, donc il me faut annuler définitions précédents pour % contourner messages d'erreurs de LaTeX. \let\appendchildtree\relax \let\childnode\relax \let\appendtotok\relax \expandafter\let\csname c@partco\endcsname\relax \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup % \newtoks\treetok % done in preamble % \newtoks\parttok \newcommand*\partnode {} % just to check we don't overwrite something \newcommand*\childnode {} \newcommand*\tmprotate {} % just to check we don't overwrite something \newcommand*\tmpoption {} % just to check we don't overwrite something \newcommand*\tmpstuff {} % just to check we don't overwrite something \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2 #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}} \newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[3]{% % this is to construct "t1 child [#3]{t2}" from #1=t1 and #2=t2 % t1 and t2 are two toks variable (not macros) % #3 = for example teal!60 \edef\tmpstuff {\the#1 child [#3]{\the#2}}% #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }% } \newcounter{partco} % 1,2,3,4,5,... -> 1,2,3,1,2,3,1,2,3 \def\pseudomodthree #1{\numexpr #1 + 3 - 3*((#1+1)/3)\relax} \etocsetstyle{part} {\etocskipfirstprefix} % This updates the global tree with the data from the previous % part and all its children sections. Moved here because for some parts the % sections are not displayed due to depth tags. {\ifnum\value{partco}=3 \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50,level distance=10cm}% \else \ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}% \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!60}% first \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ... \fi\fi } {\stepcounter{partco}% % customize manually some TikZ set-up (should be done inside the TikZ thing I guess) \def\tmpoption {}% \def\tmprotate {}% first %\ifnum\value{partco}=5 \def\tmprotate {[counterclockwise from =-40]}\fi %\ifnum\value{partco}=8 \def\tmprotate {[counterclockwise from =-50]}\fi % define the part node \edef\partnode{node \tmpoption {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}. \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}\tmprotate }% % this is a starting point which will be filled it by the section children \parttok\expandafter{\partnode}} {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}% \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!60}% first \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ... \fi } \etocsetstyle{section} {} {} {% define the section node \edef\childnode{child {node {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber} \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}}% % append it to the current \parttok \appendtotok\parttok\childnode } {} \etocsettocstyle {\setcounter{partco}{0}% \treetok{\node [root concept]{\textbf{The \etoc documentation}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} % The \global above is mandatory because etoc always typesets TOC inside a group \etocsetnexttocdepth{section} % use of depth tags to cut out some sections. \etocsettagdepth {preamble} {none} \etocsettagdepth {overview} {part} \etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part} \etocsettagdepth {examples} {section} \etocsettagdepth {surprising} {part} \etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {part} \etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {part} \etocsettagdepth {custom} {section} \etocsettagdepth {tips} {part} \etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part} \etocsettagdepth {code} {section} \tikzset{ branch color/.style={ concept color=#1!white, every child/.append style={concept color=#1!white!30!white, font=\normalsize}, } }% \begin{figure}[thp!] \tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmap}% \centeredline{\resizebox{.85\paperwidth}{!}% {\begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap, grow cyclic, text width=2cm, align=flush center, nodes={concept}, concept color=orange!60, root concept/.append style={text width=4cm, font=\Large}, level 1/.append style={level distance=5cm,sibling angle=40, text width=3cm}, level 2/.append style={level distance=7cm,sibling angle=30, text width=3cm}, level 1 concept/.append style={font=\normalsize}, ] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture}}} \end{figure} \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo It is difficult to get everything to fit on one page. However \csa{resizebox} comes to the rescue. And it preserves hyperlinks. Nevertheless for this example I excluded some sections from the display, using the technique of the \etoc \hyperref[etocdepthtag.toc]{depth tags}. The fully hyperlinked TOC appears \vpageref{toc:mindmap}. \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} An interesting alternative is to use \etoc rather to convert the entire TOC into a TikZ tree (perhaps excluding some parts) and print it out to a file from which it can be recovered and manipulated directly by the author of the document. Things written to the |.log| file get broken into lines. Here is a technique to get non-broken output. Once the \csa{treetok} has been computed by \etoc (as in the \hyperref[toc:molecule]{molecule} example, or the current example), this code snippet will write it out to file with extension |.toctree|: \begin{verbatim} \newwrite\TOCasTree \immediate\openout\TOCasTree=\jobname.toctree \immediate\write\TOCasTree{\the\treetok}% \end{verbatim} The author can then copy it from there and customize it manually to get a suitable tikz picture. See also \centeredline{\url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232792}} for an elaboration of this. \section{The TOC as a table} \label{sec:tocastable} With release |1.08| it is easier to typeset a TOC as a table. It is possible to open a tabular in the title part of the TOC (first argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle}) and then close it after the contents (second argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle}), and specify in the line styles how to use the tabulation |&| and tabular end of row |\\|. There are some conditions and a few caveats: \begin{enumerate} \item it is mandatory to issue \csb{etocglobaldefs} for \etoc's definitions to have global scope, \item it is impossible to start one of the \meta{start}, \meta{prefix}, \meta{contents} or \meta{finish} specification with a sole |\hline|, \emph{i.e.} one not preceded by a |\\| (it is however possible to put |\\| at the end of \meta{prefix} and the |\hline| at the start of \meta{contents}). \item as is explained next, it is recommended to put the |\\| at the start of the \meta{prefix} or \meta{contents} specifications in order to close the \emph{previous} row, rather that at the end with the idea to close the \emph{current} row; and when the TOC is a partial one (a \csa{localtableofcontents}) this is (in almost all situations) mandatory. \end{enumerate} Here is an example of a TOC as a |longtable|, as is possible relatively simply now with |1.08|. The code follows. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex}{\foo} \begingroup \etocglobaldefs % necessary for \etocname etc... to survive & % observe the locations of the \\ \etocsetstyle{part} {} {\\\hline} {\strut\etocnumber &\bfseries\etocname&\etocpage } {} \etocsetstyle{section} {} {\etociffirst{\etocifnumbered{\\\hline}{\\\hline\hline}}{\\}} {\etocnumber&\etocname &\etocpage } {} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {\\} {&\makebox[1cm][c]{\etocnumber}% \parbox[t]{\dimexpr6cm-\tabcolsep\relax}{\sloppy\itshape\etocname\strut}% &\itshape\etocpage } {} \etocsettocstyle {\hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{longtable}{|>{\bfseries}c|p{7cm}|r|} \hline \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\Large\bfseries\strut\strut TABLE OF CONTENTS}% } {\\\hline\end{longtable}} \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} Examining the code above the reader will wonder why the |\\| are always given first in \meta{prefix+contents} and not, as is more intuitive, rather last. In some favorable cases (but almost never for local tables of contents) one may indeed construct TOC-as-tables with the |\\| located at the end of the style specifications. The problem in the previous example was with the positioning of the |\hline|'s. Due to technical aspects of how \TeX{} constructs alignments any definition or assignment done after an |\\| starts a new row, and thus makes |\hline| an illegal token (this shows as a |misplaced \noalign| error.) Not only does \etoc have to do such definitions to construct \csb{etocname} etc..., it is furthermore the case that some packages put things in the |.toc| file and as a result there is never any guarantee that between two \csa{contentsline} there will not be such a token like |\relax| which in the contexts of alignments forces \TeX{} to start a cell and thus makes it impossible then to insert an |\hline|. The safest way is thus to start with an |\\| each line style specification in order to close the \emph{previous} table row. We had a little problem with the fact that we wanted parts not only to have a rule above them (easy, they do |\\\hline|) but also below them: after each part there is a section, and it is these sections which are used to insert the missing |\hline| (this is done with the help of the \csb{etociffirst} conditional). The attentive reader will notice one last subtlety: the title was supposed to be followed not by one, but by two |\hline|'s. To solve this we could have used a one-time macro redefining itself, but we noticed that the title was followed by the unnumbered Abstract, thus the \csb{etocifnumbered} switch came to the rescue. Last technical note: because we put the |\\| inside the branches, there was no need to employ the expandable variants \csb{etocxiffirst} and \csb{etocxifnumbered}. For the hardliner's old way of obtaining the exact same result, see \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}. Here is also a much simpler example. It is a local table of contents. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex}{\foo} \begin{center} \etocsetstyle{section} {} {\etociffirst{\\\hline\hline}{\\\hline}} {\etocname & \etocnumber & \etocpage } {} \etocsettocstyle {\hypersetup{hidelinks}\begin{tabular}{|p{4cm}|c|c|}\hline \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\bfseries Section}& \bfseries number& \bfseries page} {\\\hline\end{tabular}} \etocglobaldefs % MANDATORY !! \etocsetnexttocdepth{1} \tableofcontents\ref{toc:overview} \end{center} \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \section{A TOC self-adjusting widths for its typesetting} \label{sec:thirdexampleextra} This is a continuation of \autoref{sec:thirdexample}. The goal is to adjust automatically the ``numwidths'' used for typesetting the unit numbers in the (local) tables of contents. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \makeatletter \newcommand*\TOCcompute@numwidths [2]{% #1=empty/"local", #2=minimal indent \begingroup \def\TOCnumwidthB {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthC {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthD {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthE {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthF {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthG {0pt}% \etocsetstyle{part}{}{}{}{}% \etocsetstyle{chapter}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\bfseries\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthB\edef\TOCnumwidthB{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{section}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\bfseries\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthC\edef\TOCnumwidthC{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{subsection}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthD\edef\TOCnumwidthD{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthE\edef\TOCnumwidthE{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{paragraph}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthF\edef\TOCnumwidthF{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{subparagraph}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthG\edef\TOCnumwidthG{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% % \etocsettocstyle{} {\global\let\TOCnumwidthB\TOCnumwidthB \global\let\TOCnumwidthC\TOCnumwidthC \global\let\TOCnumwidthD\TOCnumwidthD \global\let\TOCnumwidthE\TOCnumwidthE \global\let\TOCnumwidthF\TOCnumwidthF \global\let\TOCnumwidthG\TOCnumwidthG}% \etocnopar \csname #1tableofcontents\endcsname \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthB\space for chapter number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthC\space for section number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthD\space for subsection number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthE\space for subsubsection number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthF\space for paragraph number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthG\space for subparagraph number width}% \endgroup }% \newcommand*\TOCcomputenumwidths [1][0.5em]{% \TOCcompute@numwidths {}{#1}% }% \newcommand*\TOCcomputelocalnumwidths [1][0.5em]{% \TOCcompute@numwidths {local}{#1}% }% \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} The optional parameter to \csa{TOCcomputenumwidths} specifies the minimal indent. In case nothing is numbered you may wish a higher value than |0.5em|. For each local table of contents to have its own width computations, the macro \csa{TOCcomputelocalnumwidths} is provided. As the code makes global assignments, either use (once) \csa{TOCcomputenumwidths} or do \csa{TOCcomputelocalnumwidths} for each local table of contents. \begin{verbatim} \TOCcomputelocalnumwidths % may use optional argument to replace 0.5em \localtableofcontents \end{verbatim} Notes: \begin{enumerate}[nosep] \item naturally these are only suggestions. For example one could put everything in single macros \csa{TOCtoc} and \csa{TOClocaltoc} to simultaneously compute the numwidths and then typeset the (local) table of contents. \item if you want to adjust the |tocdepth| recall from \autoref{ssec:bookmarksdepth} that it influences |hyperref| hence you may need to use a group |\begingroup...\endgroup|. Or, one can use \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth}\marg{level} but (with the code as here) this must then be issued twice, once for \csa{TOCcomputelocalnumwidths}, once for \csa{localtableofcontents}. \item the bold font serves above for both chapter and section numwidth computations, but the code from \autoref{sec:thirdexample} uses |\bfseries| only in local TOCs. Thus the \csa{TOCcomputenumwidth} will set the parameter \csa{TOCnumwidthC} to a value slightly larger than needed in the main TOC. Hence the section style in \csa{TOCcompute@numwidths} should possibly insert the |\bfseries| in the box only after testing for the optional parameter |local|. \end{enumerate} \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {linestyles} \part{Commands for the toc line styles} \label{part:linestyles} \thispartstats \etocsetstyle{section} {\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=.75cm, label=\etocifnumbered {{\fboxrule1pt\fcolorbox{green}{white}{\etocnumber}}}{}]} % Dec 7, 2012. I hit upon a problem whose origin I found was % with xcolor, as xcolor modifies \fbox % (try \section{\fbox{A}} with and without xcolor). The fix % was to \protect the \fbox used in the |enumitem| label. % Strangely enough, with |hyperref| active, the problem did % not show up. Anyhow I now use \fcolorbox rather than \fbox % and there is no problem anymore. Also I don't have now to % use \normalcolor which already needed protection. {\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item} {\etocname{} (page \etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0cm, label=\etocnumber]} {\normalfont \item} {\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection} {\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont\footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {\allowbreak\,--\,} {\etocname} {.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]} % 27 janvier 2013 22:30 % je définis les macros (non protégées) % \etocthename, \etocthenumber, \etocthepage \etocruledstyle[1]{\etocfontminusone\color{green}% \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1ex \framebox[\linewidth] {\normalcolor\hss Contents of \autoref{part:linestyles}\hss}} \localtableofcontents \label{toc:a} \section{The \csbhyp{etocsetstyle}, \csbhyp{etocname} and \csbhyp{etocpage} commands}\label{sec:etocsetstyle} \label{etocsetstyle} \label{etocname} \label{etocpage} Let us explain how \etoc was used to produce the table of contents displayed at the beginning of this \autoref{part:linestyles}. This is a local table of contents, and we used the command \localtoc. We shall distinguish between the \emph{line styles} and the \emph{toc display style}. The line styles were (essentially) obtained in the following manner:% \footnote{the present document has {\ttfamily\string\renewcommand\string{% \string\familydefault\string}\string{\string\sfdefault\string}} in its preamble, hence \csa{normalfont} switches to the |sans| typeface; so in the section line-style, I wrote \csa{rmfamily} instead.} \begingroup\small \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \etocsetstyle{section} {\begin{enumerate}} {\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item} {\etocname{} (page \etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\begin{enumerate}} {\normalfont\item} {\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection} {\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont \footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {\allowbreak\,--\,} {\etocname} {.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]} \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \endgroup These provisory style definitions rely on the automatic numbering generated by the |enumerate| environments but it is much better to use the further command \csb{etocnumber} inside the item label, which gives the real thing. The improved definitions will thus be explained later. With this style, one would have to be imaginative to design something then for paragraph and subparagraph entries! perhaps as superscripts? Well, usually one does not need paragraphs and subparagraphs numbered and listed in the TOC, so our putative user here chose a design where no provision is made for them and added the definitive: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetstyle{paragraph}{}{}{}{} \etocsetstyle{subparagraph}{}{}{}{} \end{verbatim} This is also the situation with the default package line styles! Each \csb{etocsetstyle} command has five mandatory arguments:\\ \hbox to \linewidth {\hfil\csb{etocsetstyle}\color{blue}\marg{levelname}% \marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}\hfil} The initially recognized \meta{levelname}'s are the sectioning levels of the standard document classes: from \emph{part} (or \emph{book} which is used by the |memoir| class) down to \emph{subparagraph}. The \meta{start} code is executed when a toc entry of that level is encountered and the previous one was at a higher level. The \meta{finish} code is executed when one again encounters a higher level toc entry. In the mean-time all entries for that level are typeset by executing first the \meta{prefix} code and then the \meta{contents} code. The (robust) commands \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} and \csb{etocpage} are provided for use inside the \meta{prefix} and \meta{contents} parts of the \csa{etocsetstyle} specification. They represent of course, the name, number, and page number of the corresponding toc entry. If package |hyperref| is active in the document and has added hyperlinks to the TOC data, then these links are kept in the commands \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber} and \csa{etocpage} (this last one will have a link only if |hyperref| was passed option \emph{linktoc=all}.) \section{The \csbhyp{etocskipfirstprefix} and \csbhyp{etociffirst} commands} \label{etocskipfirstprefix} \label{etociffirst} \label{etocxiffirst} The chosen |subsubsection| style made use of the command \csb{etocskipfirstprefix}, which instructs \etoc to \emph{not} use for the first item the specified \meta{prefix} code.\footnote{With versions earlier than |1.08| it had to be the very last token in the \meta{start} code. It may now appear anywhere therein.} The command \csb{etociffirst}\marg{YES CODE}\marg{NO CODE} (new with |1.08|) is a more flexible way to customize the \meta{prefix} (and \meta{contents}) specifications. It executes the \meta{YES CODE} branch if this is the first unit at that level (inside a lower level) and the \meta{NO CODE} if not. This is a robust command which survives to expansion (for example in an |enumitem| label). The variant \csb{etocxiffirst} does the same, but is expandable. \section{The \csbhyp{etocnumber} command} \label{etocnumber} So far, our specifications would use the numbering generated by the |enumerate| environments, but of course we generally want the actual numbers as found in the |.toc| file. This is available via the \csb{etocnumber} command. To get the labels in the |enumerate| list to use it we can proceed with the syntax {\ttfamily label=\char32} from the package |enumitem|: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetstyle{section} {\begin{enumerate}[label=\etocnumber]} {\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item} {\etocname{} (page \etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \end{verbatim} Rather than just \csa{etocnumber} we then used something like |\fbox{\etocnumber}|. Note that \csa{etocnumber} is a robust command which explains why it can be used inside the label specification without needing an added |\protect|. \section{The \csbhyp{etocifnumbered} switch} \label{etocifnumbered} \label{etocxifnumbered} The \csa{fbox} would give an unaesthetic result in the case of an unnumbered section (which ended up in the table of contents via an \csa{addcontentsline} command).\footnote{as seen we use \csa{fcolorbox} rather than \csa{fbox}. Due to some redefinition made by package |xcolor|, had we used \csa{fbox} (and not used |hyperref|) we would have needed \csa{protect}\csa{fbox}.} The \csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B} command executes \meta{A} if the number exists, and \meta{B} if not. So we use it in the code which was finally chosen for the |section| level: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetstyle{section} {\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=.75cm, label=\etocifnumbered {{\fboxrule1pt\fcolorbox{green}{white}{\etocnumber}}}{}]} {\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item} {\etocname{} (page \etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0cm, label=\etocnumber]} {\normalfont \item} {\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \end{verbatim} If we had changed only the |section| level, and not the |subsection| level, an error on compilation would have occurred because the package style for subsections expects to start `in vertical mode'. An additional \csa{par} token in the \meta{contents} part of the |section| level would have fixed this: |{...(page \etocpage)\par}|. The command \csb{etocifnumbered} is robust; \csb{etocxifnumbered} (new with |1.08|) has the same effect but is expandable. \section{The \csbhyp{etocthename}, \csbhyp{etocthenumber}, and \csbhyp{etocthepage} commands} \label{etocthename} \label{etocthenumber} \label{etocthepage} It is sometimes desirable to have access to the name, number and page number without the hyperref link data: something similar to the starred variant of the \csa{ref} command, when package |hyperref| is used. For example one may wish to use the unit or page number in some kind of numeric context, or change its formatting. This is provided by \csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, and \csb{etocthepage}. These commands are not protected, so in moving argument contexts (for example in a label specification) they should be preceded by |\protect|. \section{The \csbhyp{etoclink} command} \label{etoclink} The command \csb{etoclink}\marg{linkname} can be used in the line style specifications in a manner analogous to the argument-less commands \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber} and \csa{etocpage}. It creates a link (if such a link was added by |hyperref| to the |.toc| file entry) whose destination is the corresponding document unit and whose name is the given argument. Hence |\etoclink{\etocthename}| is like the original |\etocname|. Notice that if |hyperref| was not instructed to put a link in the page number (via its option \emph{linktoc=all}) then \etoc's \csa{etocpage} contains no link either, but |\etoclink{\etocthepage}| does. The command \csa{etoclink} is robust. Since |etoc 1.08j| it contains the link destination in an already expanded form, so for example can be used even after a |&| in a tabular construction, if \csb{etocglobaldefs} was issued. \section{The \csbhyp{etocthelinkedname}, \csbhyp{etocthelinkednumber}, \csbhyp{etocthelinkedpage} and \csbhyp{etocthelink} commands} \label{etocthelinkedname} \label{etocthelinkednumber} \label{etocthelinkedpage} \label{etocthelink} These macros are fragile and contain the link destination in already expanded form. So their meaning can be stored for delayed usage. For example this is done here when doing the \hyperref[tocastree]{examples with trees}. Notice though that for example \csa{etocthelinkednumber} is really a link only if |hyperref| was configured to let the numbered heading be linked (which is the default). Similarly for the others. \csa{etocthelink} will fetch the link destination if available from name or page number and allows via |\etocthelink{foo}| to link an arbitrary text to the same destination inside the produced PDF. All these commands are fragile. The \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, \csb{etocpage} and \csb{etoclink} are simply their robust variants. They too contain the hyperlink destination in already expanded form since |1.08a| for the first three, since |1.08j| for \csb{etoclink}. Obsolete example of \begingroup \etocsetstyle {section} {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, and }}]} {\global\let\TmpEtocNumber\etocthelinkednumber \global\let\TmpEtocName\etocthelinkedname \global\let\TmpEtocPage\etocthelinkedpage } {\item [{\bfseries\TmpEtocNumber.}]\TmpEtocName\ (\emph{p. \TmpEtocPage})} {\end{itemize*}.}% \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}% \etocsettocstyle {a table of contents done as an inline \texttt{enumitem} environment: }{}% \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \begin{verbatim} Obsolete example of \begingroup \etocsetstyle {section} {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, and }}]} {\global\let\TmpEtocNumber\etocthelinkednumber \global\let\TmpEtocName\etocthelinkedname \global\let\TmpEtocPage\etocthelinkedpage } % (the above needed as \item closes a group in enumitem inline environments) {\item [{\bfseries\TmpEtocNumber.}]\TmpEtocName\ (\emph{p. \TmpEtocPage})} {\end{itemize*}.}% \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}% \etocsettocstyle {a table of contents done as an inline \texttt{enumitem} environment: }{}% \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \end{verbatim} \etoc |1.08a| offers a simpler way to the same result: thanks to \csb{etocglobaldefs} there is no need anymore here for \csa{etocthelinkedname}, as \csa{etocname} works. \begin{verbatim} Example of \begingroup\etocglobaldefs % <-- NEW mit etoc 1.08. \etocsetstyle {section} {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, und }}]} {} {\item [{\bfseries\etocnumber.}] \etocname\ (\emph{p. \etocpage })} {\end{itemize*}.}% \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}% \etocsettocstyle {a table of contents done as an inline \texttt{enumitem} environment: }{}% \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \end{verbatim} Example of \begingroup\etocglobaldefs % <-- NEW mit etoc 1.08. \etocsetstyle {section} {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, und }}]} {} {\item [{\bfseries\etocnumber.}] \etocname\ (\emph{p. \etocpage })} {\end{itemize*}.}% \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}% \etocsettocstyle {a table of contents done as an inline \texttt{enumitem} environment: }{}% \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \section{The \csbhyp{etocsavedsectiontocline}, etc... commands.} \label{etocsavedsectiontocline} \label{etocsavedchaptertocline} Since |1.08k| \etoc preserves automatically in \csb{etocsavedsectiontocline}, \csb{etocsavedchaptertocline} etc... the meaning of the \LaTeX\ |\l@section|, |\l@chapter|, etc... in force at the time each \csb{tableofcontents} or \csb{localtableofcontents} macro is executed. See \autoref{sec:anothercompat} for usage. \section{The \csbhyp{etocsetlevel} command} \label{etocsetlevel} As already explained in \autoref{part:surprising}, one can inform \etoc of a level to associate to a given sectioning command with \csa{etocsetlevel}. For example: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetlevel{cell}{0} \etocsetlevel{molecule}{1} \etocsetlevel{atom}{2} \etocsetlevel{nucleus}{3} \end{verbatim} In compatibility mode, it will be assumed that the macros |\l@cell|, |\l@molecule|, ..., have been defined somewhere either by the user or a class: doing only |\etocsetlevel| is not enough for the corresponding level to work out-of-the-box in compatibility mode. However, if no table of contents is typeset in compatibility mode, then all that matters is that the various line styles have been set. If, for example |section| is at level |1|, then there is no need to do some \csa{etocsetstyle}|{molecule}{..}{..}{..}{..}| after \csa{etocsetlevel}|{molecule}{1}| if \csa{etocsetstyle}|{section}{..}{..}{..}{..}| has already been done (and it has been done by the package itself in its definition of its own line styles). The accepted levels run from |-2| to |6| inclusive. Anything else is mapped to |6|, which is a dummy level, never displayed. The package does: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetlevel{book}{-2} \etocsetlevel{part}{-1} \etocsetlevel{chapter}{0} \etocsetlevel{section}{1} \etocsetlevel{subsection}{2} \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{3} \etocsetlevel{paragraph}{4} \etocsetlevel{subparagraph}{5} \end{verbatim} \etoc own custom styles are activated by \csa{etocdefaultlines}. They are illustrated by the main table of contents of this document. These level assignments can be modified at anytime: see \autoref{part:surprising} for various applications of this technique. As one further example, let's mention here that the \hyperref[toc:main]{main table of contents} of this document was typeset following these instructions: \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \etocsettocdepth {subsubsection} % set the initial tocdepth \etocdefaultlines % use the package default line styles. At this early stage in % the document they had not yet been modified by \etocsetstyle % commands, so \etoctoclines could have been used, too. \etocmarkboth\contentsname \etocmulticolstyle[1] % one-column display {\pdfbookmark[1]{Table of contents}{MAINTOC}% create a bookmark in the pdf \noindent\bfseries\Large \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}} \begingroup % use a group to limit the scope of the \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3} % subsection level change. \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{4} % anything > tocdepth=3. \tableofcontents \label{toc:main} \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} In this way, the subsections used the style originally designed for subsubsections, the subsubsections were not printed. Without this modification, the appearance would have been very different: the package line styles were targeted to be employed in documents with many many sub-sub-sections, in a two-column layout, giving thus a more compact output that what is achieved by the default \LaTeX{} table of contents. But here, we have few sub-sub-sections and it is more interesting to drop them and print in a visually different manner sections and subsections. \section{Scope of commands added to the \texorpdfstring{\texttt{.toc}}{.toc} file} \begingroup % pour \small et \MacroFont en particulier. \small \subsection{Testing the scope} Let us switch to the color red, and also add this command to the |.toc| file: \color{red!50} \addtocontents{toc}{\string\color{red!50}} \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily \footnotesize\hyphenchar\font45 } \begin{verbatim} \color{red!50} % changing text color \addtocontents{toc}{\string\color{red!50}} % and also in the .toc file \end{verbatim} \subsection{This is a (pale) red subsection for illustrative purposes} Actually, this title here was printed black, due to the way the |scrartcl| class works (it would have been red in the |article| class), but we are more interested in how it looks in the tables of contents: it does appear red in the \hyperref[toc:main]{main table of contents} at the beginning of this document, and also in the \hyperref[toc:a]{table of contents for this part}. Both entries obey as expected the |\color{red!50}| command inserted in the |.toc| file. But let us now close this subsection and start a section. \section{Am I also red?} The question is about how it appears in the tables of contents: the answer is that, yes it is red in the \hyperref[toc:main]{main TOC}, and no it is not red in the \hyperref[toc:a]{local TOC for this part}. The reason is that the \meta{finish} code for the subsection level closed a group, as it used |\end{enumerate}|. This illustrates the discussion from \autoref{ssec:limitations}. The default package line styles do not contain group opening and closing instructions: the influence of a command added to the |.toc| file will propagate until cancelled by another explicit such command inserted in the |.toc| file. \begin{verbatim} \normalcolor \addtocontents{toc}{\string\normalcolor} \end{verbatim} \endgroup \normalcolor \addtocontents{toc}{\string\normalcolor} Back to black. Note that this scope problem arises in real life in a multi-lingual document, as the |babel| package writes to the |.toc| file the language changes occurring in the document. \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {globalcmds} \part{Commands for the toc display style} \label{part:globalcmds} \thispartstats \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocstandardlines \localtableofcontents \label{toc:globalcmds} \section{Specifying the toc display style} The \emph{toc display} style says whether the TOC appears with multiple columns or just one, whether the title is typeset as in the |article| or |book| class, or should be centered above the entries, with rules on its sides, or if the entire TOC should be put in a frame. For example, to opt for a ruled heading and single column layout, one issues commands of the following type: \begin{verbatim} \etocruledstyle[1]{Title} \tableofcontents (or \localtableofcontents) shortcuts: \etocruled[1]{Title} (or \etoclocalruled[1]{Title}) \end{verbatim} \subsection{The command \csbhyp{etocsettocstyle}} \label{etocsettocstyle} This is a command with two mandatory arguments:\\ \centerline{\csb{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}% \marg{after\_toc}} The \marg{before\_toc} part is responsible for typesetting the heading, for example it can be something like \starit{section}|{\contentsname}|. Generally speaking this heading should leave \TeX{} in ``vertical mode'' when the actual typesetting of the contents will start: the line styles (either from the standard classes or the package default line styles) all expect to get started in `vertical mode'. The first argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle} can also contain instructions to mark the page headings. Or it could check (book class) to see if two-column mode is on, and switch to one-column style, and the \meta{after\_toc} part would then reenact the two-column mode. \textbf{\TeX\ hacker note:} We have seen in the previous chapter some examples of using |\begin{enumerate}| and |\end{enumerate}| within TOC line styles. There is a real difficulty with doing however something like this: \begin{verbatim} \etocsettocstyle{\begin{enumerate}}{\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{section}{}{\item \sectionname}{}{} \end{verbatim} Indeed for example on first compilation of a document, the |.toc| file is empty and there will be the typical ``Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \string\item''. Using \csb{etocchecksemptiness} does not help, because as is explained there, on first encountering a new TOC added at end of a document, \etoc considers it non-empty, hence querying \csb{etocifwasempty} serves nothing. No, one must do something like this: \begin{verbatim} \makeatletter \etocsettocstyle {\begin{enumerate}} {\if@newlist\item Please run \LaTeX\ again\fi \end{enumerate}} \makeatother \etocsetstyle{section}{}{\item \sectionname}{}{} \end{verbatim} The commands to be described next \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etocruledstyle}, and \csb{etocframedstyle} all call \csa{etocsettocstyle} as a lower-level routine, to start a \texttt{multi\-cols} environment in \marg{before\_toc} and close it in \marg{after\_toc}. \subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocmulticolstyle}, \csbhyp{etocmulticol}, and \csbhyp{etoclocalmulticol}} \label{etocmulticolstyle} \label{etocmulticol} \label{etoclocalmulticol} This is a command with one optional and one mandatory argument:\\ \centerline{\csb{etocmulticolstyle}% \oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}} The \meta{number\_of\_columns} can go from 1 to 10 (it defaults to 2; if its value is 1, naturally no |multicols| environment is then created). The \meta{heading} will typically be some `vertical' material like: \meta{heading} = |\section*|\marg{title} but one may also have horizontal material like |\fbox{Hello World}| (\etoc adds automatically a |\par| at the end of this ``heading'' argument to \csb{etocmulticolstyle}). Here is for example how the main table of contents of this document was configured: \begin{verbatim} \etocmulticolstyle{\noindent\bfseries\Large \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}} \end{verbatim} After \csa{etocmulticolstyle} all future \csa{tableofcontents} will use the specified style, if it does not get changed in-between. A shortcut for just one table of contents and no impact on the styles of later TOCs is:\\ \centerline{\csa{etocmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}} And there is also \csa{etoclocalmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}. \subsection{The command \csbhyp{etoctocstyle}} \label{etoctocstyle} \centeredline{\csb{etoctocstyle}\oarg{kind}% \marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} \centeredline{= \csb{etocmulticolstyle}|[|{\itshape number\_of\_columns}|]|% |{\kind*{|\itshape title\upshape|}}|} where |kind| is one of |chapter|, |section|, . . . and defaults to |chapter| or |section| depending on the document class. \subsubsection{The command \csbhyp{etoctocstylewithmarks}} \label{etoctocstylewithmarks} \label{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc} \centeredline{\csb{etoctocstylewithmarks}\oarg{kind}% \marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\marg{mark}} \centeredline {=\csb{etocmulticolstyle}|[|{\itshape number\_of\_columns}|]|% |{\kind*{|\itshape title \ttfamily\upshape\string\markboth% |{\MakeUppercase{|{\rmfamily\itshape mark}|}}}}|} where |kind| is one of |chapter|, |section|, ... The actual display of the marks depends on the settings of the page style. There is variant \csb{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc} which does not uppercase. \paragraph{Do we really want paragraph entries in the TOC?} \paragraph{really?} \subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocruledstyle}, \csbhyp{etocruled} and \csbhyp{etoclocal\-ruled}} \label{etocruledstyle} \label{etocruled} \label{etoclocalruled} The general format of \csa{etocruledstyle} is:\\ \centerline{\csb{etocruledstyle}% \oarg{number of columns}\marg{title of the toc}} \noindent The title is horizontal material (the |LR| mode of \emph{\LaTeX{}, a document preparation system}): if it does not fit on one line it should be put in a \csa{parbox} of a given width. The green frame for the heading of the table of contents at the \hyperref[toc:a]{start of the second part of this document} was obtained with: \begin{verbatim} \etocruledstyle[1]{\etocfontminusone\color{green}% \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1ex \framebox[\linewidth] {\normalcolor\hss Contents of this part\hss}} \end{verbatim} As a shortcut to set the style with \csb{etocruledstyle} and then issue a \csa{tableofcontents}, all inside a group so that future table of contents will not be affected, there is:\\ \centerline{\csb{etocruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} And the local form will be \csb{etoclocalruled}. \subsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocframedstyle}, \csbhyp{etocframed}, and \csbhyp{etoclocal\-framed}} \label{etocframedstyle} \label{etocframed} \label{etoclocalframed} Same mechanism:\\ \centerline{\csb{etocframedstyle}% \oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} and the accompanying shortcut:\\ \centerline{\csb{etocframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} The shortcut is used if one does not want to modify the style of the next TOCs (the other way is to put the whole thing inside braces or a |\begingroup...\endgroup|; there is also \csa{etoclocalframed} for a local table of contents). The entire table of contents is framed. The title itself is not framed: if one wants a frame one should set it up inside the \meta{title} argument to \csa{etocframedstyle} or \csa{etocframed}. The colors for the background and for the components (top, left, right, bottom) of the border are specified via suitable |\renewcommand|'s (see \autoref{ssec:customdisplay}). A |minipage| is used, hence the produced table of contents isn't compatible with a page break. For allowing page breaks, use of the commands of \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/mdframed}{mdframed}\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/mdframed}} or \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/tcolorbox}{tcolorbox}\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tcolorbox}} in the arguments of \csb{etocsettocstyle} is recommended. Examples in this document are on pages \pageref{toc:d}, \pageref{toc:floating}, \pageref{toc:b}, and \pageref{toc:clone}. \subsection{Headings, titles, \csbhyp{etocoldpar}, \csbhyp{etocinnertopsep}} \label{etocinnertopsep} \label{etocoldpar} For \csb{etocmulticolstyle} the mandatory \meta{heading} argument can be either vertical mode material like |\section*{\emph{Table of Contents}}| or horizontal mode material like in the simple |\etocmulticolstyle{Hello World}|. No explicit |\par| or empty line can be inserted in the mandatory argument of \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, but \etoc provides \csb{etocoldpar} as a substitute: it does |\let\etocoldpar\par| before the |multicols| environment and inserts this |\etocoldpar|\footnote{this command \csa{etocoldpar} (= working \csa{par} in the argument to \csa{etocmulticolstyle}) is not related to the switch \csb{etocinline} whose purpose is to tell \etoc not to do a \csa{par} before the table of contents.} at the end of the heading, then does a vertical skip of value \csa{etocinnertopsep}. The command \csb{etocoldpar} can also be used explicitely if needed in the mandatory argument to \csa{etocmulticolstyle} (it is not allowed to insert an empty line in this argument). On the other hand the commands \csb{etocruledstyle} and \csb{etocframedstyle} expect an argument ``in LR mode'' (to use the terminology from \emph{LaTeX, a document preparation system}). This means that multiline titles are only possible if enclosing them inside something like a \csa{parbox}. An important dimension used by all three of \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etocruledstyle} and \csb{etocframedstyle} is \csb{etocinnertopsep}. It gives the amount of separation between the heading and the start of the contents. Its default value is |2ex| and it is changed with |\renewcommand*{\etocinnertopsep}|\marg{new\_value}, not with |\setlength|. \subsection{The compatibility mode \csbhyp{etocstandarddisplaystyle}} \label{etocstandarddisplaystyle} \etoc will then emulate what the document class would have done regarding the global display style of the table of contents, in its absence. All customizing from inside the class should be obeyed, too. \subsubsection{The commands \csbhyp{etocarticlestyle}, \csbhyp{etocbookstyle}, \dots} These are the commands used internally by \etoc in compatibility mode depending on the document class. For example \csa{etocarticlestyle} instructs \etoc to use |\section*{\contentsname}| (with marks on the page) and \csa{etocbookstyle} says to use |\chapter*{\contentsname}|. It can prove useful to issue \csa{etocarticlestyle} for a \csa{localtableofcontents} inside a chapter, in |book| class and compatibility mode for the global TOC display style. \subsection{The command \csbhyp{etocinline}} \label{etocinline} \label{etocnopar} \label{etocdisplay} With \csb{etocinline}, or its synonym |\etocnopar|, the |\tableofcontents| command and its variants do \emph{not} first issue a |\par| to close the previous paragraph. Hence, the table of contents can be printed in an inline style; or, if used only for preparing some token list or macro, it will leave nothing in the token stream on execution. Issue \csb{etocdisplay} to return to the default situation that |\tableofcontents| and variants issue a |\par| to switch to vertical mode before typesetting the TOC title and contents. \section{Starred variants and hooks} \label{tableofcontents*} \label{localtableofcontents*} \label{etocbeforetitlehook} \label{etocaftertitlehook} \label{etocaftercontentshook} \label{etocaftertochook} The \toc, \localtoc, \csa{etocmulticol}, and all their cousins have starred variants (the star must be before the other arguments). The non-starred variants execute the \csb{etocaftertitlehook}, whose default definition is to do nothing. The starred variants do not execute this hook. For example, imagine you are using |book| class and want \localtoc to use a section-like title, but unnumbered. Assuming the main \toc comes first in the document, you can insert this after it: \begin{verbatim} \etocarticlestyle \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\contentsname}} \end{verbatim} This configures the way \localtoc will behave (or \toc) from now on in the document. The first line tells essentially to use |\section*{\contentsname}|, and the second line says to insert the title in the |.toc| file itself (thus to be displayed by the main table of contents). Notice that |hyperref| package will then automatically create suitable anchor and one should \emph{not} use explicitly \cs{phantomsection} here (it would let the anchor be located below not above the title). With this set-up issuing \localtoc|*| will ignore the \csa{etocaftertitlehook} hence not send the local toc title to the |.toc| file. This mimicks the |memoir| class behavior, and can also be used with it. For more on |memoir| class with \etoc, see \autoref{ssec:memoir}. There are further hook macros: \csb{etocaftercontentshook}, \csb{etocbeforetitlehook} and \csb{etocaftertochook} which are initially defined to do nothing and can be used for some special effects. They are executed whether or not the table of contents command was starred.% % \footnote{Hackers can test within these hooks if the context is starred or not via an \cs{ifx}\cs{Etoc@aftertitlehook}\cs{@empty} conditional. Perhaps a future release will provide \cs{etociftocisstarred} wrapper.} \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {custom} \part{Using and customizing the \etoc own styles} \label{part:custom} \thispartstats \etocdefaultlines \renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height2pt depth0pt} \renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{red}} \etocruledstyle{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\fboxrule1pt\color{red}% \fbox{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering\normalcolor This is a table of contents for the sections and subsections in this part. It carries the label |toc:c|}}} \localtableofcontents \label{toc:c} \section{Summary of the main style commands} \subsection{Setting up local styles} \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em \setbox0\hbox{\csa{etocthename}, \csa{etocthenumber}, \csa{etocthepage}, \csa{etoclink}\marg{linkname}}% \framebox[\linewidth][c] {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent \csa{etocsetstyle}\marg{levelname}% \marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}\\ \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, \csa{etocpage}, \csa{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}\\ \csa{etocthename}, \csa{etocthenumber}, \csa{etocthepage}, \csa{etoclink}\marg{linkname} }}} \subsection{Setting up toc display styles} \medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em \setbox0\hbox{\csa{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}\oarg{kind}% \marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\marg{mark}}% \framebox[\linewidth][c] {\vbox{\hsize\wd0 \normalcolor\noindent \csa{etocmulticolstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\ \csa{etoctocstyle}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\ \csa{etoctocstylewithmarks}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}% \marg{title}\marg{mark}\\ \csa{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}\oarg{kind}\marg{number\_of\_columns}% \marg{title}\marg{mark}\\ \csa{etocruledstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\ \csa{etocframedstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\ \csa{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}\marg{after\_toc}}}} \subsection{Displaying tables of contents} \medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em \setbox0\hbox{\csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, \csa{etocpage}, \csa{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}}% \framebox[\linewidth][c] {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent \toc\\ \localtoc\\ \csa{etocmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\ \csa{etoclocalmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}\\ \csa{etocruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\ \csa{etoclocalruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\ \csa{etocframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\ \csa{etoclocalframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\\ \hbox{}{\itshape\ttfamily\ \ \ \ and their starred variants} }}} \subsection{Labels and references} \label{ssec:labelref} The commands (starred or not) to actually display the table of contents can be followed with optional labels or references:\par \medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em \setbox0\hbox{\csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, \csa{etocpage}, \csa{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}}% \framebox[\linewidth][c] {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent \toc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}|\\ \toc \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\ \toc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}| \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\ \localtoc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}|\\ \localtoc \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\ \localtoc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}| \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\ \hbox{}{\itshape\ttfamily\ \ \ \ similarly with\ }% \csa{etocmulticol}{\itshape\ttfamily\ etc . . . } }}} \medskip New with |1.08e|: \localtoc \csa{ref}|{toc:far}| as synonym for \toc \csa{ref}|{toc:far}|. % (obsolète depuis 1.08e) % The commands for local tables of % contents do \emph{not} react to a \csa{ref} following them. When re-displaying another toc, only its contents are transferred: both the line styles and the toc display style are the ones currently defined, not the ones from the cloned toc. \section{The package default line styles: \csbhyp{etocdefaultlines}} \label{etocdefaultlines} These line styles were written at an early stage in the development of the package; although the next section explains how to customize the font choicess or vertical spaces, etc\dots, used by these line styles, most other changes would require copying them from the sources and modify them directly. Admittedly they have been written at a rather scary low-\TeX{} level, and will not serve as a very friendly starting point. Activating their use is done via \csa{etocdefaultlines}, or \csa{etoctoclines} if the line styles have not been modified with \csa{etocsetstyle}. Sections and sub-sections are printed in essentially the same manner, except that the leading for sub-sections is a bit smaller (with document classes lacking a \csa{chapter} command, the sections are printed in bold typeface; this is the case in the present document). Sub-sub-sections are printed inline, in one paragraph, with no numbers or page numbers. This style was designed and tested with documents having lots of sub-sub-sections, and should be used on a two-column layout: it provides (only in that situation with many sub-sub-sections) a more compact presentation than what is achieved by the \LaTeX{} default.\footnote{and there will never be a Part or Chapter entry alone at the bottom of a column or page (except if it has no sub-unit).} On the other hand, used with a one-column layout, and with few sub-sub-sections, the style is a bit more spread out vertically than the \LaTeX{} default, sub-sections are not visually much different from sections (especially for document classes with a \csa{chapter} command), so the result is less hierarchical in appearance than in the \LaTeX{} default. In this document, for the \hyperref[toc:main]{main table of contents}, we did |\etocsetlevel{subsection}{3}| hence the sub-sections were printed with the sub-sub-section inline style. Let us, to the contrary, typeset now this main table of contents as if the document had been done with a class having the \csa{chapter} command: we will print sections as chapters, and subsections as sections. We use \csa{etocsetlevel} for that, and also we need to change the font style of ``sections'' (which in truth are our subsections) to use not the bold but the medium series; we modify the \csa{etocfontone} command for that. Also we use dot leaders which are less spread out than in the package default. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \etocruledstyle[2]{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape \fbox{\parbox{.6\linewidth}{ \leftskip 0pt plus .5fil \rightskip 0pt plus -.5fil \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil This is the global table of contents on two columns, using \etoc default line styles, but with sections as chapters, and subsections as sections. }}} \etocdefaultlines \etocsetnexttocdepth{1} \begingroup \etocsetlevel{section}{0} \etocsetlevel{subsection}{1} \renewcommand*{\etocfontone}{\normalfont \normalsize} \renewcommand*{\etoctoclineleaders} {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 1ex {\hss.\hss}}} \sloppy \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro \section{Customizing \etoc} \subsection{Customizing the \etoc pre-defined line styles} We will simply list the relevant commands as defined in the package. Customizing them goes through suitable \csa{renewcommand}s: \begin{verbatim} \newcommand*\etocfontminustwo{\normalfont \LARGE \bfseries} \newcommand*\etocfontminusone{\normalfont \large \bfseries} \newcommand*\etocfontzero{\normalfont \large \bfseries} \newcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont \normalsize \bfseries} % (in classes with chapter, \etocfontone does not do \bfseries) \newcommand*\etocfonttwo{\normalfont \normalsize} \newcommand*\etocfontthree{\normalfont \footnotesize} \newcommand*\etocsepminustwo{4ex plus .5ex minus .5ex} \newcommand*\etocsepminusone{4ex plus .5ex minus .5ex} \newcommand*\etocsepzero{2.5ex plus .4ex minus .4ex} \newcommand*\etocsepone{1.5ex plus .3ex minus .3ex} \newcommand*\etocseptwo{.5ex plus .1ex minus .1ex} \newcommand*\etocsepthree{.25ex plus .05ex minus .05ex} \newcommand*\etocminustwoleftmargin{1.5em plus 0.5fil} \newcommand*\etocminustworightmargin{1.5em plus -0.5fil} \newcommand*\etocminusoneleftmargin{1em} \newcommand*\etocminusonerightmargin{1em} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminustwo{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminusone{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadzero{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadone{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadtwo{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadthree{.9} \newcommand*\etoctoclineleaders {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 2ex {\hss.\hss}}} \newcommand*\etocabbrevpagename{p.~} % initial of "page" \newcommand*\etocpartname{Part} % prior to v1.08b, was \partname % but this didn't make sense e.g. with babel+frenchb whose \frenchpartname % takes into account the value of the part counter. \newcommand*\etocbookname{Book} % to be modified according to language \end{verbatim} No customizing of the standard line styles is possible from within \etoc. As already explained, when \csa{etocstandardlines} has been issued, the package just makes itself very discrete and acts only at the global level, and the TOC entries are (hopefully) formatted as would have happened in the absence of \etoc.\footnote{with the KOMA-script classes, we noticed that \csa{etocstandarddisplaystyle} was apparently needed for the KOMA options |toc=left| to be active at the level of the line entries.} The \csa{etocstandardlines} compatibility mode will work also with sectioning commands made known to \etoc via \csa{etocsetlevel}, under the condition of course that these sectioning commands are accompanied with all the relevant definitions for typesetting toc entries in the \LaTeX{} default manner (existence of the macros \csa{l@something} . . .). Using the command \csa{etocsetstyle}, be it in the preamble or in the body of the document, has the secondary effect of switching off the compatibility mode. \subsection{Customizing the toc display styles} \label{ssec:customdisplay} Again we list the relevant macros, what they do should be legible from their names. Note that \csa{renewcommand}'s and not \csa{setlength}'s have to be used for what appear to be lengths, and that color commands are not just color specifications, they must include \csa{color}, and are canceled by re-defining them to do \csa{relax}. \begin{verbatim} \newcommand*\etocabovetocskip{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} \newcommand*\etocbelowtocskip{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} \newcommand*\etoccolumnsep{2em} \newcommand*\etocmulticolsep{0ex} \newcommand*\etocmulticolpretolerance{-1} \newcommand*\etocmulticoltolerance{200} \newcommand*\etocdefaultnbcol{2} \newcommand*\etocinnertopsep{2ex} \newcommand*\etoctoprule{\hrule} \newcommand*\etoctoprulecolorcmd{\relax} % for the framed style only: \newcommand*\etocinnerleftsep{2em} \newcommand*\etocinnerrightsep{2em} \newcommand*\etocinnerbottomsep{3.5ex} \newcommand*\etocleftrule{\vrule} \newcommand*\etocrightrule{\vrule} \newcommand*\etocbottomrule{\hrule} \newcommand*\etocleftrulecolorcmd{\relax} \newcommand*\etocrightrulecolorcmd{\relax} \newcommand*\etocbottomrulecolorcmd{\relax} \newcommand*\etocbkgcolorcmd{\relax} % hooks \newcommand\etocframedmphook{\relax} \end{verbatim} The \csa{etocframedmphook} is positioned immediately after the beginning of a minipage environment where the contents of the framed TOC are typeset. The \csa{...colorcmd} commands are initially set to expand to \csa{relax} (hence do not require package |color| or |xcolor| to be loaded). If one has modified a command such as \csa{etocbkgcolorcmd} to expand to a color command and wants to reset it to do nothing, one \emph{must} use |\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\relax}| and not \csa{let}\csa{etocbkgcolorcmd}\csa{relax}. Regarding the dimensions of the top rule they can be specified in |ex|'s or |em|'s as in this example: \centeredline{|\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 1ex}|} The package code is done in such a manner that it is the font size in instance at the end of typesetting the title argument to \csa{etocruledtoc} or \csa{etocframedtoc} which will be used for the meaning of the `1ex'. Of course also the other rule commands can have their dimensions in font relative units, but their values are decided on the basis of the font in effect just before the table of contents. The top and bottom rules do not have to be rules and can be horizontal \emph{leaders} (of a specified height) in the general \TeX{} sense. However the left and right rules are not used as (horizontal) leaders but as objects of a given specified width. Note that \emph{only} the Plain \TeX{} syntax for rules is accepted here. \section{One more example of colored TOC layout} \label{ssec:tocclone} The command \csa{etocframedstyle} puts the title on the top rule in a centered position. This is not very convenient for this example so we included the title as part of the \meta{start} code at section level, to get it \emph{inside} the frame. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \begingroup \definecolor{subsecnum}{RGB}{13,151,225} \definecolor{secbackground}{RGB}{0,177,235} \definecolor{tocbackground}{RGB}{212,237,252} \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 1cm} \renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width .5cm} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt} \renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt} \newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{% \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}% \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip\vskip#2} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix} {\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}} {\sffamily\footnotesize \leftskip2.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}% \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt} {} \etocsetstyle{subsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix} {\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}} {\sffamily\small \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}% \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par \nointerlineskip\vskip6pt} {} \newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{% \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame! \noindent\colorbox{secbackground} {\parbox{\linewidth}{% \vskip5pt {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip \vskip3pt}}% \par\nointerlineskip} \etocsetstyle{section} {\coloredstuff{white} {\hfil \hyperref[toc:b]{\bfseries\large I am a twin of that other TOC (click me!)}\hfil}} {\vskip3pt\sffamily\small} {\coloredstuff{white} {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocnumber\hspace{.2cm}}}% \etocname\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.2cm}}}% \vskip6pt } {} \etocframedstyle[1]{} \tableofcontents \label{toc:clone} \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro % v1.07l on the occasion of traduction into German documentation % APRIL 26, 2014 Improvement in the section style for better placement of % page number when the section name is more than one line long. Use of % \makebox rather than \hbox, to be more LaTeX like. The TOC has been put in a \hyperref[toc:clone]{float} which appears \vpageref{toc:clone}. The coding is a bit involved\footnote{and reveals the author's preference for the \TeX{} syntax...} as it does not use any additional package. Also, it was written at some early stage and I have not revised it since. A better solution would be to use some package to set up a background color possibly extending accross pages, as the framed style (which we used to get this background color) can only deal with material short enough to fit on one page. Regarding colors, generally speaking all color commands inside \etoc are initially defined to do nothing, and the choice to use or not colors is left to the user. \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {tips} \part{Tips} \label{part:tipsandtricks} \thispartstats %%%% \invisiblelocaltableofcontents \label{toc:tipsandtricks} \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocstandardlines \localtableofcontents %\section{... and tricks} \section{The \csbhyp{etocsetlocaltop.toc} command} \label{etocsetlocaltop.toc} It is important to understand that \csb{localtableofcontents} works entirely from data \emph{in the |.toc| file}. If the document, say with |article| class, contains starred sectioning commands, which are not accompanied by suitable \csa{addcontentsline}, then these units are completely transparent to \csb{localtableofcontents}: \begin{itemize} \item If it is issued before |\section*{Foo}|, say locally to a |\section|, then the local TOC will include not only the |subsection|s between the |\section| and the |\section*{Foo}| but also those following, and be stopped uniquely by a later |\section| or |\part| from the document's body. \item If the command is issued right after |\section*{Foo}| and the later was itself subsequent to a (numbered) |\subsection|, then \etoc will think it must display a TOC local to that \emph{subsection} level. \end{itemize} Before concluding that \etoc is buggy, imagine how the global TOC of the document would look like in such circumstances: the \csb{localtableofcontents} does exactly the job of extracting from that global TOC various local TOCs; it works only from material in that (virtual) global TOC. Since relase |1.08k|, \etoc provides the one-argument command \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} to insert into the |.toc| file a kind of ``ghost'' of a given sectioning unit. Here is an example: \begin{verbatim} \part*{Extra unnumbered part} \etocsetlocaltop.toc{part} \localtableofcontents \end{verbatim} Then in this example, \csb{localtableofcontents} will be stopped by the next |\part| (naturally a numbered one or a |\part*| followed by suitable |\addcontentsline|) or also by a later |\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}|. This is all fine but keep in mind again that \csb{localtableofcontents} can only display units which have been pushed to the |.toc| file, so that |\part*| must be followed by numbered sections or |\section*/\addcontentsline| pairs if \csb{localtableofcontents} is to display anything useful. One can not use \etoc to typeset data not actually there in the |.toc| file! Thus, in the situation above, one may wonder why the document does not use |\addcontentsline| after the |\part*| as it must do so for sub-sectioning units if they are to appear in the local TOC. One may imagine some document where all |Part|s are non-numbered but nevertheless the user wants its \csb{localtableofcontents} for each one: then indeed \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} will help in that case. There are at least two more methods to handle this situation: \begin{itemize} \item the first one is simply to use the |\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{..}| commands, and to set the |part| style to do nothing, so that the main TOC will not display them, \item the second one does not add the |\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...}| but uses ``depth tags'' (\autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}) and multiple \csb{tableofcontents} (not \csb{localtableofcontents}), one for each desired local TOC. \end{itemize} There is a variant of the first method which would set the level of |part| temporarily to |6| for the typesetting of the main TOC. But then the |chapter| toc line style will execute inside the main TOC only once its \emph{start} and \emph{finish} parts (see \autoref{sec:etocsetstyle}). This is actually also a problem of the second method. But not of the first method which uses \centeredline{\csb{etocsetstyle}|{part}{}{}{}{}|} nor of the approach with \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc}: the \emph{start} and \emph{finish} portions of the |chapter| toc line style will get executed at the appropriate times in the main, global, TOC. Be aware however that this use of \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc}|{part}| will also cause the main global TOC to execute (once) the \emph{start} and \emph{finish} portions of the |part| toc line style (assuming here again it is not typeset in compatibility mode). Final remark: usage of \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} interferes with \csb{etocchecksemptiness} only to the extent that it modifies (as explained in this section) the selection made by \csb{localtableofcontents}, hence the decision whether the local TOC is empty or not. \section{Hacking framed parboxes} \begin{verbatim} \etocdefaultlines \renewcommand\etoctoprule{\hrule height 2pt depth 2pt} \etocruled{\color{green}\fboxrule2pt\fboxsep1ex \fbox{\raisebox{-\fontdimen22\textfont2} {\color{blue}\parbox{.5\linewidth} {\normalfont This text is perfectly centered vertically with respect to the surrounding horizontal rules.}}}} \ref{toc:globalcmds} \end{verbatim} \etocdefaultlines \renewcommand\etoctoprule{\hrule height 2pt depth 2pt} \etocruled{\color{green}\fboxrule2pt\fboxsep1ex \fbox{\raisebox{-\fontdimen22\textfont2} {\color{blue}\parbox{.5\linewidth} {\normalfont This text is perfectly centered vertically with respect to the surrounding horizontal rules.}}}} \ref{toc:globalcmds} \section{Interverting the levels} \label{subsec:interverting} Let us display and count all subsections occurring in this document (see \autoref{part:surprising} for other uses of this technique): \begin{verbatim} \etocsetnexttocdepth{2} \begingroup \etocsetlevel{part}{3} \etocsetlevel{section}{3} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\small\begin{enumerate}[itemsep=0pt,label=,leftmargin=0pt]} {\normalfont\bfseries\item} {\roman{enumi}. \mdseries\etocname{} (\etocnumber, p.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \renewcommand{\etoccolumnsep}{2.75em} \renewcommand{\columnseprule}{1pt} \etocmulticol[3]{\subsection{All subsections of this document}} \endgroup \end{verbatim} \etocsetnexttocdepth{2} \begingroup \etocdefaultlines \etocstandarddisplaystyle \etocsetlevel{book}{3} \etocsetlevel{part}{3} \etocsetlevel{chapter}{3} \etocsetlevel{section}{3} \etocsetstyle{subsection}{\small \begin{enumerate}[itemsep=0pt,label=,leftmargin=0pt]} {\normalfont\bfseries\item} {\roman{enumi}. \mdseries\etocname{} (\etocnumber, p.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \renewcommand{\etoccolumnsep}{2.75em} \renewcommand{\columnseprule}{1pt} %%\etocmarkbothnouc{List of all subsections} %% le mark (\markright) est fait par \subsection \etocmulticol[3]{\subsection{All subsections of this document}\label{toc:allsubsections}} \endgroup \section{Displaying statistics}\label{ssec:statistics} Each part of this document starts with a paragraph telling how many sections and subsections it has. Well, each one of this paragraph is a table of contents! We designed a macro \csa{thispartstats} to do that. It uses ``storage'' boxes to keep the information about the first and last section or subsection. Using boxes is the simplest manner to encapsulate the |hyperref| link for later use (whether there is one or none). However, one cannot modify then the font or the color. % (using the % \TeX{} primitive \csa{setbox} rather than the \LaTeX{} \csa{sbox} would % allow to change the color of the un-boxed saved box) If such a need arises, one must switch from using boxes to using macros, and store the |hyperref| data for later use as was done in the code presented in \autoref{sec:molecule}. We present also this second method. But first, the code of \csa{thispartstats}:\par \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \newsavebox\firstnamei \newsavebox\firstnumberi \newsavebox\lastnamei \newsavebox\lastnumberi \newsavebox\firstnameii \newsavebox\firstnumberii \newsavebox\lastnameii \newsavebox\lastnumberii \newcounter{mycounti} \newcounter{mycountii} \newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxi}{} \newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxii}{} \newcommand*{\oldtocdepth}{} \newcommand*{\thispartstats}{% \setcounter{mycounti}{0}% \setcounter{mycountii}{0}% \def\thispartstatsauxi{% \sbox{\firstnamei}{\etocname}% \sbox{\firstnumberi}{\etocnumber}% \def\thispartstatsauxi{}}% \def\thispartstatsauxii{% \sbox{\firstnameii}{\etocname}% \sbox{\firstnumberii}{\etocnumber}% \def\thispartstatsauxii{}}% \begingroup \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {} {\thispartstatsauxii \stepcounter{mycountii}% \sbox{\lastnameii}{\etocname}% \sbox{\lastnumberii}{\etocnumber}} {}% \etocsetstyle{section} {} {} {\thispartstatsauxi \stepcounter{mycounti}% \sbox{\lastnamei}{\etocname}% \sbox{\lastnumberi}{\etocnumber}} {Here are some statistics for this part: it contains \arabic{mycounti} section\ifnum\value{mycounti}>1 s\fi{} and \arabic{mycountii} subsection\ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 s\fi. The name of the first section is \unhbox\firstnamei{} and the corresponding number is \unhbox\firstnumberi. The name of the last section is \unhbox\lastnamei{} and its number is \unhbox\lastnumberi. The name of the first subsection is \unhbox\firstnameii{} and the corresponding number is \unhbox\firstnumberii. The name of the last subsection is \unhbox\lastnameii{} and its number is \unhbox\lastnumberii.}% \etocinline % cancels the automatic \par automatically before the TOC \etocsettocstyle {}{} \etocsetnexttocdepth{2}% \localtableofcontents % to be used at the top level of a Part. \endgroup } \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} And now, the variant with macros rather than boxes (this variant as it stands here is for using within a section). \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \makeatletter \newcommand*\firstsubname {} \newcommand*\lastsubname {} \newcommand*\firstsubnumber {} \newcommand*\lastsubnumber {} \newcommand*\thisspecialstatsaux{} \newcommand*{\thisspecialstats}{% \setcounter{mycounti}{0}% \def\thisspecialstatsaux{% \let\firstsubname\etocthelinkedname \let\firstsubnumber\etocthelinkednumber \def\thisspecialstatsaux{}} \begingroup \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {} {\thisspecialstatsaux \stepcounter{mycounti}% \let\lastsubname\etocthelinkedname \let\lastsubnumber\etocthelinkednumber } {Here are some statistics for this section. It contains \arabic{mycounti} subsections. The name of its first is \emph{\firstsubname{}} and the corresponding number is {\firstsubnumber}. The name of the last subsection is \emph{\lastsubname{}} and its number is {\lastsubnumber}.}% \etocsettocstyle {}{} \etocinline \etocsetnexttocdepth {1}% \localtableofcontents % to be used within a section \endgroup } \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \section{Using depth tags} \label{ssec:tocwithdepthtags} We want a TOC which will have a heading for each |\part| (except the last part with the code source, which we decide not to include), and will additionally open up \autoref{part:globalcmds} up to paragraphs. To achieve this we added to this source various \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} commands, and it remains now to set the levels for each tag using \csb{etocsettagdepth} (this was used earlier in this document, in \autoref{sec:secondexample}, within a group hence it did not affect the other tables of contents). However, the package line styles do not display paragraphs, and the standard line styles of the document class give too much vertical spacing (in this context) when displaying a Part heading in the TOC. So we cook up our own, quickly designed line styles, in the style of \autoref{sec:firstexample} (but with a way to put page numbers on the right which is more like the method used by \LaTeX2e's |\@dottedtocline|; and multi-line headings now leave empty the area underneath the numbers contrarily to the code from \autoref{sec:firstexample}). And after a few minutes for choosing lengths (now that this has been done once, it can be recycled easily) we get: \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \etocsetnexttocdepth {all} \begingroup \parindent 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip -\rightskip \newcommand*{\EndParWithPagenoInMargin} {\nobreak\hfill \makebox[0.75cm][r]{\mdseries\normalsize\etocpage}% \par} \renewcommand*\etoctoclineleaders {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}} \newcommand*{\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {\nobreak\leaders\etoctoclineleaders\hfill \makebox[0.75cm][r]{\mdseries\normalsize\etocpage}% \par } \etocsetstyle {part} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 1cm\relax} {\bfseries\large\llap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\etocnumber\ \ }}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMargin\smallskip} {} \etocsetstyle {section} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.75cm\relax} {\bfseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[.75cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {} \etocsetstyle {subsection} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 2.75cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {} \etocsetstyle {subsubsection} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 4cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.25cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {} \etocsetstyle {paragraph} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 5.5cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {} \etocsettagdepth {preamble} {none} \etocsettagdepth {overview} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part}% not needed explicitely, keeps value %\etocsettagdepth {examples} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {part} \etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {paragraph} \etocsettagdepth {custom} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {tips} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part} \etocsettagdepth {code} {none} \renewcommand\etoctoprule {\hrule height 3pt\relax } \renewcommand\etoctoprulecolorcmd {\color{blue}} \renewcommand\etocaftercontentshook {\medskip\begingroup \color{blue}\hrule height 3pt \endgroup } \etocruledstyle [1]{\Large\bfseries \fbox{\makebox[8cm]{A TOC using depth tags}}} \sloppy \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{Typesetting the TOC as a table (the old way)} \label{ssec:tocastableold} Due to, among other things, the fact that alignment cells create and close groups, and that by default definitions of \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, \csb{etocpage} made by \etoc are local, it was not easy to typeset a TOC as table with \etoc, prior to release |1.08|. Not only \csb{etocname} etc... caused a problem, but also the basic redefinition of \csa{contentsline} was made by \etoc only after the first argument to \csb{etocsettocstyle} had been executed, hence if this argument were to open a tabular, the \etoc redefinition of \csa{contentsline} would be done in the first cell of the first row and get lost thereafter. Thus one had to resort to the technique explained in \autoref{tocastree} of using the execution of \csa{tableofcontents} as a way to store data which was then displayed later. For the record, here is how the TOC from \autoref{sec:tocastable} was coded in the old days. We don't have here the problems with the positioning of |\hline|'s we face with the newer method; on the other hand we must manipulate token registers which are not familiar to most \LaTeX{} users (macros could be used, but would be more cumbersome, except perhaps if using the \eTeX{} \csa{unexpanded}). The method here is the most powerful because it filters out of the |.toc| file only the data we want (the other things are not ignored, they are executed but hopefully do not create havoc; typically they are language changing instructions, etc...), and we are less susceptible to fall potential victims of various external macros inserted in the |.toc| file by other packages. Note: rather than |\toks| registers it would be easier here to use \eTeX{} \csa{unexpanded} primitive. See for example \autoref{sec:mindmap}. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \newtoks\toctabletok \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2 #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}} \newcommand*\PreparePart{% \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% \toks2 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}% \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}% \edef\toctablepiece {\noexpand\hline \noexpand\strut\the\toks0 &\noexpand\bfseries\the\toks2 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\\noexpand\hline}% } \newcommand*\PrepareSection{% \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% \toks2 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}% \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}% \edef\toctablepiece {\the\toks0 &\the\toks2 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}% } % new version for 1.07k, 2014/03/06 \newcommand*{\PrepareSubsection}{% \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% \toks2 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedname\strut}% \toks4 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedpage}% \edef\toctablepiece{&\noexpand\makebox[1cm][c]{\the\toks0}% \noexpand\parbox[t]{\dimexpr6cm-\tabcolsep\relax} {\noexpand\sloppy\the\toks2}% &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}% } \begingroup \etocsetstyle{part}{}{}{\PreparePart \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{} \etocsetstyle{section}{}{}{\PrepareSection \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{} \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{}{\PrepareSubsection\appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{} \etocsettocstyle {\toctabletok{\hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{longtable}{|>{\bfseries}c|p{7cm}|r|}\hline \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\Large\bfseries\strut TABLE OF CONTENTS}% \\\hline\hline}} {\global\toctabletok\expandafter{\the\toctabletok\hline\end{longtable}}} \etocsettocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \the\toctabletok \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {etocandworld} \part{\etoc and the outside world} \section{Compatibility with other packages} \subsection{Generalities} The contents of the |.toc| file (if it already exists) are read into memory by \etoc once, at the time of |\begin{document}|.\footnote{New with |1.07m|. Earlier versions read the |.toc| file at the time of \csa{usepackage\{etoc\}}. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé who signaled a Babel related problem, which turned out to be caused by this.} The |.toc| file remains available to other packages for read operations until the location of the first table of contents at which time a write stream is opened by \etoc and from that point the file is erased until its contents are again written to the disk by \LaTeX{} at the end of the compilation. Don't use |\if stuff \tableofcontents\fi|, but: \centeredline{|\if stuff \expandafter\tableofcontents\fi|} Also a |\else| immediately following \csa{tableofcontents} or \csa{localtableofcontents} requires a previous \csa{expandafter}. \etoc can not really cohabit with packages modifying the \csa{tableofcontents} command: some sort of truce can be achieved if \etoc is loaded last, hence is the winner. \begin{framed} Do not modify the |\tableofcontents| command like this: \centeredline{|\let\oldtableofcontents\tableofcontents|} \centeredline{|\renewcommand\tableofcontents{\oldtableofcontents foo}|} as this will make the |\label/\ref| mechanism impossible. Rather use \centeredline{|\renewcommand\etocaftertochook{foo}|} and there is also \csb{etocaftercontentshook} which is executed a bit earlier\footnotemark{} just before the closing part of the toc display style (and thus still within a group.) Prepending is less of a problem (and anyhow there is also \csa{etocbeforetitlehook} available to the user). Under certain circumstances \etoc imposes its views on \csa{tableofcontents} at the time of |\begin{document}|. You may thus have to use \csa{AtBeginDocument} to delay your (necessarily ugly and non-recommendable) patches. Patching after |\begin{document}| is naturally possible but I feel almost a rebel to mention this to \LaTeX{} users! \end{framed} \footnotetext{contrarily to \csa{etocaftertochook}, \csa{etocaftercontentshook} is not executed if the |tocdepth| did not allow the printing of the TOC.} \etoc \textbf{requires} the |.toc| file to use the \csa{contentsline} macro. It \textbf{can not} work if there is no |.toc| file or if the |.toc| file does not contain the relevant data or if the |.toc| file does not use the \csa{contentsline} macro or if the \csa{contentsline} macro does not invoke the \csa{l@} macros. \subsection{Compatibility with \texttt{beamer}} For the very reasons mentioned right before, \etoc is incompatible with the |beamer| class. However, if |beamer| is used in an article mode, i.e., with the article class in conjunction with the |beamerarticle| package, then \etoc should work. \subsection{Compatibility with \texttt{Babel}} \begin{framed} One must load \etoc \emph{after} \texttt{babel}. This is in order for |babel|'s shorthands to be active at the time when \etoc loads the |.toc| file. \end{framed} \subsection{Compatibility with \texttt{hyperref}} Please inform the author in case of issues: \etoc was from the start designed to be |100%| compatible with package |hyperref|. The macros \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, and \csa{etocpage} contain the |hyperref| links, if present (note that the \emph{linktoc=all} option of |hyperref| tells it to put a link also in the page number corresponding to a given toc entry). For example, the tables of contents of the present document are all fully linked. It doesn't matter whether \etoc or |hyperref| is loaded first. % \typeout{ICI} % \showhyphens{Compatibility} % [] \T1/txss/m/n/10.95 Com-pat-i-bil-ity % 2015/11/12 % Pour une raison que j'ignore dans la TOC principale j'ai un problème avec % cette sous-section. \subsection{Com\-pat\-i\-bil\-ity with \texttt{multicol}} \etoc loads the package |multicol|. \subsection{Compatibility with \texttt{tocloft}}\label{subs:tocloft} Release |1.07k| added compatibility with package |tocloft|:\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft}} steps are taken to prevent the redefinition of |\tableofcontents| done by |tocloft| at |\begin{document}|. % As long as \etoc is left in compatibility mode the customization done by |tocloft| will be obeyed, for both the line styles and the TOC title. One may still benefit from the \emph{depth tags} management by \etoc, from its |\localtableofcontents|, from its |\label+\ref| mechanism. One may use |\etocsetstyle| to define via \etoc the layout for one TOC and then use rather |tocloft| for another one, if |\tableofcontents| follows \csb{etocstandardlines} and \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}. In this compatibility mode |\etocsetlevel{division unit}{6}| will render invisible the chosen division level, but exchanging levels is otherwise not possible. \begin{framed} One should load \etoc \emph{after} \texttt{tocloft}. A warning is issued if otherwise, because if \etoc is loaded before it will realize that at the time of |\begin{document}| and trick \texttt{tocloft} into believing having been loaded with the |titles| option. \end{framed} It is possible to customize (using package |tocloft| for example) throughout the document the macros \csa{l@section}, \csa{l@subsection} ... and the effect will be seen in the next table of contents typeset by \etoc in compatibility mode. \subsection{Compatibility with the \texttt{memoir} class} \label{ssec:memoir} \label{etocmemoirtoctotocfmt} \label{etocmemoirstyle} Release |1.07l| has also improved the compatibility with the |memoir| class: its |appendix| level has been made known to \etoc. It is at the same level as |chapter|, thus the chapter line style should possibly do a test for some user defined boolean whose activation may be added to the |.toc| file at the suitable location via |\addtocontents{toc}{..}|, if one needs to distinguish the two kinds of divisions. The |memoir| mechanism relative to \toc versus \toc|*| is obeyed automatically, and applies with \localtoc too. A weird situation arises under when one has two successive \csa{localtableofcontents} (obviously this is not a truly real life situation), just after a \csa{part} for example. The first one creates (if the default has not been modified) a chapter heading which is written to the |.toc| (because \etoc by default obeys |memoir| class behaviour). Then the second one thinks to be local to this chapter . . . and as a result it displays nothing. The fix is to define the second one to be a clone of the first one. Actually, that \localtoc by default uses like \toc a chapter style is often inconvenient. One can use the |memoir| macros to modify this: according to |memoir| documentation, |\tocheadstart| and |\printtoctitle| seem to be the most relevant. If you do that you will probably want the added line in |.toc| file to use |{section}| not |{chapter}|. \etoc provides to this effect \csb{etocmemoirtoctotocfmt}\marg{kind}\marg{name} whose first argument \meta{kind} is |chapter|, |section|, |subsection|, etc... and the second argument stands for the title and thus \csa{contentsname} is appropriate. Hence \begin{verbatim} \etocmemoirtoctotocfmt{section}{\contentsname} \end{verbatim} seems the natural choice in this context as an addition to the customizing the |memoir| toc related macros to achieve a section like rendering (for more details on the latter, please refer to |memoir| manual). A completely different approach, arguably simpler, is to overrule the \etoc default under |memoir| (after the main document \toc which should still use a chapter styling) via these simple commands: \begin{verbatim} \etocarticlestyle % means to use \section*{\contentsname} (and marks) \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\contentsname}} \end{verbatim} exactly as one would do with |book| class for example. Don't use any |\phantomsection| in there, |hyperref| hyperlinks will work just fine (and the anchor will be slightly above toc title, not below). Notice that prior to \etoc |1.09b|, the \csb{etocaftertitlehook} macro was used by \etoc itself under the |memoir| class. Hence \localtoc obeyed the |memoir| mechanism relative to starred or not starred, even after issuing \csa{etocarticlestyle}, as long as the user did not redefine \csb{etocaftertitlehook}. Starting with |1.09b| (which syncs with a |memoir| change at |v3.7i|) it is needed in a case like here where the user issues \csa{etocarticlestyle} to also configure explicitly the \csa{etocaftertitlehook} to achieve the ``insert title in |.toc|'' effect (if so wished), because \etoc uses another mechanism and does not pre-empt usage of this user macro anymore. To recover the \etoc default under |memoir| class one can issue \csa{etocmemoirstyle} and then \csa{etocmemoirtoctotocfmt}|{chapter}{\contentsname}| (but attention that a custom \csb{etocaftertitlehook} will still be obeyed; for info: it will get executed before the \cs{cfttocbeforelisthook}). \subsection{Compatibility with package \texttt{tocvsec2}} \etoc used to be incompatible with package |tocvsec2|\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tocvsec2}}; it now cohabits, sort of, as it deactivates |tocvsec2|'s modification of |\tableofcontents| (done in the style above) and also cancels its other |toc|-related macros, but reimplements partially their functionality with \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}. By the way, at least two latex runs are necessary for new uses of this command in a document to have an effect in tables of contents. \subsection{Compatibility with package \texttt{tableof}} It is possible to use simultaneously \etoc and {\color{niceone}|tableof|}\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tableof}}. Release |1.08| of \etoc requires at least version |1.4a| of |tableof|. If \csb{etocglobaldefs} is put in the preamble, this must be after the loading of package |tableof|. {\color{niceone}|tableof|} command \csa{nexttocwithtags} should work as expected. {\color{niceone}|tableof|} commands \csa{tableof}, \csa{tablenotof}, ... will typeset the (a priori global) table of contents according to the document class defaults, obeying the \etoc depth tags; as explained in the |tableof| documentation they do not typeset a TOC title. They should \emph{not} be used in case \csb{etocglobaldefs} was issued before, except if its scope has been terminated since then, or \csb{etoclocaldefs} has cancelled its influence. \subsection{Compatibility with package \texttt{tocstyle}} Unknown. (not tested a.t.t.o.w). \section{\TeX nical matters} The \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, \csb{etocpage} commands are protected against premature expansion. They contain suitable |hyperref| links if package |hyperref| is loaded and active for the TOC. The commands \csb{etoclink} and \csb{etocifnumbered} are also protected against premature expansion. Also \csb{etociffirst} and \csb{etoctoccontentsline}. On the other hand \csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, \csb{etocthepage} are \emph{not} protected against expansion. And neither are \csb{etocthelinkedname}, \csb{etocthelinkednumber}, \csb{etocthelinkedpage}. The latter contain hyperlink data, if present in the |.toc| file. The commands such as \csb{etocsetstyle}, \csb{etocsetlevel}, \csb{etocsettocstyle}, \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etocruledstyle}, \csb{etocframedstyle} obey \LaTeX{}'s groups. All TOCs are typeset inside groups. When a \localtoc is inserted by the user in the document, a line containing an \etoc inner command and an identification number is added to the |.toc| file. The correct local table of contents will be displayed only on the next |latex| run. \section{Errors and catastrophes} After using \csa{etocsetstyle} for one level, the remaining uncustomized levels use the \etoc default styles (those which are activated by \csa{etocdefaultlines}). One has to make sure that all levels needed for the next table of contents are mutually compatible: in particular the \etoc default line styles expect each to be started in ``vertical mode''. When using multiple \toc commands in a document, one should beware from adding typesetting instructions directly in the |.toc| file, as they will be executed by \etoc for all TOCs: even for a \localtoc it doesn't matter if that instruction seems to concern material outside of its scope, it will get executed nevertheless. If absolutely necessary (but this should never be) these instructions should be done in such a way that they can be activated or deactivated easily from the document source, as need be. As is usual with toc and labels, after each change, one has to run latex a certain number of times to let the produced document get its final appearance (at least twice).\par \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {code} \part{The code} \localtableofcontents \section{Timestamp} This is the documentation as of \texttt{\etocdocdate}, printed from the source file with the time stamp \texttt{\etocdtxtimestamp}. The package version is \texttt{\etocpkgversion}, of \texttt{\etocpkgdate}. % STOP ENGLISH VERSION ^^Afi ^^Acatcode92 12 ^^Aifnum^^AForDeutsch=1 ^^Acatcode92 0 % START GERMAN (DEUTSCH) VERSION % Note for translation (March 2015) % One should use "= and not - : for example % not \etocsetstyle-Befehl but rather \etocsetstyle"=Befehl. % This is important for hyphenation. \bookmark[named=FirstPage,level=1]{Titelseite}% 10 octobre 2013. \begingroup \etocsetstyle{part} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}% \or \appendpart\treetok\parttok {teal!60}% first \or \appendpart\treetok\parttok {yellow!80}% second \else\appendpart\treetok\parttok {green!50}% third and next ... \fi } {\stepcounter{partco}% \edef\treenode{node {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}. \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}% % grosse astuce: la première Partie ne sera pas embêtée par les trois sections % avant car ce qu'elles auront mis dans \parttok va être effacé. \parttok\expandafter{\treenode}} {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}% \or \appendpart\treetok\parttok {teal!60}% first \or \appendpart\treetok\parttok {yellow!80}% second \else\appendpart\treetok\parttok {green!50}% third and next ... \fi } \etocsetstyle{section} {} {} {% define the section node \edef\childnode{child {node {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber} \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}}% %\ifnum\value{partco}<9 \appendtotok\parttok\childnode %\fi } {} \etocsetnexttocdepth{section} \etocsettocstyle {\setcounter{partco}{0}% \treetok{\node [root concept]{\normalfont{Das \etoc-Paket}\par {\normalsize\textsc {Jean-François Burnol}\par \ttfamily jfbu (at) free (dot) fr}\par {\normalsize Paketversion:\par \etocpkgversion{} (\etocDEpkgdate )\par}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} \etocsettagdepth {preamble}{part} \etocsettagdepth {overview}{part} \etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part} \etocsettagdepth {examples}{part} \etocsettagdepth {surprising}{part} \etocsettagdepth {linestyles}{part} \etocsettagdepth {globalcmds}{part} \etocsettagdepth {custom}{part} \etocsettagdepth {tips}{part} \etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part} \etocsettagdepth {code}{all} \etocinline\tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmaptitlepage} \tikzset {branch color/.style={concept color=#1!white, every child/.append style={concept color=#1!white!30!white}}, % ajout pour version de 1.08g level width/.store in=\tikzlevelwidth, level height/.store in=\tikzlevelheight }% \global \setbox\TitlePageMindmapTOC\hbox {% %\begingroup \resizebox{\dimexpr\paperwidth-1cm\relax}!{% \begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap, text width=2cm, align = flush center, growth function=\tikzmycustomgrowth, nodes={concept}, concept color=orange!60, root concept/.append style={font=\huge, text width = 6cm}, level 1/.append style={level distance=7cm, sibling angle=360/10},% passage de 9 à 10 pour 1.08h, je pourrais aussi le calculer level 2/.append style={level distance=10cm, sibling angle=30},% level 2 concept/.append style={text width=2cm}, ] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture}% }% %\endgroup } \endgroup \noindent\null \AddToShipoutPictureFG*{\put(.5\paperwidth,.5\paperheight) {\makebox(0,0){\box\TitlePageMindmapTOC}}} \clearpage \indent\null \etocdepthtag.toc {preamble} %---- % MAIN TOC % \etocsettocdepth {subsubsection} \etoctoclines \etocmarkboth\contentsname \etocmulticolstyle[1] {\noindent\bfseries\Large \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill \MakeUppercase{Inhaltsverzeichnis}\let\thefootnote\empty \footnote{Erzeugt von der Quelldatei mit Zeitstempel ``\etocdtxtimestamp''.}\setcounter{footnote}{0}} \pdfbookmark[1]{Inhaltsverzeichnis}{MAINTOC}% \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \begin{framed} Übersetzt ins Deutsche von Felix Baral-Weber, Jenny Rothkrämer-Vogt, Daniel Büttner, Claudia Dahl, Christian Otto und Christine Römer (FSU Jena). Die letzte Aktualisierung der Übersetzung is vom \texttt{\etocDEDEdocdate} (Paketversion \texttt{\etocDEDEpkgversion}). Neuere Abschnitte bleiben auf English. Hinweise zur Übersetzung an Christine\_Roemer at t-online dot de. \medskip Starting with |1.08h|, about 25 code samples (especially the longer ones) are incorporated into the PDF file (thanks to \textsc{Scott Pakin}'s \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/attachfile}{attachfile} package) as \emph{file attachement annotations}. Each file is represented by an icon after the verbatim rendering of the corresponding code. Clicking suitably on the icon will open a dialog to open or save the file contents. This is much better than copy-paste which loses indentation. There is also in some viewer a \emph{Comment pane} which can be opened on the right side of the main window and which provides a convenient clickable list of all these \emph{attachments annotations}. PDF viewers unable to make these attachments accessible to the user may replace the clickable icons by some blank space. \end{framed} \end{otherlanguage} \begingroup \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3} \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{6} \tableofcontents \label{toc:main} \endgroup % Attention Vendredi 09 septembre 2016 à 21:49:17 \clearpage \phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\abstractname} \begin{abstract} Das \etoc"=Paket gibt dem Nutzer lückenlose Möglichkeiten, die Einträge des Inhaltsverzeichnis individuell über \emph{Name}, \emph{Nummer}, und \emph{Seitenzahl} für jede gliedernde Einheit zu setzen. Dieses wird durch die Definition von \emph{Zeilenstilen (line-styles)} für jede Unterteilungsstufe des Dokuments realisiert. Das Paket bietet darüber hinaus seinen eigenen Zeilenstile. Einfachere werden als Beispiele in dieser Dokumentation angeboten. Die einfachste Nutzung wird durch die Verwendung der Layout"=Hilfsmittel, von Paketen die sich mit Listen"=Umgebungen beschäftigen, gewährt. In Hinsicht auf das \emph{globale Inhaltsverzeichnis} bietet \etoc\ vordefinierte Stile, die auf der Mehrspaltenansicht mit optionalen, unterstrichenen Titeln oder eingerahmten Inhalten basieren. Der \csa{tableofcontents}"=Befehl kann beliebig mehrfach benutzt werden.% % \footnote{Except if \texttt{\string\etockeeporiginaltableofcontents} (\textcolor{Green}{\bfseries New with 1.09d}) is issued in the preamble after package loading. Then the macro \texttt{\string\etoctableofcontents}, not \texttt{\string\tableofcontents}, must be used if the \etoc features are to apply to the global TOC. This was added to fix a compatiblity issue with \texttt{listings}'s \texttt{\string\lstlistoflistings}, as it needs the \texttt{\string\tableofcontents} macro to keep its original meaning.} % Er hat die Variante \csa{localtableofcontents}, welche die Inhaltsangabe 'local' zur aktuellen Dokumenten"=Sektion ausgibt. Eine Erweiterung der \csa{label}/\csa{ref}-Syntax erlaubt die Reproduktion (mit anderem Layout) einer lokalen Inhaltsangabe, die irgendwo anders im Dokument definiert wurde. Mit "`tiefen Tags"' erhält man noch feinere Kontrolle über jede Inhaltsangabe und darüber, welche unterteilende Einheit angezeigt werden soll, oder nicht. Mit \emph{Kompatibilismus} wird die Formatierung der Dokumentklasse geerbt (die womöglich von anderen Paketen verändert wurde); und die Formatierung, die von der Dokumentklasse (die womöglich von anderen Paketen verändert wurde) geerbt wird. Die Zuweisung von Ebenen zu den unterteilenden Einheiten kann zu jeder Zeit geändert werden und \etoc kann dadurch in einer ziemlich generellen Weise genutzt werden, um selbsterstellte 'Listen von' zu erzeugen. Keine Zusatzdateien werden zusätzlich zu der Standard-|.toc|-Datei benutzt. \end{abstract} \section{Vorwort} Andere populäre Pakete, die sich mit Inhaltsangaben befassen, sind |tocloft|, |titletoc| und |minitoc|. Warum also ein anderes? Ich habe \etoc erst für mich selbst entwickelt und später von den anderen Paketen erfahren. Wie es auch in der |tocloft|-Dokumentation erklärt wird, ist das Standard-\LaTeX -Layout für Inhaltsangaben in den Klassen"=Definitionen begraben. Im Besonderen sind die meisten Längen hart codiert und der einzige Weg für den Benutzer, sie zu ändern, ist, die Klasse in den Dokumenten"=Ordner zu kopieren und dann die Längen zu ändern. Die vernünftigere Alternative ist die Benutzung eines auf das Veränderungsziel gerichteten Pakets, wie |tocloft| oder eine andere flexible Dokumentklasse. Freilich, obwohl jetzt hoffentlich nichts mehr hart codiert ist, muss man noch immer das Paket oder die Klassen"=Definitionen durchgehen. Das bedeutet, dass man sich viele (vermutlich große) Menge an Makros merken muss, die nur dieser Aufgabe dienen. Und man wird immer auf die Anpassung eines zu Anfang gegebenen Layouts eingeschränkt sein. Der Sinn von \etoc ist ein anderer. Der Nutzer wird sich mit \emph{Name}, \emph{Nummer} und der \emph{Seitenzahl} beschäftigen. Diese korresponieren mit jeder Dokumenten"=Unterteilung (und können in einer Zeile der |.toc|-Datei gefunden werden). Sie können, wenn gewünscht, durch die Befehle \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} und \csb{etocpage} abgerufen werden. \etoc scheint (mindestens teilweise) mit den Dokument"=Klassen |article|, |book|, |report|, |scrartcl|, |scrbook|, |scrreprt| und |memoir| kompatibel zu sein. Seit der Version |1.07k| ist es möglich \etoc gleichzeitig mit |tocloft| zu benutzen. \clearpage \section{Lizenz} \begingroup\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font -1 \parindent0pt \obeyspaces\obeylines \etocLicense\endgroup \clearpage \etocsettocdepth {subsection} \etocdepthtag.toc{overview} \part{Überblick}\label{part:overview} \thispartstats \invisiblelocaltableofcontents \label{toc:overview} \section{Muss ich Computerfreak sein, um \etoc benutzen zu können?} Nicht wirklich. Der einfachste Weg ist die Benutzung von |enumerate|-Umgebungen mit den Anpassungsmöglichkeiten von Paketen wie |enumitem|, \footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/enumitem}} um von \etoc aus der |.toc|-Datei die abgerufenen Daten anzuzeigen. Die Daten bestehen aus \emph{Name} (\csb{etocname}), \emph{Gliederungsnummer} (\csb{etocnumber}) und \emph{Seitenzahl} (\csb{etocpage}). Dieses wird \hyperref[toc:a]{zu Beginn} von \autoref{part:linestyles} gezeigt. Anspruchsvollere Beispiele würden anspruchsvollere |enumitem|-Optionen benutzen. Man könnte nun sagen, dass der Nutzer sich einige Anpassungen merken muss. Und das ist auch so, aber die Syntax und Optionsbezeichnungen, die es zu behalten gilt, sind in keinster Weise ähnlich. Die Methode wird \hyperref[sec:firstexample]{später} (\autoref{sec:firstexample}) erklärt. Dafür ist ein wenig Wissen über |\leftskip|, |\rightskip| usw. notwendig. Und eine Ausarbeitung , deren Code kann man hier (\autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}) finden, die Nachahmung des Standardaussehens einer Inhaltsangabe. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} An even closer emulation of the |book| class design is now included in this documentation as \autoref{sec:thirdexample}. \end{otherlanguage} Wie Sie beim Lesen dieser Anleitung noch sehen werden, ist \etoc ziemlich vielfältig (ganz besonders, weil es erlaubt, die Hierarchie jeder unterteilenden Einheit des Dokuments zu re-definieren) und man kann damit überraschende Effekte erreichen: \autoref{part:surprising} handelt davon. Mehr davon gibt es noch in \autoref{part:tipsandtricks}. \begin{framed} \setcounter{mycounti}{0}% \etocinline \etocsetlevel{part}{1} \etocsetlevel{chapter}{1} \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0} \etocsetstyle{visibletoc} {} {\stepcounter{mycounti}} {} {} \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocsetnexttocdepth{0} \tableofcontents Ein ganz besonders wichtiger Aspekt von \etoc ist, dass es darauf ausgelegt ist, viele Inhaltsangaben in dem selben Dokument zu erzeugen, \emph{Mit nur einer |.toc|-Datei.} Die gegenwärtige Dokumentation enthält \arabic{mycounti} sichtbare Inhaltsangaben (und ein paar unsichtbare). Sie benutzt dabei nur eine |.toc|-Datei!\footnotemark{} Darum sollte man zweimal nachdenken, bevor man manuell extra Befehle zu der |.toc|-Datei hinzufügt (siehe \autoref{sec:addingtotoc}). \end{framed} \footnotetext{Das Selbstzählen wurde durch eine Inhaltsangabe erreicht, die in einen gerahmten Paragraphen eingesetzt wurde! \dots Die Technik für diese Art von Effekt wird später erklärt.} \subsection{Beschränkungen in der Benutzung von Listen"=Umgebungen für Inhalsangaben} \label{ssec:limitations} Es gibt ein paar Einschränkungen für das Nutzen von Listen"=Umgebungen beim Setzen der TOCs. Eine davon liegt dem Geltungsbereichsbeschränkungen der Umgebungen inne. Die |.toc|-Datei könnte neben den Informationen zum Stil einige andere Befehle beinhalten, die Probleme hervorrufen können (\LaTeX -Umgebungen schaffen Gruppen.). Darum machen die eingebauten "`Zeilenstile"' (line styles), wie sie von \etoc vorgeschlagen werden (die durch die \hyperref[toc:main]{Hauptinhaltsangabe} in diesem Dokument gezeigt werden) keinen Gebrauch von Umgebungen. Tatsächlich nutzt in dieser Gebrauchsanweisung nur die \hyperref[toc:a]{Inhaltsangabe} zu Beginn von \autoref{part:linestyles}, die in \autoref{toc:allsubsections} und auch die in \autoref{etocthelink}, \texttt{enumerate}- oder \texttt{itemize}-Umgebungen, um Zeilenstile anzugeben. \section{Zeilenstile und Stile der Inhaltsangabe (toc display style)} Eine Unterscheidung muss zwischen den \emph{Zeilenstilen}, \emph{z.\,B.} der Art und Weise wie Namen, Kapitelnummern und Seitenzahlen auf jedem Level angezeigt werden und dem \emph{Inhaltsangabenstil} (mangels einer besseren Bezeichnung) gemacht werden. Dieser sagt, wie die Titel gesetzt werden sollen, ob oder nicht ein Eintrag in die |.toc|-Datei gemacht werden soll, ob oder nicht der Inhalt mit mehreren Spalten gesetzt werden soll, usw..., der letztere wird von \csa{etocsettocstyle} (oder einem höherrangigen Befehl) geregelt. Das erste wird von \csa{etocsetstyle} initialisiert. \subsection{\csbhyp{etocsetstyle} für den Zeilenstil} Das ist der Befehl, der \etoc sagt, was es mit \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, und \csa{etocpage} machen soll. Er hat fünf Pflichtargumente: Das erste ist der Name der unterteilenden Einheit: Im Vorhinein bekannte Namen sind |book|, |part|, |chapter|, |section|, |subsection|, |subsubsection|, |paragraph|, |subparagraph| und viele weitere können anhand dem \csb{etocsetlevel}"=Befehl einem (numerischen) Level zugewiesen werden.\footnote{Mit der \texttt{memoir}-Dokumentklasse kennt \etoc \texttt{Appendix} als Kapitelüberschrift.} %% Änderungen zur Übersetzung ins Deutsche: %% jf b has added here forgotten emphasized text for 2)&3) and %% removed various \newline. Die vier anderen Argumente von \csb{etocsetstyle} spezifizieren: 1) \emph{Was zu tun ist, wenn dieses Level zuerst nach einem höheren auftritt,} 2) \& 3) (Zwei Argumente, ein 'Präfix' und ein 'Inhalt') \emph{Was zu tun ist, wenn ein neuer Eintrag dieses Typs gefunden wird,} und 4) \emph{Das letzte Argument ist der Code, der ausgeführt wird, wenn eine unterteilende Einheit von höherer Wichtigkeit wieder von oben getroffen wird.} \subsection{\csbhyp{etocsettocstyle} für den Stil der Inhaltsangabe} Der \csb{etocsettocstyle}"=Befehl erlaubt es festzulegen, was vor und nach den Zeileneinträgen eines Inhaltsverzeichnis passieren soll, und im Speziellen wie die Titel ausgegeben werden sollen. Er hat zwei Argumente. Das erste wird vor der Inhaltsangabe ausgeführt (typischerweise wird es Inhalte ausgeben und definiert passende Markierungen für die Seitenüberschriften). Der Zweite wird nach der Inhaltsangabe ausgeführt. \etoc bietet vier (anpassbare) höhere Inhaltsabgabenstile: \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etoctocstyle}, \csb{etocruledstyle} und \csb{etocframedstyle}. Alle nutzen das |multicol|-Paket mit standardmäßig zwei Spalten (Einspaltenmodus kann durch das optionale Argument |[1]| erreicht werden). Diese Befehle müssen entweder von \toc oder \localtoc gefolgt sein. \subsection{Kompatibilismus}\label{subs:compat} \label{etoctoclines} \label{etocstandardlines} Vor den "`Zeilenstilen"' und den "`Inhaltsangabenstilen"' besteht die Möglichkeit in den Kompabilitätsmodus zu wechseln, der die Standardeinstellungen der Dokumentenklasse nimmt. \footnote{Für den "`Inhaltsangabenstil"' überprüft \etoc, ob es die Klassen kennt, wenn nicht, fällt es zur |article|-Klasse zurück. Es wird auch überprüfen, ob \texttt{tocloft} die Inhaltsangaben"=Datei verändert hat.} Dieses wir wie folgt aktiviert:\\ \makebox[5.2cm][l]{\csb{etocstandardlines}} |% `Zeileneinträge' wie ohne \usepackage{etoc}|\\ \makebox[5.2cm][l]{\csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}} |% `Inhaltsstil' wie ohne \usepackage{etoc}| Wenn der Befehl \csa{etocsetstyle} \emph{noch nicht in der Präambel benutzt worden ist}, wird das Paket in |\begin{document}| sitzen (in diesem Kompatibilismus). Folglich sollte \csa{usepackage\{etoc\}} hoffentlich nichts am Aussehen eines im Vorhinein vorhandenen Dokuments der Klassen |article|, |book|, |report|, |scrartcl|, |scrbook|, |scrreprt| und |memoir| ändern. Jede Benutzung von \csa{etocsetstyle} in der \emph(Präambel des Textkörpers) des Dokuments schaltet den Kompabilitäsmodus für Zeilenstile aus, behält ihn aber für den Inhaltsabgabenstil. Man kann ihn für Zeilenstile anhand von \csb{etocstandardlines} wieder aktivieren. \csb{etoctoclines} reaktiviert Zeilenstile wie Sie mit der Hilfe von \csa{etocsetstyle} definiert wurden, wenn deren Gültigkeitsbereich nicht auf eine Gruppe oder eine Umgebung beschränkt war. Der Befehl \csb{etocdefaultlines} setzt den Zeilenstil darauf zurück, wie er intern von \etoc in \autoref{etocdefaultlines} beschrieben wurde. Sogar wenn \csb{etocsetstyle} benutzt wurde, bleibt der globale Stil zu Beginn, wie er in der Dokumentenklasse definiert wurde (oder von dem |tocloft| Paket). Man muss den Befehl \csb{etocsettocstyle} oder seine Varianten setzen, um diesem Kompatibilitätsmodus auf dem "`Inhaltsangebenstil"'-Level zu beenden. Er wird reaktiviert, wenn \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle} benutzt wird. \section{Ein erstes Beispiel} \label{sec:firstexample} Hier sehen sie ein erstes Beispiel zur Beschreibung der Zeilenform. Wir fügen die Quelldatei direkt nach dem Start von \autoref{part:overview} ein: \centeredline{|\invisiblelocaltableofcontents \label{toc:overview}|} % Dieses erstellt ein Label |toc:overview|, das wir von jeder Stelle im Dokument benutzen können: % \centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}|} % Und da wir |\invisible...|,\footnote{Das ist eine Abkürzung, um die |tocdepth| temporär auf |-3| zu setzen. Dieses sagt \etoc, die Inhaltsangabe und die Überschrift nicht auszugeben.} benutzt haben, existiert die lokale Inhaltsangabe nur durch seine Klone anderswo im Dokument. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup\parindent 0pt \parfillskip 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip 1cm \etocsetstyle {section} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 0cm\relax} {\bfseries\normalsize\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber.}% \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\mdseries\etocpage}}\par} {} \etocsetstyle {subsection} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip .5cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}% \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\etocpage}}\par} {} \etocsetstyle {subsubsection} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.5cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}% \etocname\nobreak\hfill\nobreak \rlap{\makebox[1cm]{\etocpage}}\par} {} \etocruledstyle[1]{\bfseries \Large My first \etoc: TOC von \autoref{part:overview} (\nameref{part:overview})} \tableofcontents \ref {toc:overview} \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo Anhand von \csb{etocdefaultlines} oder dem Stil der Standard"=Dokumentklasse, anhand von \csb{etocstandardlines}, könnten wir auch die Zeilenform benutzen, die von \etoc definiert wird. Hier waren wir jedoch ein wenig ehrgeiziger und wollten unser eigenen Stil anlegen. Die Technik ist einfach: Jede Überschrift ist an sich ein eigener Paragraph, der sich über mehrere Zeilen erstrecken kann; es ist für seinen |\leftskip| selbst verantwortlich. Dieses ist ein einfaches Design, das keine Maßnahmen zum Zeilenumbruch bereitstellt. Diese sollten zwischen Abschnitten und Unterabschnitten, etc. unterbunden werden, da wir es nur für die Inhaltsangabe von diesem Abschnitt nutzen. Durch die Abschnitte als höchste Ebene entstand keine Notwendigkeit, einen Stil für den ganze Teil zu erstellen. (Wir definierten einen Unterabschnitt"=Zeilenstil, aber wie sich herausstellt, gibt es keine Unterabschnitte in diesem Teil). Die zwei Befehle, die benutzt wurden, spezifizieren den Zeilen"=Stil (\csb{etocsetstyle}) und den globalen Inhaltsausgabestil (\csb{etocruledstyle}). Das |\rightskip| wird von allen angewandt und schafft Platz, wo die Seitenzahlen gedruckt werden. Einzelheiten dieser Technik werden in dem \autoref{sec:secondexample} und \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags} benutzt. Hier wird eine Inhaltsangabe mit Abschnitten und Paragraphen verwendet. Beide erlauben mehrzeilige Überschriften und nutzen einer Technik, die Seitenzahlen mit dem richtigen Seitenabstand auszugeben. Dieses wurde von der Funktionsweise von Makros aus \LaTeX2e's |\@dottedtocline| inspiriert. Hier der Code: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{Ein zweites Beispiel} \label{sec:secondexample} Dieses zweite Beispiel zeigt nur den Inhalt von \autoref{part:linestyles} und \autoref{part:globalcmds}. Diese Auswahl wird durch die Technik von \emph{depth tags} realisiert, die in \autoref{etocsettagdepth} und \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags} beschrieben wird. Dessen Layout ist in etwa wie das von der \hyperref[toc:main]{Hauptinhaltsangabe}, obwohl die Zeilenstile ganz anders programmiert sind. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup \newcommand*{\DotsAndPage} {\nobreak\leaders\hbox{\bfseries\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}% \hfill\nobreak \makebox[\rightskip][r]{\bfseries\normalsize\etocpage}\par} \etocsetstyle {part} {\parindent 0pt \nobreak \etocskipfirstprefix} {\pagebreak[3]\bigskip} {\large\rmfamily\bfseries\scshape\centering \etocifnumbered{Part \etocnumber{} -- }{}\etocname\par} {} \etocsetstyle {section} {\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip \nobreak\medskip \etocskipfirstprefix} {\leftskip 0pt \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip-\rightskip \pagebreak[1]\smallskip} {\normalsize\rmfamily\bfseries\scshape \etocnumber. \etocname\DotsAndPage } {\parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax } \etocsetstyle {subsection} {\leftskip1cm\rightskip .75cm \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil\relax \nobreak\smallskip} {} {\footnotesize\sffamily\mdseries\itshape \etocname{} (\etocnumber, p. \etocpage). } {\par\medskip} \etocsettagdepth {preamble} {none} %\etocsettagdepth {overview} {none}% not needed explicitely, keeps value %\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{none} %\etocsettagdepth {examples} {none} %\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {none} \etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {subsection} %\etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {subsection} \etocsettagdepth {custom} {none} %\etocsettagdepth {tips} {none} %\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{none} %\etocsettagdepth {code} {none} \etocsettocstyle {\centering\LARGE\textsc{\contentsname}\par\nobreak\medskip}{} \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo Der Code: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{Eine wunderschöne Beispielthese} Hier ist noch ein relativ einfaches Beispiel für die Verwendung der Paket"=Funktionsweisen. Lassen Sie uns einige Linienstile einrichten. Wir wählen einen Stil für Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte, welche für die Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte in einem durchschnittlichen Memoirenumfang geeignet wären. Die Linienstilspezifikationen haben eine gewisse Redundanz für die Klarheit, und sie interessieren sich nicht dafür, was bei möglichen Seitenumbrüchen zu tun ist. Auch sind sie nicht besorgt über die potentielle mehrspaltige Nutzung. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup % wir starten, um eine Gruppe zu behalten \newlength{\tocleftmargin} \setlength{\tocleftmargin}{5cm} \newlength{\tocrightmargin} \setlength{\tocrightmargin}{1cm} \etocsetstyle{section} % wird vorgegeben, ein Kapitel zu sein {\addvspace{1ex}\parfillskip0pt \leftskip\tocleftmargin % (bereits im Titel getan) \rightskip\the\tocrightmargin plus 1fil \parindent0pt\color{cyan}} % (bereits getan) {\bfseries\LARGE\upshape\addvspace{1ex}\leavevmode} {\llap{Chapter\hspace{.5em}{\etocnumber}\hspace{.75cm}}\etocname \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par} {} \etocsetstyle{subsection} % wird vorgegeben, ein Abschnitt zu sein {} {\mdseries\large\addvspace{.5ex}\leavevmode} {\llap{\etocnumber\hspace{.75cm}}\textit{\etocname}% \hfill\makebox[-\tocrightmargin][l]{\makebox[0pt]{\etocpage}}\par} {} \def\tmptitle{My Beautiful Thesis} \etocsettocstyle{\color{cyan}\parindent0pt \leftskip\tocleftmargin \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\ \huge\textit{\tmptitle}\par}{\bigskip} \tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview} \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} % \clearpage % ATTENTION 28 mars 2015 \section{Verlinkte Liste der Hauptbefehle} % 16 octobre \begingroup\raggedcolumns \advance\linewidth18pt \begin{multicols}{3}\parindent0pt\relax \csb{etocaftercontentshook}\par \csb{etocaftertitlehook}\par \csb{etocaftertochook}\par \csb{etocbeforetitlehook}\par \csb{etocdefaultlines}\par \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}\par \csb{etocdisplay}\par \csb{etocframedstyle}\par \csb{etocframed}\par \csb{etociffirst}\par \csb{etocifnumbered}\par \csb{etocignoredepthtags}\par \csb{etocignoretoctocdepth}\par \csb{etocinline}\par \csb{etoclink}\par \csb{etoclocaltop}\par \csb{etoclocalframed}\par \csb{etoclocalmulticol}\par \csb{etoclocalruled}\par \csb{etocmulticolstyle}\par \csb{etocmulticol}\par \csb{etocname}\par \csb{etocnumber}\par \csb{etocobeydepthtags}\par \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth}\par \csb{etocpage}\par \csb{etocruledstyle}\par \csb{etocruled}\par \csb{etocsetlevel}\par \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth}\par \csb{etocsetstyle}\par \csb{etocsettagdepth}\par \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}\par \csb{etocsettocdepth}\par \csb{etocsettocstyle}\par \csb{etocskipfirstprefix}\par \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}\par \csb{etocstandardlines}\par \csb{etocthelinkedname}\par \csb{etocthelinkednumber}\par \csb{etocthelinkedpage}\par \csb{etocthelink}\par \csb{etocthename}\par \csb{etocthenumber}\par \csb{etocthepage}\par \csb{etoctoccontentsline}\par \csb{etoctoclines}\par \csb{localtableofcontents}\par \csb{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth}\par \csb{tableofcontents}\par %\vspace{5\baselineskip}\hrule height 0pt \end{multicols} \endgroup \clearpage % 15 octobre, je teste les tags \etocdepthtag.toc {arbitrarily} \part{Beliebig viele TOCs und lokale Versionen davon} % 13 octobre, ceci était une section avant \thispartstats \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocstandardlines \localtableofcontents \section{Die \toc-, \localtoc- und \localtocwrdp"=Befehle} \label{tableofcontents} \label{localtableofcontents} \label{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth} \begin{description} \item[\toc] \etoc erlaubt beliebig viele \csa{tableofcontents}"=Befehle in ihrem Dokument. Die Zeilen- und Inhaltsangabenstile können natürlich dazwischen geändert werden. \item[\localtoc] Außerdem setzt \csa{localtableofcontents} lokale Inhaltsangaben: \emph{z.\,B.} alle Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte innerhalb eines bestimmten Kapitels oder alle Unterabschnitte und tiefer innerhalb eines gegebenen Unterabschnitt usw.% \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \footnote{As is explained in \autoref{sec:labeling} the syntax allows to create somewhere a local table of contents and to display it at some other location either before or after its origin.}% % \footnote{As is explained in \autoref{sec:tocdepth} \etoc allows at anytime to locally redefine the numeric levels associated to named ones, which brings great flexibility to achieve special effects, all done using only a single auxiliary file, the standard |.toc| file.} % \item[\localtocwrdp\marg{number}] can be used to override the document or current tocdepth setting (see \autoref{sec:tocdepth} for a discussion of tocdepth) to become relative to where the local TOC originates. For example, assuming the default numeric level assignments to standard sectioning units \begin{verbatim} \section{This is a section} \localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth{+2} \end{verbatim} will create a local table of contents taking into account the subsections and subsubsections inside this section, independently of what is the value of the |tocdepth| counter at this position in the document. If the numeric argument had been |3|, the local TOC would have displayed also paragraphs. If the section had been a chapter, and again for a relative tocdepth of |2|, the taken into account levels would have been sections and subsections.% % \footnote{The situation may be more complex, as the |.toc| file itself may well contain \texttt{\string\setcounter\{tocdepth\}\{...\}} commands. This is not recommended pratice with \etoc. See the discussion of \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} and \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} for more on this.} \end{otherlanguage} \end{description} The macro \localtocwrdp is \textbf{new with |1.09|}.% % \footnote{Thanks to Tony \textsc{Roberts} for feature request.} % \section{Beschriften und anderswo wieder benutzen} \label{sec:labeling} \etoc erlaubt das Labeln von Inhaltsangaben, beispielsweise mit \csa{label\{toc:A\}}, und wird es woanders \csa{tableofcontents}\csa{ref\{toc:A\}}, wenn gewollt, wieder anzeigen. Das eigentliche Layout (inklusive Titel) wird lokal bestimmt. Die Zeilen- und Inhaltsangabenstile (inklusive Titel) sind die aktuellen und der Wert von |tocdepth| leistet Folge. Hier ein Beispiel: Die Inhaltsangabe von \autoref{part:custom} ist innerhalb eines \hyperref[toc:d]{float}, der auf dieser Seite erscheint: \vpageref{toc:d}. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begin{figure}[ht!] \centering \begingroup \etocstandardlines \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{green!5}} \renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax} \fboxsep1ex \etocframedstyle [1]{\fbox{\makebox[.5\linewidth]{\etocfontminusone \hyperref[toc:c]{I am from far away}}}} \tableofcontents \label{toc:d} \ref{toc:c} \endgroup \end{figure} \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo Wir benutzen dies: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} Wichtig: Man sollte \toc|\ref{toc:d}| nicht woanders benutzen. Um wieder zu Klonen, muss man eine Refernz zum Original"=Label benutzen: \toc|\ref{toc:c}|. \section{Eine mächtige Funktionsweise von \etoc: Die Wieder\-zuweisung von Levels mit von \csbhyp{etocsetlevel}} \label{sec:tocdepth} Die intrinsischen Level, die durch \etoc manipuliert wurden, sind numerisch: von |-2| (welches |book| aus der |memoir|-Klasse entspricht) bis hinab zu |5| (|subparagraph|). Jedoch kann die Zuweisung eines numerischen Level zu einem gegebenen Namen zu jeder Zeit mit de Befehl \csb{etocsetlevel}\marg{level\_name}\marg{number} abgeändert werden. Daraus und aus der Benutzung des \LaTeX -|tocdepth|-Zählers resultieren mächtige Anwendungszwecke: \meta{level\_name} muss sich nicht mit dem eigentlichen Unterteilungsbefehls des Dokuments überschneiden. Außerdem kann \etoc genutzt werden, um beliebige "`Listen von Dingen"' ohne weitere Hilfsdateien, außer der |.toc|-Datei, zu erstellen. Dieses wird in \autoref{part:surprising} weiter erklärt. \begin{framed} Es wird oft gesagt, dass Unterteilungslevel von |\part| in den Standardklassen, die keinen |\chapter|"=Befehl haben, gleich |0| sind, und in denen mit |\chapter|"=Befehl gleich |-1| ist. Das ist auch \emph{richtig}, wenn man die \emph{automatische Nummerierung}, gesteuert durch den Wert des |secnumdepth|-Zählers, betrachtet. Aber es ist \emph{falsch}, wenn man den Effekt des |tocdepth|-Zählers sieht. Setzt man |tocdepth| in der |article| -Klasse direkt vor |\tableofcontents| auf |-1|, verhindert das \emph{nicht}, dass Abschnitte in der Inhaltsangabe aufzutauchen. Man muss es dafür auf |-2| stellen, ganz egal ob in der |article|- oder der |book|-Klasse. Die kanonischen Level, grundsätzlich bekannt aus \etoc, sind von Relevanz für den \textbf{|tocdepth|}-Zähler in den Standardklassen und werden in der folgenden Tabelle rekapituliert: \centeredline{ \fbox{\begin{tabular}{rc} (|memoir| class) book&-2\\ part&-1\\ chapter&0 \\ section&1\\ subsection&2 \\ subsubsection&3 \\ paragraph&4 \\ subparagraph& 5 \end{tabular}}} \smallskip Mit \etoc kann der Nutzer innerhalb einem gegebenen Unterabschnitt einfach lokale Inhaltsangaben ausgeben. Darin werden, wenn gewollt, Unterabschnitte in dem Stil von Abschnitten, Paragraphen in dem Stil von Unterabschnitten und Unterparagraphen im Stil von Unter"=Unterabschnitten gedruckt. Demnach kann man entscheiden alles auf das Level |6| zu setzen (wird von \etoc nie angezeigt), außer z.\,B. Paragraphen, die auf Level |1| befördert werden. So erstellt man eine schöne Inhaltsangabe aller Paragraphen eines Dokuments. (|tocdepth| mindestens |1|)\footnotemark \end{framed} \footnotetext{Normalerweise sollte man diese Inhaltsangabe der Paragraphen nicht im Kompabtibilitätsmodus ausgeben. Der würde darauf bestehen, einen gigantischen Abstand nach rechts einzufügen.} \section{Die \csbhyp{etoc\-set\-toc\-depth}- und \csbhyp{etoc\-set\-next\-toc\-depth}"=Befehle} \label{etocsettocdepth} \label{etocsetnexttocdepth} Der |tocdepth|-Zähler hat keinen Einfluss darauf, was in die |.toc|-Datei geschrieben wird; dessen Einfluss ist ausschließlich auf das Setzen der Inhaltsangabe gerichtet.\footnote{In the standard classes (at least), it also influences the \csa{listoftables} and \csa{listoffigures}, via \csa{@dottedtocline}.} In der Standardklasse ist nur ein |\tableofcontents| möglich, wobei mit \etoc beliebig viele erlaubt sind. Dadurch könnte man |tocdepth| immer und immer wieder auf einen passenden Wert ändern (der entscheidet, wie tief die Abschnitte angezeigt werden sollen) bis die Inhaltsangabe gesetzt werden muss. \etoc bietet \csb {etocsettocdepth}\marg{level} an, wessen verpflichtendes Argument entweder (von |-3| bis |5|) oder einen Unterteilungstyp wie |subsection| oder |subsubsection| oder alle anderen, die davor in \etoc mit \csb{etocsetlevel} (die Schlüsselworte |all| und |none| erkannt werden, allerdings nicht in Zusammenhang mit der Dokumentenunterteilung) deklariert wurden. Das tut das passende |\setcounter{tocdepth}{numeric_level}|. Wie in dem nächsten Unterabschnitt erklärt wird, wird |tocdepth| von |hyperref| benutzt. Man muss die folgenden Schritte befolgen, um den Einfluss von |hyperref|`s Änderungen auf die Lesezeichen zu verhindern. \etoc hat \csb {etocsetnexttocdepth}\marg{level}. Dessen Einfluss endet direkt nach der nächsten Inhaltsangabe. Daraus folgt, dass \texttt{\textbackslash\foreignlanguage{english}{invisibletableofcontents}} essenziell für |\etocsetnexttocdepth{none}\tableofcontents| ist. Der einfachste Weg ist also, eine einfache Instanz des \csb{etocsettocdepth}"=Befehl nach |\begin{document}| und vor dem ersten |\tableofcontents| mit dem tiefsten Level als Argument zu setzen. -- Dieses dann lokal zu benutzen, wo es gebraucht wird, anhand von \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} vor |\tableofcontents| oder |\localtableofcontents|. % \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \begin{framed} It is possible to use \csb{etocsettocdepth} inside the first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle} (possibly in conjunction with checking the \csb{etoclocaltop} value, \emph{which however will be up-to-date there only if \csb{etocchecksemptiness} was executed}). There is no worry then about possible impact on hyperref bookmarks later on, because \etoc always resets the |tocdepth| counter after typesetting a TOC to the value it had before it. Since |1.09| the macro \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} works also if located in first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle}, but there is no reason to use it there as \csb{etocsettocdepth} has no durable effet on the |tocdepth| counter if executed there. Check \csb{localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth} for a simpler way to control the depth of local tables of contents. This has the advantage of working reliably whether or not the \csb{etocchecksemptiness} is used. \end{framed} \end{otherlanguage} \subsection{Die hyperref"=Option \emph{bookmarksdepth}} \label{ssec:bookmarksdepth} Wenn man den Zähler |tocdepth| verändert, um \toc oder \localtoc mehrfach zu benutzen, sollte man gewahr sein, dass das Paket |hyperref| standardmäßig den Wert des \emph{aktuellen} Wertes der |tocdepth|-Zählers berücksichtigt, um zu entscheiden, ob die |pdf|-Datei Lesezeichen, korrespondierend mit den Unterteilungsbefehlen, die in der Quelldatei vorgefunden wurde, anzeigt. Dadurch muss man typischer Weise den |tocdepth|-Zähler auf seinen vorigen Wert zurücksetzen, nachdem man ihn temporär für eine gegebene Inhaltsangabe modifiziert hat. Alternativ gibt es die \emph{bookmarksdepth=n}-Option des |hyperref|-Pakets. Dabei ist \emph{n} die gewünschte maximale Lesezeichen"=Tiefe. Diese kann numerisch sein oder der Name eines Levels, das |hyperref| bekannt ist. Wir sind in dieser Dokumentation schon an |bookmarksdepth=3| vorbeigekommen. Es war eine Option von |hyperref|. Auch wenn |tocdepth| nach dem Ausgeben einer Inhaltsangabe aus Nachlässigkeit auf |1| stehen gelassen wurde, so wurden der Lesezeichenbaum der |pdf|-Datei nicht verändert. Da \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth} jetzt zu dem Paket hinzugefügt wurde, ist keine Verwendung mehr für |bookmarksdepth=3|. \section{Der Befehl \csbhyp{etoc\-set\-toc\-dep\-th.toc}} \label{etocsettocdepth.toc} Dieser Befehl \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} implementiert einige Funktionalitäten von Paket |tocvsec2|\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tocvsec2}. Ich danke Denis \textsc{Bitouzé} meine Aufmerksamkeit auf die Inkompatibilität dieses Pakets mit \etoc gerichtet zu haben.}. Dieses Paket war inkompatibel mit \etoc. Es kann nun noch für seine mit |secnumdepth| in Verbindung stehenden Befehle genutzt werden, alle mit |toc| in Verbindung stehenden Aktivitäten werden jedoch durch \etoc abgebrochen. Das Handeln von \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} ist grundlegend verschieden zu \csb{etocsettocdepth}. Anstatt den |tocdepth|-Zähler direkt zu verändern, fügt es der |.toc|-Datei eine Linie an, die, wenn ausgeführt, in einer Inhaltsangabe diese Veränderung ausführen wird. Der Befehl \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} akzeptiert, wie \csb{etocsettocdepth}, Namen und numerische Argumente. In dem Fall eines Namen als Argument ist der tatsächliche numerische Wert noch nicht festgelegt, wenn |.toc|-Datei erstellt wird. Es wird der Wert sein, der aktuell für das benannte Level der Inhaltsangabe (ohne |\etocignoretoctocdepth| gemacht zu haben) bei jeder Erstellung einer Inhaltsangabe spezifiziert wird. Der |tocdepth|-Zähler wird niemals auf einen Wert gesetzt, der feiner als der ist, mit dem er zu Beginn der Inhaltsangabe initialisiert wurde. Also ist das Hinzufügen von \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} im Dokument ein Weg die Tiefe einer lokalen Inhaltsangabe einzugrenzen. Zum Beispiel, um die Einfügung von Unter-unter"=Abschnitten oder eines gegebenen Kapitels zu unterbinden. Dieses {\fbox{wird in allen Inhaltsangaben ausgeführt.}} \subsection{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocobeytoctocdepth} und \csbhyp{etocignoretoctocdepth}} \label{etocobeytoctocdepth} \label{etocignoretoctocdepth} Also wird \csb{etocignoretoctocdepth} gesetzt, um den \csa{etocsettocdepth.toc}-Mecha\-nismus abzubrechen, wenn benötigt; und \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth} wird es reaktivieren. Das Paket führt \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth} zu Beginn aus. \section{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etoc\-depth\-tag.toc} und \csbhyp{etocsettagdepth}} \label{etocdepthtag.toc} \label{etocsettagdepth} Wie oben erwähnt, wenn das Argument für \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} kein numerisches sondern ein Namen"=Level ist, wird durch die tatsächliche Nummer bei der Erstellung der Inhaltsangabe entschieden. Dadurch und anhand der \emph{Schiebe"=Mechanismen von \etoc} kann man einen sehr flexiblen Aufbau erreichen: Man erklärt mit \csb{etocsetlevel} zuerst ein paar Platzhaltelevel, z.\,B. |partIII|, und weist ihm das unsichtbare Level |6| zu. Dann, vor dem dritten |\part| Befehl, fügt man \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}|{partIII}| ein. An dem Ort, an dem der Effekt enden soll, setzt man \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}|{all}| ein. Es ist nun möglich, jedes Mal, wenn man eine Inhaltsangabe setzen will, das feinste Level der Einträge aus dem dritten Teil zu spezifizieren. Man muss z.\,B. nur \csa{etocsetlevel}|{partIII}{1}| schreiben. Es wird die Abschnitte limitieren (sofern |tocdepth| mindestens auf diesem Level war, wenn die Inhaltsangabe ausgegeben wurde). Die Methode hat ein paar Beschränkungen: \begin{enumerate*}[label={(\roman*)}] \item Das zweite Argument von \csb{etocsetlevel} muss numerisch sein; \item es kann nicht auf |-3| gesetzt werden (was nötig wäre, wenn man ganze Bücher aus der Inhaltsangabe streichen wöllte in den Klasse |memoir|); \item es ist ein bisschen getrickst, seit |partIII| kein richtiger unterteilender Abschnitt ist sondern nur ein \emph{tag}. \end{enumerate*} Version |1.07h| enthält den Befehl \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}, der es einfacher macht, diese variable lokale Kontrolle des |tocdepth| zu erreichen, wenn die Inhaltsangabe erstellt wird. Es wird als \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}\marg{tag\_name} genutzt, wo der \meta{tag\_name} irgendetwas ist, das wird den Tag in die |.toc|-Datei setzen. Wenn die Inhaltsangabe erstellt wird, initiiert das eine Reihe von Befehlen \csb{etocsettagdepth}\marg{tag\_name}\marg{level}, wo das \meta{level} entweder numerisch (von |-3| bis |5|) oder ein Name einer unterteilenden Einheit, die \etoc bekannt ist, oder |none| oder |all|. Der Effekt von den Tags innerhalb der |.toc|-Datei ist es, den |tocdepth|-Zählers auf den gewünschten Wert zu setzen (das kann wie schon erwähnt, nicht feiner sein als der initiale Wert des |tocdepth|-Zählers). Die hinzugefügte Flexibilität wirkt sich insofern aus, dass \csb{etocsetlevel} nicht mehr mit dieser getricksten Methode, bei der man Level"=Tiefen und |none| und |all| benutzt hat. Wie immer, wenn die Tag"=Tiefen gesetzt wurden, bleiben sie wirkend, bis sie wieder definiert werden oder ihr Wirkungsgebiet beendet wird, indem die umschließende Gruppe geschlossen wird. Für ein Beispiel, siehe hier: \autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}. \subsection{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocobeydepthtags} und \csbhyp{etocignoredepthtags}} \label{etocobeydepthtags} \label{etocignoredepthtags} Nach \csb{etocignoredepthtags} werden die |.toc|-Tiefentags ignoriert (nach \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} funktionieren sie jedoch noch). Das Paket führt zu Beginn \csb{etocobeydepthtags} aus. Dieses befielt \etoc auf die gefundenen Tags in der |.toc|-Datei zu reagieren. \section{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocglobaldefs} und \csbhyp{etoclocaldefs}} \label{etocglobaldefs} \label{etoclocaldefs} In \LaTeX{} verschwindet die Bedeutung eines Befehls, definiert via |\newcommand\foo{...}| in einer Umgebung (oder Gruppe), vom \TeX-Speicher beim Austritt aus dieser Umgebung (oder Gruppe). Manchmal ist es jedoch erforderlich, Definitionen mit globaler Reichweite zu geben, für diese hat \TeX{} primitive Präfixe |\global|. Standardmäßig sind die \etoc-Definitionen von \csb{etocname} etc. \ldots{} lokal, Dies verursacht Probleme in bestimmten Zusammenhängen: bei TOCs als Tabellen (\autoref{sec:tocastable}, \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}), oder auch mit |enumitem|-\emph{inline}-Varianten der Standardumgebungen, weil der Befehl |\item| dann eine Gruppe schließt (siehe \autoref{etocthelink}). Nach \csa{etocglobaldefs} wird \etoc seine Definitionen von \csb{etocname} etc. \ldots{} vornehmen, sie haben eine globale Reichweite. Für den normalen Gebrauch ist das nicht notwendig. Es tut nicht weh, beides systematisch zu aktivieren. Um zur Standardeinstellung zurückzukehren, nehmen Sie \csa{etoclocaldefs}. Beachten Sie, dass beide, \csa{etocglobaldefs} and \csa{etoclocaldefs}, lokal für die Umgebung oder Gruppe sind, in der sie verwendet werden. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \section{Not displayed empty TOCs} \subsection{The \csbhyp{etocchecksemptiness} command} \label{etocchecksemptiness} The user needs to issue \csb{etocchecksemptiness} to tell \etoc to check whether local tables of contents are empty and in case of emptiness to print nothing at all.\footnote{Thanks to Paul Gaborit who asked for such a feature.} This can be useful to authors of \LaTeX{} classes who for example wish to have a |\chapter| command doing systematically a \csa{localtableofcontents}, or for people producing files via automatic conversions and some of those might have sectioning commands and others not. «Emptiness» means that no \csa{contentsline} command would get executed within the scope of the local table of contents --- empty line styles by themselves do not make the TOC empty. \etoc always executes the \csb{etocaftertochook} command; and the test for emptiness itself executes everything else found in the |.toc| file. See \autoref{sec:addingtotoc} in this context. \begin{enumerate} \item the \csb{etocifwasempty} command discussed below can be used from inside \csb{etocaftertochook}. \item there is no \csa{etocdoesnotcheckemptiness} but if there was one it would do |\makeatletter\Etoc@checksemptinessfalse\makeatother|. \end{enumerate} The suppression of the heading (more precisely of the toc display style elements) may be effective only for the final \LaTeX{} runs. For example in the situation of a \csa{tableofcontents}|\ref{foo}| where the label |foo| is not yet recognized, the heading (but not the contents) is printed and the TOC is declared non-empty. Or, if one adds a \localtoc to a document, on the next run, the test for emptiness will in fact apply to the next one, and the last local TOC of the document will have its contents temporarily unknown to \etoc, hence will be declared non empty, and the heading will be printed. For a finalized document compiled with initially no auxiliary files, the first \LaTeX{} run will declare all local TOCs non empty and print for each of them a heading (and no contents naturally). The second \LaTeX{} run will then correctly decide which local TOC is empty or not. \subsection{The \csbhyp{etocnotocifnotoc} command} \label{etocnotocifnotoc} The user can then extend the emptiness-checking to the global TOCs with \csb{etocnotocifnotoc}. May I respectfully give the advice then to rather do none of |\usepackage{etoc}| nor \toc ? |;-)|. Well, there is always the case of batch conversions of documents having or not sectioning units. \subsection{The \csbhyp{etocifwasempty} command} \label{etocifwasempty} \label{etocxifwasempty} The command \csb{etocifwasempty}\marg{YES}\marg{NO} executes \meta{YES} if the previous TOC was found to be empty and \meta{NO} if its was not so. This may serve to act appropriately after a truly empty TOC. If \csb{etocchecksemptiness} has not been issued, this conditional always executes the \meta{NO} branch. This command is robust, and \csb{etocxifwasempty} is its expandable version. \fbox{Do not forget the second argument: at least an empty pair of braces |{}| must be present.} This conditional may wrongly say that the local TOC is empty or not empty until \LaTeX{} compilations stabilize. But if it says that a local TOC is empty, this does mean that \etoc considered the just encountered local table of contents to be empty (for that run) and thus printed nothing (not even a |\par|). % pas traduit \section{The \csbhyp{etoclocaltop} command} \label{etoclocaltop} \textbf{New with 1.09 (2019/03/09)}. Within either the TOC style (\csb{etocsettocstyle}) or the local title styles (\csb{etocsetstyle}), the control sequence \csb{etoclocaltop} is made equivalent for the duration of \csb{localtableofcontents} to a numeric (self-delimiting) denotation of the current top level. Thus: it will in numeric contexts (|\ifnum|, |\ifcase|, ...) represent zero for a local TOC corresponding to chapter, or one if in a section, or two if in a subsection, etc..., assuming of course here that the default levels are obeyed (see \autoref{sec:tocdepth}). \begin{framed} \csb{etoclocaltop} from inside the TOC heading (first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle}) has the correct value \emph{only under \csb{etocchecksemptiness} regime}. Special circumstances correspond to some special values: \begin{description}[nolistsep] \item[|-3|] (|-\thr@@|)\newline signals that \etoc considers the local TOC to be ``unknown''; this happens at the last local TOC, for the first \LaTeX\ run after adding a new \localtoc to the document. In doubt, \etoc assumes the TOC will prove non empty, hence it prints (independently of whether the check for emptiness was activated or not) the heading as specified by \csb{etocsettocstyle}. Thus, check if \csb{etoclocaltop} gives |-3| as a a \meta{number} to detect that situation from within the first argument of \csb{etocsettocstyle}, if desired. \item[|-1000|](|-\@m|)\newline is in case of a \localtoc being considered ``known'' (although it may still refer to the data in the |.toc| file from the previous run) but without the check for emptiness having been executed. \item[|-10000|](|-\@M|)\newline is the value when accessed from the title of a global TOCs. \end{description} \end{framed} \begin{framed} When executed from within a local table of contents \textbf{line styles} (\csb{etocsetstyle}), \csb{etoclocaltop} always will hold the correct value, whether or not the emptiness check was executed. For a global table of contents however, it will always keep the value |-3|. \end{framed} Attention! \cs{etoclocaltop} is only to be queried; modifying it is strictly forbidden and falls under the most rigorous prosecution allowed by federal law. \end{otherlanguage} \section{Befehle zur \texorpdfstring{\texttt{.toc}}{.toc}-Datei hinzufügen} \label{sec:addingtotoc} Wir beschrieben oben die Befehle \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc} und \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}, welche beide Befehle in die |.toc|-Datei einfügen. Ein noch allgemeinerer Weg, um "`action tags"' in die |.toc|-Datei einzufügen, wäre vorstellbar, allerdings würde auch nur indirekt |\addtocontents{toc}{\something}| benutzt werden. Man sollte vorsichtig sein, wenn man auf diesem Weg Dinge zur |.toc|-Datei hinzufügt. Zum Beispiel das Einfügen von \csa{addtocontents}|{toc}{\string\clearpage}| direkt vor einem \csa{part} behebt den Fehler, dass Teileinträge in Inhaltsangaben vom Rest getrennt am Ende der Seite auftauchen, kann aber auch Probleme mit mehreren Inhaltsangaben haben: \csa{clearpage} wird jedes Mal ausgeführt, wenn \etoc über ein \toc oder \localtoc stolpert. Die schlauere Methode wäre es: {\csa{addtocontents}|{toc}{\string\myclearpage}|,} den |\let\myclearpage\relax|, man hätte den Befehl |\let\myclearpage\relax| zu Beginn des Dokuments und wenn benötigt, benutzt man etwas wie: \begin{verbatim} \let\myclearpage\clearpage \tableofcontents \let\myclearpage\relax \end{verbatim} Die |memoir|-Klasse besitzt den Befehl \csa{settocdepth}, der einen \csa{changetoc\-depth}"=Befehl in die |.toc|-Datei setzt. Dieses beeinflusst die Schriftsetzung von \etoc bei \emph{allen} Inhaltsangaben mit möglichen unvorhersehbaren Ergebnissen: Stellen Sie sich vor, irgendwo im Dokument stünde \csa{settocdepth}|{chapter}|, um die Abschnitte von Unterabschnitten nicht in der Hauptinhaltsangabe aufzulisten. In diesem Fall würde eine lokale Inhaltsangabe in einem dieser Kapitel einen Titel ohne jeden Eintrag ausgeben. Da die |memoir|-Klasse von Haus aus schon mehrfache \toc erlaubt, tritt dieser Fehler schon viel früher, und unabhängig von \etoc, auf. Siehe Seite 170 der |memoir|-Anleitung. Für diesen Spezialfall gibt es folgende Befehle: \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}, \csb{etocignoretoctocdepth}, \csb{etocobeytoctocdepth} oder deren Varianten \csb{etocdepthtag.toc} und \csb{etocsettagdepth}. Nebenbei, jeder |\setcounter{tocdepth}{n}|"=Befehl fügt direkt in die |.toc|-Datei hinzu. Es scheint so, dass seine Wirkung ist (seit der Version |1.07g|), beendet den Abschluss jedes Inhaltsverzeichnis zu beenden, automatisch wird ein |\setcounter{tocdepth}{previous_value}| genommen, mit dem Wert, aktiv ein Inhaltsverzeichnis zu nehmen. \subsection{Die hyperref"=Option \emph{hidelinks}}\label{ssec:hidelinks} Die farbigen Links (und auch die Kastenlinks) sind einwenig ärgerlich, wenn in Inhaltsverzeichnissen verwendet, insbesonders, wenn das Dokument \etoc verwendet und viele von ihnen beinhaltet! Man kann sich wünschen, farbige Links \emph{ausschließlich} für Inhaltsverzeichnisse! In der Tat, warum sollten in TOCs diese Dinge gerahmt oder farbig sein müssen, wenn der Benutzer \emph{bereits erwartet, dass dort Links sind}? Ich nehme den folgenden Trick: Entweder in der Präambel zu nehmen |\AtBeginDocument| oder danach |\begin{document}|, ich habe den Befehl \centeredline{|\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\hypersetup{hidelinks}}|} \begin{framed} Alle TOCs, die von \etoc gesetzt sind, haben ihre Inhalte in eine Gruppierung getan, (wie in einer Umgebung eingeschlossen). So wird der Befehl \csa{hypersetup}|{hidelinks}| ausgeführt von \emph{jedem} TOC, aber sein Effekt wird limitiert zu dem TOC. \end{framed} Experimentell habe ich herausgefunden, dass die Option |hidelinks| oftmals mit |\hypersetup| eingestellt werden kann (Dies ist nicht bei allen |hyperref|-Optionen der Fall). \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {examples} \part{Beispiele}\label{part:examples} \thispartstats %% (pas de sous-section) \etocstandardlines \etocsettocstyle {}{\medskip} \localtableofcontents \begin{otherlanguage}{english} We present some additional examples. To understand all code snippets in detail, one will possibly need to have first browsed through \autoref{part:linestyles} and \autoref{part:globalcmds}. \end{otherlanguage} \section{Über\-prü\-fen des Kom\-pa\-tibilitäts\-modus} Als weiteres Beispiel wollen wir nun das Inhaltsverzeichnis dieses Teils setzen. Dazu wollen wir zuerst den Kompatibilitätsmodus testen.\footnote{Dieses Dokument wurde als |scrartcl| gesetzt. Wir wollen nun testen, ob der Kompatibilitätsmodus des \etoc"=Pakets die Anpassungen innerhalb der Klassenbefehle umsetzt.} Das ursprüngliche Inhaltsverzeichnis ist unsichtbar und wurde am Anfang von \autoref{part:globalcmds} definiert, wobei es mit einem Label versehen wurde. \begin{verbatim} \begingroup % to keep in particular toc=left with local effect \KOMAoptions{toc=left} \etocstandarddisplaystyle % wird benötigt, damit toc=left gilt \etocstandardlines \tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \end{verbatim} \begingroup \KOMAoptions{toc=left} \etocstandarddisplaystyle \etocstandardlines \tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \section{Ein weiterer Kompatibilitätsmodus}\label{sec:anothercompat} Wie in \autoref{subs:compat} erläutert, sagen die Befehle \csa{etocstandardlines} und \csa{etocstandarddisplaystyle} \etoc im Wesentlichen, wie man als Beobachter fungiert. Das Dokumentenklasse"=Layout für das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird dann gehorchen. Es gibt keine Möglichkeit, dieses Standard"=Layout aus dem Paket anzupassen (ändern von Schriftarten, Rändern, vertikalen Abständen, etc.) . Definieren Sie dazu ein Paket von dieser Funktion; weil entweder \etoc (vorübergehend vielleicht) im Kompatibilitätsmodus ohne Anpassung auf seinen Teil möglich ist oder der Benutzer hat das Layout in \csa{etocsetstyle}"=Befehlen angegeben (und \csa{etocsettocstyle}) ist (angeblich \ldots ) in der kompletten Steuerung. Nun, es ist eigentlich eine Alternative. Es ist möglich, die Verwendung der \csa{etocsetstyle}"=Befehle zu nutzen, um einen künstlichen Kompatibilitätsmodus neu zu erstellen, um Effekte zu erreichen, wie die folgenden, alle Dinge gleichen andererseits dem Dokumentenklassen"=Standard: \begin{enumerate}[noitemsep] \item Enthält der |hyperref|-Link nur die Namen, aber nicht die Anzahl der jeweils zu kapselnden Einträge der Inhaltstabellen; \item verwenden Sie den Dokumentenklassen"=Stil für Kapitel und Abschnitte, aber ändern Sie es nur für Teilbereiche; \end{enumerate} Hier ist beschrieben, wie Sie vorgehen müssen. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} This has become easier since release |1.08k| as now \etoc preserves automatically in \csb{etocsavedsectiontocline}, \csb{etocsavedchaptertocline} etc... the meaning of the \LaTeX\ |\l@section|, |\l@chapter|, etc... macros as they were at the time the TOC is typeset. \end{otherlanguage} Man nimmt in die Präambel: \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \makeatletter \newcommand{\MyStandardTOC}{% \begingroup % for the book or article classes: %\etocsetstyle{part}{}{} % {\etocsavedparttocline{\etocnumber\hspace{1em}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% % for the scrbook or scrartcl classes: \etocsetstyle{part}{}{} {\etocsavedparttocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% % following is identical in book/article/scrbook/scrartcl classes: \etocsetstyle{chapter}{}{} %%% only for book and scrbook {\etocsavedchaptertocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% \etocsetstyle{section}{}{} {\etocsavedsectiontocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{} {\etocsavedsubsectiontocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}}{}% % etc... if further sectioning units are used \etocstandarddisplaystyle % this is for the title, page-marks, etc... \tableofcontents \endgroup} \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} One can add to the above arbitrary text formatting commands, for example replace |\etocpage| by |\textcolor{blue}{\etocpage}|. Wenn das Dokument nur ein Inhaltsverzeichnis hat, dann gibt es keine Notwendigkeit, die Befehle in ein Makro zu setzen oder sogar in eine Gruppe. \footnote{Und wenn darüber hinaus, um das gleiche Layout wie im Standard zu halten, kann man sich die Frage stellen, warum man \etoc benutzt \ldots\ Es gibt \emph{einen} guten Grund: Zahlen und Namen sind separate \texttt{hyperref}-Links, nach der Regel gibt es nur eine Verbindung, die sowohl die Nummer und den Namen auf einem toc"=Eintrag entsprechen.} Mit dem Befehl \etoc ist ein Inhaltsverzeichnis völlig identisch zu einem von der Dokumentenklasse: |article|, |book|, |scrartcl|, |scrbook|. \footnote{For the |memoir| class, one needed prior to \etoc |1.08k| a bit more: each of the command \csa{booknumberline}, \csa{partnumberline} and \csa{chapternumberline} had to be saved. They can now be used directly in the line styles, because their meanings are not modified anymore by \etoc during its TOC typesetting.} Die Anzahl und die Namen der einzelnen Einträge sind jeweils separat in einem |hyperref|-Link, wie es immer der Fall bei \etoc ist, wenn man nicht im Kompatibilitätsmodus ist. Ersetzt man \csa{etocnumber} mit \csa{etocthenumber}, dann ergibt es ein Inhaltsverzeichnis, wo die Zahlen nicht mehr verlinkt sind, aber die Namen noch. Oder man kann sich entscheiden, \csa{etocthename} zu verwenden und eine Hyperlink"=Nummer mit \csa{etocnumber} zu erhalten. Hier ist ein subtiles Beispiel, wo nur geringfügig die "`sections"' modifiziert wurden (hinzufügen von Farbe für die Nummer und das Entfernen des |hyperref|-Links) und die Unterabschnitte, wie in der Standardeinstellung, \emph{mit Ausnahme} von einer bestimmte "`section"' im Layout komplett geändert wurde: \MyQuasiStandardTOC{\ref{toc:overview}} \bigskip Dieses Beispiel hat nur Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte und der in \csa{MyStandardTOC} verwendete Code war: % corrected section number in verbatim code: 4 not 3 (2015/03/18) \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \etocsetstyle{section}{} {\ifnum\etocthenumber=4 \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\par\nopagebreak\begingroup \leftskip1.5em \rightskip\@tocrmarg \parfillskip\@flushglue \parindent 0pt \normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape % \columnsep1em % \begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\linewidth-\leftskip-\rightskip\relax}% % \begin{multicols}{2}% \etocskipfirstprefix} {\allowbreak\,--\,} {\etocname\ \textup{(\etocnumber)}} {.\par\endgroup}% % {.\par\end{multicols}\end{minipage}\par\endgroup}% \else \etocsetstyle{subsection} {}{} {\etocsavedsubsectiontocline{\numberline{\etocnumber}\etocname}{\etocpage}} {}% \fi} {\etocsavedsectiontocline{\numberline{{\color{cyan}\etocthenumber}}\etocname}{\etocpage}} {}% \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} Beachten Sie die Seite mit den Kopf"=Zeichen, welche man dem Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzufügen kann. Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte sind genauso wie im Standard (mit Ausnahme der Unterabschnitte, welche von einem bestimmten Benutzer"=Abschnitt aus gewählt wird und bis auf die Farbe der Abschnittsnummern), ohne das explizit die Länge, die Schriftart oder andere Formatierungsanweisungen gegeben werden. Aber wir mussten die |scrartcl|-Quellen untersuchen, um festzustellen, was zu nehmen ist für \csa{leftskip} und \csa{rightskip} für unsere Nutzer-sections"=Einträge. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \section{Emulating the book class}\label{sec:thirdexample} As explained in \autoref{subs:compat}: without explicit use of an \csb{etocsetstyle} command the package will leave to the document class the hand regarding the ``toc line styles''. It is sometimes asked by users (for example those using \etoc for its \csb{localtableofcontents}) how to stay close to but not completely identical with the design implemented by the standard classes, such as |book|. I can recommend package |tocloft| for this, as it is compatible with \etoc (see \autoref{sec:kompatmitanderen}) and thus \etoc will obey the |tocloft| customizations (as long as no use has been made of \csa{etocsetstyle}). It is also possible to modify only the style for, say, sections and leave the parts, chapters, subsections as in the document class, via the technique from \autoref{sec:anothercompat}. But for complete control, here is a translation of the |book| class code into \etoc lingua. It is then easy to modify the relevant lengths or adjust the used fonts. I thank \textsc{Denis Bitouzé} for prompting me to include this in the \etoc manual, as it resulted from some conversation we had about this. The code is not 100\% faithful to the |book| class, and particularly its rendering of (multi-line) non-numbered units differs (... I think, as I copied pasted as is the code from where I had stored it and did not do much thinking about it again). Some proficiency in low-level \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ macros is needed to understand what the code says, but for modifying fonts or some lengths such in-depth understanding is not needed. With some extra code one can \emph{automatically adjust the widths} assigned to typesetting sectioning numbers in order to prevent overflows, even with for example \MakeUppercase{\romannumeral 38}; but this is a more advanced feature which I have moved to \autoref{sec:thirdexampleextra}. First we set up some lengths. I use macro registers, not real \LaTeX\ lengths. When using |em|'s however, this means that one must pay attention to when the actual dimension assignment is made, as this will then depend upon the current font settings. In the code below, at the location where the \csa{TOCnumwidthB} and \csa{TOCnumwidthC} will be used, the |1em| from their specification will be matched to the normal medium series font, not the bold font; this is deliberate so that one can compare more readily with the other dimensions; besides, with the \csa{TOCcomputenumwidths} from \autoref{sec:thirdexampleextra} these macros will actually hold a dimension using |pt| as dimensional unit. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} % it will be easy to globally shift the TOC horizontally if needed \def\TOCleftmargin {0pt} \def\TOCrightmargin {2.55em}% like LaTeX's \@tocrmarg % this is for dotted leaders \newbox\TOCleaderbox \def\TOCleaderboxwidth {0.7777em}% about like what standard classes do % vertical spacing \def\TOCverysmallvskip {0pt plus .2pt} \def\TOCmedvskip {1em plus 1pt} \def\TOCbigvskip {2.25em plus 1pt} % the ``numwidths'' for typesetting the numbering of division units. % I don't recall exactly how (and for which fonts) these figures were chosen. % They quickly prove too small if using Roman numerals (as do too the book % class defaults even though they are a bit larger). \def\TOCnumwidthB {1.5em} % chapter \def\TOCnumwidthC {2.278em}% section, I think default is 2.3em \def\TOCnumwidthD {3.056em}% analog in standard class is 3.2em \def\TOCnumwidthE {3.833em}% analog in standard class is 4.1em \def\TOCnumwidthF {4.611em}% analog in standard class is 5em \def\TOCnumwidthG {5.389em}% analog in standard class is 6em %The code for the ``global toc style''. \newcommand*\TOCglobalstyle {% \etocsettocstyle {\if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi \parindent\z@ \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip \z@skip \setbox\TOCleaderbox\hbox to \TOCleaderboxwidth{\hss.\hss}% \chapter *{\noindent\kern\TOCleftmargin\relax % uses "pt"... \contentsname \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}{\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}% \rightskip \TOCrightmargin\relax \parfillskip -\rightskip % or a smaller value if desired \leftskip \TOCleftmargin \relax } {\if@restonecol \twocolumn \fi\cleardoublepage}% % \etocsetstyle{part} {} {\addpenalty {-\@highpenalty}% \addvspace \TOCbigvskip \leavevmode {\large \bfseries % use a group to limit font change \interlinepenalty\@M \etocifnumbered{\etocnumber\hspace{1em}}{}% \etocname \nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}}\par \nobreak } {} {}% % \etocsetstyle{chapter} {\advance\leftskip\TOCnumwidthB\relax} {\addpenalty {-\@highpenalty }% \vskip \TOCmedvskip\relax \leavevmode {\interlinepenalty\@M \etocifnumbered {\llap{\makebox[\TOCnumwidthB][l]{\bfseries\etocnumber}}} {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthB\relax}% \bfseries\etocname \nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}\par }% \penalty \@highpenalty } {} {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthB\relax}% % \TOCsetlinestyle {section} {\TOCnumwidthC}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subsection} {\TOCnumwidthD}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subsubsection}{\TOCnumwidthE}% \TOCsetlinestyle {paragraph} {\TOCnumwidthF}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subparagraph} {\TOCnumwidthG}% }% end of \TOCglobalstyle % The common code for line styles is abstracted into a macro: \newcommand\TOCsetlinestyle [2]{% #1= unit, #2= numwidth as macro \etocsetstyle{#1} {\advance\leftskip#2\relax} {\vskip \TOCverysmallvskip\relax \leavevmode {\interlinepenalty\@M \etocifnumbered {\llap{\makebox[#2][l]{\etocnumber}}}{\advance\leftskip-#2\relax}% \etocname \nobreak\leaders \copy\TOCleaderbox \hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}% \par }% } {} {\advance\leftskip-#2\relax}% } \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} Nota Bene: the code deliberately handles the non-numbered sectioning units unlike the way of the standard document classes (particularly regarding the alignment of multi-line headings.) The whole thing was encapsulated in \csa{TOCglobalstyle}, because we also want a \csa{TOClocalstyle} for local tables of contents which typically will want to use |\section*| rather than |\chapter*| and not insert page marks in the headers. The \csa{TOClocalstyle} is to be issued once, after the main document TOC, or rather before using \csa{localtableofcontents}. If one wants a full TOC at end of document one will naturally have to issue again \csa{TOCglobalstyle} there. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \makeatletter \newcommand*\TOClocalstyle {% \etocsettocstyle {\if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi \setbox\TOCleaderbox\hbox to \TOCleaderboxwidth{\hss.\hss}% \parindent\z@ \dimen@ 2.25em % for left indenting \section *{\kern\dimen@ % use of \dimen@ works here by sheer luck \contentsname % un-comment this if marks are wanted: %\@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}{\MakeUppercase \contentsname}% }% end of \section \parskip \z@skip \vspace{-1.25\baselineskip}% somewhat ad hoc \leftskip 2.25em \rightskip 4.5em \advance\rightskip-\TOCrightmargin\relax \leavevmode\leaders\hrule\@height\p@\hfill\kern\z@\par \rightskip 4.5em \parfillskip -\TOCrightmargin\relax } {\nobreak\vskip-.5\baselineskip \leavevmode\leaders\hrule\@height\p@\hfill\kern\z@\par \bigskip \if@restonecol \twocolumn \fi }% % \etocsetstyle{section} {\advance\leftskip\TOCnumwidthC\relax} {\addpenalty \@secpenalty \etociffirst{}{\addvspace{\TOCmedvskip}}% \leavevmode {\interlinepenalty\@M \bfseries\etocifnumbered {\llap{\makebox[\TOCnumwidthC][l]{\etocnumber}}} {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthC}% \etocname\nobreak\hfil\makebox[-\parfillskip][r]{\etocpage}\par }% \penalty \@highpenalty } {} {\advance\leftskip-\TOCnumwidthC\relax}% % the rest is identical with code for global tocs: \TOCsetlinestyle {subsection} {\TOCnumwidthD}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subsubsection}{\TOCnumwidthE}% \TOCsetlinestyle {paragraph} {\TOCnumwidthF}% \TOCsetlinestyle {subparagraph} {\TOCnumwidthG}% }% end of \TOClocalstyle \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} As mentioned previously, this handles non-numbered (multi-line) sectioning units somewhat differently from what happens in the standard document classes. For some reason this code has some hard-coded |2.25em| and |4.5em| which were not abstracted into macros or lengths. The code inserts horizontal rules above and below the TOC contents in a non-separable by pagebreak way. See \autoref{sec:thirdexampleextra} for more. \end{otherlanguage} \section{Ein In\-halts\-ver\-zeich\-nis mit Rahmen} Als nächstes wollen wir ein gerahmtes Inhaltsverzeichnis erzeugen, wobei wir den vom Paket vorgegebenen Linienstil nutzen und ein paar Farben hinzufügen wollen. (Es wurde in eine Float"=Umgebung eingefügt, die man \vpageref{toc:b} findet.) % \footnote{Innerhalb der |figure|-Umgebung und vor dem gerahmten % Inhaltsverzeichnis, welches die Option |multicols| nutzt, haben wir den Befehl % \csa{normalcolor} eingefügt, um einen Bug zu umgehen, der durch die Interaktion % zwischen |multicols|, |color| und der |figure|-Umgebung entsteht. (Wir brauchen % den Befehl \csa{color\{red\}} in der |.toc|-Datei.) Der Fehler wird nicht durch % das \etoc"=Paket verursacht.} \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \etocdefaultlines \begingroup \renewcommand{\etoccolumnsep}{2em} \renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{1.5em} \renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{1.5em} % Befehle für die Hintergrundfarbe des Inhaltsverzeichnisses \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{yellow!10}} % Befehle für die Rechtecke vor und nach dem Inhalt des Verzeichnisses \renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 1pt} \renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 1pt} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}} % Befehle für die Rechtecke links und rechts des Inhaltsverzeichnisses \renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 5pt} \renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width 5pt} \renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}} \renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{red!25}} % mit \fcolorbox legen wir einen farbigen Rahmen für den Titel an \fboxrule1pt \renewcommand{\etocbelowtocskip}{0pt\relax} \etocframedstyle {\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape \fcolorbox{red}{white}{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering Dies ist das nach \etoc gestaltete Inhaltsverzeichnis, welches jedoch nur die Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte dieses Teils enthält. Da es gerahmt ist, darf es nicht größer sein als eine Seite. Es hat das Label |toc:b|.}}} \begin{figure}[ht!] \centering \tableofcontents \label{toc:b} \ref{toc:globalcmds} \end{figure} \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro \section{Ein weiteres TOC mit einer Hintergrundfarbe}\label{ssec:again} Lassen Sie uns nun einige anspruchsvollere Linienstile versuchen. Das Display wird den Paket"=Befehl \csa{etocframedstyle} verwenden, damit das erzeugte Inhaltsverzeichnis auf eine einzige Seite passt. Wir wickeln es in eine \hyperref[toc:floating]{Figur"=Umgebung}, damit es auf der aktuellen Seite angezeigt wird. \vpageref{toc:floating}. Das aktuelle Design ist nicht in \etoc vorgefertigt; sondern nutzt seine `eingerahmten' Stile mit einer Hintergrundfarbe. Die Rahmengrenzen wurden so gesetzt, dass die gleiche Farbe, wie die Hintergrundfarbe, für die gesamte Sache dienen soll. % Dieses Design (mit anderen Farben) wird auch für % \hyperref[toc:clone]{dieses andere Inhaltsverzeichnis} benutzt, und der Leser % bezieht sich auf seine \hyperref[ssec:tocclone]{Unterabschnitte}, welche für die % Kodierung vorgesehen sind. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} The details of the line styles used here are a bit involved, they were written by the author at some early stage of this documentation and have only been slightly revised to use more \LaTeX-commands and less \TeX-primitives. Similar code is used also for \hyperref[toc:clone]{this other toc}. \end{otherlanguage} \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \begin{figure}[htbp!]\centering \colorlet{subsecnum}{black} \colorlet{secbackground}{green!30} \colorlet{tocbackground}{red!20!green!20} \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 3cm} \renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width 1cm} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt} \renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt} \newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{% \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}% \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip \vskip#2} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}} {\sffamily\footnotesize \leftskip2.3cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip.5cm\relax \makebox[1cm][l]{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber}% \color{black}\etocname \nobreak\leaders\hbox to.2cm{\hss.}\hfill \rlap{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}\par \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt} {} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}} {\sffamily\small \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent.8cm\rightskip.5cm\relax \makebox[.75cm][l]{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber}% \color{black}\etocname \nobreak\leaders\hbox to.2cm{\hss.}\hfill \rlap{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}\par \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt} {} \newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{% \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt \fboxsep0pt % \colorbox uses \fboxsep also when no frame! \noindent\colorbox{secbackground} {\parbox{\linewidth}{% \vskip5pt {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip \vskip3pt}}% \par\nointerlineskip} \etocsetstyle{section} {\coloredstuff{blue}{\hfil \bfseries\large Contents of Part One\hfil}} {\vskip3pt\sffamily\small} {\coloredstuff{blue} {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\nobreak\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.1cm}}}% \vskip6pt} {} \etocframedstyle[1]{} \tableofcontents \label{toc:floating} \ref{toc:overview} \vspace{-\baselineskip} \centeredline{|\tableofcontents \ref{toc:overview}| (\emph{cf.} \hyperref[toc:clone]{this other toc})} \end{figure} \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro \section{Eine (verrückte) In\-line"=Dar\-stellung} Nun wollen wir eine etwas verrückte Inline"=Darstellung erzeugen, womit das Inhaltsverzeichnis des gesamten Dokuments gesetzt werden soll. Hier werden die Unterabschnitte als Fußnoten dargestellt. Diese Art der Darstellung bietet sich eher für verlinkte Dokumente an, weniger für gedruckte! (Mir hingegen gefällt diese Art der Darstellung, obwohl mein Geschmack scheinbar oft nicht geteilt wird.) %%%% Note: 27 april 2014 %%%% except for a miraculous situation depending from the quantity of previous %%%% material this TOC will have links extending accross pagebreaks, which %%%% dvipdfmx does not know how to handle completely. Apart from that the output %%%% is ok, thus no need to try seriously to avoid them. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex}{\foo} \begingroup \newsavebox{\forsubsections} \etocsetstyle{part}{\upshape. \etocskipfirstprefix} {. \upshape} {\bfseries\etocname:~~} {} \etocsetstyle{section}{\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {, } {\mdseries\etocname} {} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\begin{lrbox}{\forsubsections}\upshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {; } {\etocname} {\end{lrbox}\footnote{\unhbox\forsubsections.}} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection} { (\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {, } {\etocname} {\/\upshape)} \etocsettocstyle{Hier ist das inline dargestellte Inhaltsverzeichnis. }{.\par} \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo Zur Erzeugung dieses Inhaltsverzeichnisses wurde folgender Code genutzt: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {surprising} \part{Überraschende Anwendungen von \etoc} \label{part:surprising} \thispartstats %% (pas de sous-section) % in dtx of release 1.07h there was here a \thisspecialstats, but it % originated from the period when this \part was only a \section. So its % effect was not the intended one, basically it had the same effect as this: \etocstandardlines \etocsettocstyle {}{} \localtableofcontents \section{Das TOC für TOCs} \begingroup % \endgroup just after the \tableofcontents command \etocinline \etocsetlevel{part}{1} \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0} \etocsetstyle{visibletoc} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {, } {{\color{niceone}\etocname}} {} \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocsetnexttocdepth{visibletoc} Hier ist die nummerierte und verknüpfte Liste aller Tabellen von Inhalten, die in diesem Dokument dargestellt sind \footnote{Die Inhaltsverzeichnisse können "`Schwimmer"' setzen, um die Reihenfolge zu ändern: die Zahlen werden in der Reihenfolge der Inhaltsverzeichnisse in dem Dokument aufgeführt; aber die Nummerierung selbst ist von der Reihenfolge der Inhaltsverzeichnisse in der \emph{Quelle} dieses Dokumentes \ldots} \tableofcontents\endgroup. Und hier erhalten wir, was wir gerade geschrieben haben:\par\smallskip {\leftskip1cm\rightskip2cm \ttfamily\small\baselineskip11pt \noindent Hier ist die nummerierte und verknüpfte Liste aller Tabellen von Inhalten, die in diesem Dokument dargestellt sind:~\string\tableofcontents.\par} Die vorausgehenden Arbeiten waren wie folgt. Zuerst definierten wir einen Zähler |visibletoc|, dessen Berufung es ist, bei jedem angezeigten Inhaltsverzeichnis erhöht zu werden. \etoc hat einen eigenen Zähler, aber es zählen alle Inhaltsverzeichnisse, auch wenn diese nicht angezeigt werden, da die |tocdepth| Werte |-2| oder |-3| waren. Wir könnten manuell |\refstepcounter{visibletoc}| und |\label| an allen geeigneten Stellen im Dokument hinzufügen, und wir würden dann |\ref|- Befehle verwenden, aber dies stellt eine hohe manuelle Bearbeitung der Quelle dar. Es gibt eine viel bessere Möglichkeit: Es gibt einen Aufhänger \csb{etocaftertitlehook} und wir sagten, es erhöht sich der |visibletoc|-Zähler und wir schreiben eine Anlage zu der |.toc|-Datei, in analoger Weise zu dem Gliederungsbefehl, zum Beispiel |Kapitel|, |Abschnitt| oder |Unterabschnitt|. Wie \etoc seinen eigenen Zähler erhöht, noch bevor der Titel des Inhaltsverzeichnisses gesetzt wird, bietet diese (die meiste Zeit) einen besseren Link"=Zielpunkt als jeder Zähler von \csa{etocaftertitlehook} (der Link wird nach dem Titel platziert). Anstatt mit |\refstepcounter{visibletoc}|, innerhalb von \csa{etocaftertitlehook}, formulieren wir |\stepcounter{visibletoc}|, dann folgt der Befehl \csb{etoctoccontentsline}|{visibletoc}{\thevisibletoc}|. Dieser \etoc"=Befehl \csb{etoctoccontentsline}\marg{level\_name}\marg{name} hat die gleiche Wirkung wie: \centeredline{| ||\addcontentsline{toc}|\marg{level\_name}\marg{name}} aber sein Nutzen ist es \footnote{Mit \csa{addtocontents} anstatt \csa{addcontentsline}.}, die Reparatur der automatischen Erstellung von Lesezeichen zu verhindern mit \csa{addcontentsline} bei dem |hyperref|-Paket, wie die pdf"=Lesezeichen machen sie nicht viel Sinn hier (und würde eine Beschwerde bezüglich von |hyperref| eruieren, denn das Lesezeichen"=Niveau ist `unbekannt').\footnote{ Das Paket bietet eine Stern"=Variante \staritb{etoctoccontentsline}, die zulässt, dass die Erstellung von Lesezeichen und das Haben eines dritten obligatorischen Arguments, welches das Lesezeichen"=Niveau darstellt, funktioniert; abhängig vom Kontext kann die Hauptrolle und die Nicht"=Stern"=Variante profitabel durch \csa{phantomsection} sein.} Schließlich war in der Präambel des Dokuments |\etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{6}|. Das Niveau |6| (oder etwas mit einer höheren Zahl) wird ignoriert, auch wenn |tocdepth| zum Beispiel den Wert |10| hat; das ist unabhängig davon, ob \etoc die Dokumentenklasse als Standardlinien oder als eigene Linienstile nutzt oder die, die vom Benutzer mit \csa{etocsetstyle} Befehl definiert wurden. Es gibt also keinen Grund zur Sorge, dass etwas schief gehen könnte. Dann haben wir hier nur |\etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0}| gesetzt. Und nur diese Art von Einträgen weisen wir vorübergehend eine |Teil|- und |Kapitel|-Ebene |1| zu (oder etwas höher als null) und setzen |tocdepth| auf den Wert |0|. Wir haben auch \csa{etocsetstyle\{visibletoc\}\{\string\etocskipfirstprefix\}\{, \}\{\string\etocname\}\{\}}, welche eine innere Anzeige mit dem Komma als Trennzeichen definiert. Wie \etoc Aspekte |\par| automatisch als Standard das Inhaltsverzeichnis setzt, verwendeten wir den Befehl \csb{etocinline} (auch als \cs{etocnopar} bekannt), welches die Reaktion ausmacht . Hier sind die Details der Implementierung: \begingroup \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} < in der Prämbel > \newcounter{visibletoc} \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook} {\stepcounter{visibletoc}\etoctoccontentsline{visibletoc}{\thevisibletoc}} \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{6} \begin{document} < document body > \subsection{Surprising uses of etoc} \begingroup \etocinline \etocsetlevel{part}{1} % \etocsetlevel{chapter}{1} % (keine Kapitel in scrartcl Klasse) \etocsetlevel{visibletoc}{0} \etocsetstyle{visibletoc} {\etocskipfirstprefix}{, }{{\color{niceone}\etocname}}{} \etocsettocstyle{}{} % keine Titel, Regeln oder Rahmen festgelegt! \etocsetnexttocdepth{visibletoc} % zeigt nur die `visibletoc' Einträge an aus .toc Hier ist die nummerierte und verknüpfte Liste aller Tabellen von Inhalten, die in diesem Dokument angezeigt werden: \tableofcontents. \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \endgroup Nach |\etocsetstyle{visibletoc}{..}{..}{..}{..}|, wird für alle zukünftigen Inhaltsverzeichnisse (nicht im Kompatibilitätsmodus) der definierte Stil für das Niveau |0| verwendet (was normalerweise der Pegel für ein Kapitel ist). Um diese Änderung auf die einfachste Art und Weise zu halten, muss man alles in eine Gruppe setzen. Der \autoref{subsec:interverting} gibt eine andere Verwendung von Verschachtelungsstufen an. \section{Willkürliche "`Listen von \ldots "', \csbhyp{etoctoccontentsline}} \label{etoctoccontentsline} Die Idee der Internabwehr ist leistungsfähig und ermöglicht \etoc"=Anzeigelisten, um beliebige Dinge in dem Dokument enthalten zu lassen. Und all das mit noch nichts anderem als der |.toc| Datei! Beispiel: Stellen Sie sich ein Dokument mit Dutzenden von Übungen vor, vielleicht als |\newtheorem{exercise}{}[section]|. Lassen Sie uns erklären, wie man \etoc anweist, eine verlinkte Liste all dieser Übungen anzuzeigen. Dafür haben wir in der Präambel geschrieben: \begin{verbatim} \newtheorem{exerci}{}[section] % the exercice number will be recoverable via \etocname: v--here--v \newcommand*{\exercisetotoc}{\etoctoccontentsline{exercise}{\theexerci}} \newenvironment{exercise}{\begin{exerci}\exercisetotoc}{\end{exerci}} \etocsetlevel{exercise}{6} \end{verbatim} Auf diese Weise wird \csa{etocname} die Übungsnummer vergeben (aber \csa{etocnumber} wird leer sein). Hätten wir stattdessen \begin{verbatim} \newcommand*{\exercisetotoc} {\etoctoccontentsline{exercise}{\protect\numberline{\theexerci}}} \end{verbatim} % verwendet, wäre die Übungsnummer via \csa{etocnumber} verfügbar und \csa{etocname} wäre leer gewesen. Es spielt keine Rolle, welches der beiden Verfahren verwendet wird. Der \etoc Befehl \csa{etoctoccontentsline}|{..}{..}| wird als Ersatz für \csa{addcon\-tentsline}|{toc}{..}{..}| verwendet: Das ist die, die durch das Reparieren von |hyperref| zu \csa{addcontentsline} verwendet wird, um in ihrem Prozess die Erstellung von Lesezeichen zu vermeiden. Wenn man |hyperref| ermächtigt, Lesezeichen auf einer bestimmten Ebene \meta{n} zu erschaffen, kann einer (hier mit \meta{n}$=$|2|) die Stern"=Variante \starit{etoctoccontentsline} benutzen, welche ein zusätzliches Argument hat: % \begin{verbatim} \newcommand{\exercisetotoc}{\etoctoccontentsline*{exercise}{\theexerci}{2}} \end{verbatim} Der Zähler |exerci| wird bereits durch das |exerci|-Theoremumfeld erhöht und sorgt für den richtigen Ort für den Link zusätzlich zum Paket |hyperref|. Der Befehl \csa{exercisetotoc} fügt für jede Übung eine Zeile in die |.toc|-Datei, entsprechend einer fiktiven Dokumenteinheit mit dem Namen `|Übung|' ein. Eine Vier"=Säulen"=Liste, einschließlich der Abschnitte, kann dann erreichen mit \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \etocsetnexttocdepth{2} % Abschnitte sind auf Stufe 1 und werden anzeigen \begingroup \etocsetlevel{exercise}{2} % aber: \etocsetlevel{chapter}{3} % keine Kapitel \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3} % keine Unterabschnitte \etocsetlevel{part}{3} % keine Parts \etocsetstyle{exercise}{}{} % \etocname = exercise number {\noindent\etocname\strut\leaders\etoctoclineleaders\hfill\etocpage\par} {\pagebreak[2]\vskip\baselineskip} \etocsetstyle{section}{}{} {\noindent\strut{\bfseries\large\etocnumber\hskip.5em\etocname}\par \nopagebreak[3]}{} \etocruledstyle[4]{\Large\bfseries List of the exercises} \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt} \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{Das TOC als ein Baum}\label{tocastree} Mit |tikz|\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/pgf}} und dem Paket |forest|\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/forest}} wird das Inhaltsverzeichnis als Baum angezeigt. Die Technik ist, den von \etoc geänderten Befehl \csa{tableofcontents} nicht für den Satz zu verwenden, sondern ein Makro, oder besser hier eine \emph{symbolische Liste}-Variable vorzubereiten, mit allen Anweisungen, die später ausgeführt werden. \textsc{Leslie Lamport}'s Buch erwähnt überhaupt nicht die symbolische Liste und \LaTeX{} vermittelt den Eindruck, nicht wirklich darauf zu warten, dass die Mehrheit der Nutzer immer über sie (oder begrenzte Makros) etwas hört; die ganze Sache und der folgende Abschnitt sind daher für fortgeschrittene Anwender. Setzt man die \csa{etocnumber}- und \csa{etocname}"=Befehle in \csa{treetok}, dann würde das nichts nützen: Auf welche Zahl oder Namen würde sich das dann beziehen, in einer verzögerten Ausführung? Wir brauchen die Speicherung der Makro"=Namen, aber nicht die Makro"=Inhalte. Und wir wollen auch die korrekten |hyperref|-Hyper"=Links erhalten.\footnote{Dieses Handbuch bis zu der Version vom 14. Mai 2013 verwendete das Paket |tikz-qtree|, aber es gab Probleme mit den Hyper"=Links. Kein solches Problem entsteht mit |forest| oder mit der nativen Syntax |tikz| für Bäume (die im nächsten Abschnitt dargestellt sind).} Die Befehle \csa{etocname}, etc\dots sind robust. Es ist einfacher mit \csa{etocthelinkednumber}, \csa{etocthelinkedname} und \csa{etocthelinkedpage}, das die gleichen Informationen in einer einfacher zugänglichen Form enthält. Aus diesem |forest|"=Baum haben wir ganz besondere \etoc"=Stile für Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte konzipiert. Sie verwenden ein symbolisches Listenregister mit dem Namen |\treetok| und ein Makro |\appendtotok|, deren Aufgabe es ist, zu einer bestimmten symbolischen Listenvariablen den Inhalt eines Makros als zweites Argument anzuhängen. All dies wird in Reaktion auf einen Befehl |\tableofcontents| passieren, aber noch ist \emph{nichts} in deren Prozess.\footnote{Es gibt immer ein \csa{par}, welches kein Problem ist, es kann aber unterdrückt werden, wenn der Bedarf über den Befehl \csb{etocinline} oder dessen Synonym \csb{etocnopar} besteht.} Das ist der spätere Job einer |forest|-Umgebung, die den Inhalt von |\treetok| wiedergeben soll. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} % \newtoks\treetok % move this (uncommented) to preamble % \newtoks\tmptok \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2 #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}} \newcommand*\PrepareSectionNode{% \tmptok {\centering\bfseries}% \appendtotok\tmptok\etocthelinkedname \edef\foresttreenode{ [{\noexpand\parbox{2cm}{\the\tmptok}}}% } \newcommand*{\PrepareSubsectionNode}{% \tmptok {\raggedright}% \appendtotok\tmptok\etocthelinkedname \edef\foresttreenode{ [{\noexpand\parbox{6cm}{\the\tmptok}}}% } \etocsetstyle{section} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} {\PrepareSectionNode \appendtotok\treetok\foresttreenode} {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} {\PrepareSubsectionNode \appendtotok\treetok\foresttreenode} {\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} \etocsettocstyle {\treetok{[{\hyperref[part:overview]{Überblick}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ]}} % forest does not like @\the\treetok if \treetok is empty. On first latex % run, this will be the case because the TOC style defined above will not % have been executed, as the label {toc:overview} does not refer to a valid % TOC yet. So we must give a safe default value to \treetok \treetok{[{run latex again}]} \begin{figure}[thp!]\centering \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection} \tableofcontents \label{toc:forest}\ref{toc:overview} \hypersetup{hidelinks}% \bracketset{action character=@} \begin{forest} for tree={anchor=center,child anchor=west, grow'=east,draw,thick, edge={draw,thick,dashed,color=teal}}, where={level()==1}{circle,thick,fill=blue!5, before computing xy={l=3cm}}{}, where={level()==2}{fill=red!5, before computing xy={l=6cm}}{}, rectangle, thick, fill=cyan!5, inner sep=6pt, @\the\treetok \end{forest} \end{figure} \end{filecontentsdef} \let\appendtotok\relax \filecontentsexec\foo Der resultierende Baum wird in einem \hyperref[toc:forest]{Puffer} angelegt, welcher \vpageref[oben]{toc:forest} erscheint. Hier ist der zur Herstellung notwendige Code: \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} Warum |\hypersetup{hidelinks}|? Wie in \autoref{ssec:hidelinks} erläutert ist, werden die Links in Inhaltsverzeichnissen nicht eingefärbt, noch gerahmt, so dass dieses Dokument den Befehl |\hypersetup{hidelinks}| hinzufügt. Aber immer werden die |\treetok|-Inhalte in die |\hyperlink|-Ursprungsbefehle in |\etocthelinkedname| ausgepackt, etc. \ldots{} Sie werden in der normalen Umgebung für Links (die in diesem Dokument zu kolorieren sind) ausgeführt. Der \etoc -Code versucht zu erraten, was der aktuelle "`Stil"' für Links ist (ein Begriff, der nicht wirklich von |hyperref| vorausgesetzt zu sein scheint) und speichert es in |\etocthelinkedname|, etc. \ldots, Ich entschied mich für die einfachere Lösung, es dem Benutzer zu überlassen, ob er es neu erstellt, was auch immer für Bedingungen erwünscht sind. So, hier ist es notwendig, das |\hypersetup{hidelinks}| in dem |figure|-Umgebung neu zu erstellen. Es gibt einige andere Beispiele in dieser Dokumentation, wobei |\tableofcontents| verwendet wird, um Material zu haben für den späteren Schriftsatz: \begin{itemize} \item Für das Drucken der Statistiken zu Beginn der einzelnen Abschnitte (siehe \autoref{ssec:statistics}) wurden unbeschädigte Boxen benutzt (das Problem der Darstellung der Links funktioniert nicht). \item Zum Setzen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses als eine Tabelle mit der Methode von \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}; auch dort werden wir |\hypersetup{hidelinks}| setzen, nachdem wir die Namen, Nummern und Seitennummern in einem symbolischen Listenregister gesetzt haben. \item Und zwei weitere Baum"=Beispiele sind im nächsten Abschnitt. \end{itemize} \section{Das TOC als ein Molekül}\label{sec:molecule} Es ist auch möglich, einen Inhaltsverzeichnisbaum nach der TikZ-Syntax für Bäume zu konstruieren: Aber das ist eine kompliziertere Aufgabe für die \etoc Linienstile, welche die Klammern in einer Art und Weise von \TeX{} behandeln. (Sie brauchen für das Auffüllen der symbolischen Liste im Zusammenhang mit jedem Schritt immer eine Balance, sonst müssen immer kompliziertere Tricks angewandt werden.). Die einfachste Strategie ist es, eine symbolische Liste zuzuweisen (oder Sie verwenden ein Makro) für jede Ebene: Wir brauchen ein \csa{parttok}, ein \csa{chaptertok}, ein \csa{sectiontok} und ein \csa{subsectiontok}, um in der Aufgabe die \csa{treetok} zu befüllen. Wir interessieren uns hier für die Tabelle der Inhalte von diesem (oder einem anderen) Dokumententeil, nur ein \csa{sectiontok} und ein \csa{subsectiontok} wird dafür gebraucht. \let\appendchildtree\relax \let\treenode\relax \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} % \newtoks\treetok % put this uncommented in preamble % \newtoks\sectiontok % \newtoks\subsectiontok \newcommand*{\treenode}{} \newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[2]{% token list t1 becomes: t1 child {t2} \edef\tmp{\the#1 child {\the#2}}% #1\expandafter{\tmp}% } \newcommand*{\preparetreenode}{% \tmptok\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% expanded one time (mandatory) \edef\treenode{node {\the\tmptok}}% } \etocsetstyle{section} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\appendchildtree\treetok\sectiontok} {\preparetreenode \sectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}} {\appendchildtree\treetok\sectiontok} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\etocskipfirstprefix} {\appendchildtree\sectiontok\subsectiontok} {\preparetreenode \subsectiontok\expandafter{\treenode}} {\appendchildtree\sectiontok\subsectiontok} \etocsettocstyle {\treetok{\node {\hyperref[part:overview]{Overview}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} \begin{figure}[thp!]\centering \etocsetnexttocdepth{subsection} \tableofcontents \label{toc:molecule}\ref{toc:overview} \hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{tikzpicture} [grow cyclic, level 1/.style={level distance=4cm,sibling angle=72}, level 2/.style={level distance=2cm,sibling angle=60}, every node/.style={ball color=red,circle,text=SkyBlue}, edge from parent path={[dashed,very thick,color=cyan] (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture} \centeredline{Ein Inhaltsverzeichnis als ein "`Molekül"'.} \end{figure} \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro % Pour que \pageref fonctionne correctement, je dois mettre % le \tableofcontents dans la figure. Der |\tableofcontents|"=Befehl erscheint direkt über der Umgebung in dem |tikzpicture|-Umfeld und ist eine Gleitfigur (über Inhaltslabel sicherlich auf die gleiche Seite zu beziehen, wie die in dem das Bild tatsächlich gedruckt werden soll). Wir erhalten somit das Inhaltsverzeichnis als "`\hyperref[toc:molecule]{Molekül}"', welches oben erscheint \vpageref[above]{toc:molecule}. Dieses \hyperref[toc:molecule]{TikZ-TOC} ist komplett verlinkt, wie das vorherige \hyperref[toc:forest]{Forest-TOC} auch. \etocsettocstyle {\treetok{\node {\autoref{part:globalcmds}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \noindent \parbox{4cm}{\hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{tikzpicture} [grow cyclic, level 1/.style={level distance=2.5cm,sibling angle=60}, level 2/.style={level distance=1cm,sibling angle=45}, every node/.style={ball color=red!50,circle,text=black}, edge from parent path={[very thick,color=cyan] (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture}}% \begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\linewidth-4cm\relax} Seitlich ist das (völlig mit Hyper"=Links versehene) Inhaltsverzeichnis von \autoref{part:globalcmds}. \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font-1 \baselineskip10pt\relax}% \begin{verbatim} \etocsettocstyle {\treetok{\node {\autoref{part:globalcmds}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \noindent \parbox{4cm}{\hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{tikzpicture} [grow cyclic, level 1/.style={level distance=2.5cm,sibling angle=60}, level 2/.style={level distance=1cm,sibling angle=45}, every node/.style={ball color=red!50,circle,text=black}, edge from parent path={[very thick,color=cyan] (\tikzparentnode) --(\tikzchildnode)}] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture}}% ... \end{verbatim} \end{minipage} \section{Das TOC als ein TikZ Mind"=Map} \label{sec:mindmap} Das ist in dem gleichen Sinn wie das "`Molekül"'-Beispiel. Die Verwendung des \eTeX -Primitivs-\csa{unexpanded} vereinfacht den Code.\footnote{das "`Molekül"'-Beispiel wurde am |2015/03/11| in diese Dokumentation aufgenommen . Das "`Mindmap"''-Beispiel wurde motiviert von \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232584/4686}. Weitere Hilfe kam damals via \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/232816/4686} und dies führte zu dem weiteren Beispiel \hyperref[toc:mindmaptitlepage]{title page}.} \let\childnode\relax \let\appendchildtree\relax \let\appendtotok\relax \expandafter\let\csname c@partco\endcsname\relax \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \begingroup % \newtoks\treetok % in preamble % \newtoks\parttok % in preamble \newcommand*\partnode {} % just to check we don't overwrite something \newcommand*\childnode {} \newcommand*\tmprotate {} % just to check we don't overwrite something \newcommand*\tmpoption {} % just to check we don't overwrite something \newcommand*\tmpstuff {} % just to check we don't overwrite something \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2 #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}} \newcommand*{\appendchildtree}[3]{% % this is to construct "t1 child [#3]{t2}" from #1=t1 and #2=t2 % t1 and t2 are two toks variable (not macros) % #3 = for example teal!60 \edef\tmpstuff {\the#1 child [#3]{\the#2}}% #1\expandafter {\tmpstuff }% } \newcounter{partco} % 1,2,3,4,5,... -> 1,2,3,1,2,3,1,2,3 \def\pseudomodthree #1{\numexpr #1 + 3 - 3*((#1+1)/3)\relax} \etocsetstyle{part} {\etocskipfirstprefix} % This updates the global tree with the data from the previous % part and all its children sections. Moved here because for some parts the % sections are not displayed due to depth tags. {\ifnum\value{partco}=3 \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50,level distance=10cm}% \else \ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}% \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!60}% first \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ... \fi\fi } {\stepcounter{partco}% % customize manually some TikZ set-up (should be done inside the TikZ thing I guess) \def\tmpoption {}% \def\tmprotate {}% first %\ifnum\value{partco}=5 \def\tmprotate {[counterclockwise from =-40]}\fi %\ifnum\value{partco}=8 \def\tmprotate {[counterclockwise from =-50]}\fi % define the part node \edef\partnode{node \tmpoption {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}. \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}\tmprotate }% % this is a starting point which will be filled it by the section children \parttok\expandafter{\partnode}} {\ifcase\pseudomodthree{\value{partco}}% \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= teal!60}% first \or \appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= yellow!80}% second \else\appendchildtree\treetok\parttok {branch color= green!50}% third and next ... \fi } \etocsetstyle{section} {} {} {% define the section node \edef\childnode{child {node {\unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber} \unexpanded\expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}}}}% % append it to the current \parttok \appendtotok\parttok\childnode } {} \etocsettocstyle {\setcounter{partco}{0}% \treetok{\node [root concept]{\textbf{The \etoc documentation}}}} {\global\appendtotok\treetok{ ;}} % The \global above is mandatory because etoc always typesets TOC inside a group \etocsetnexttocdepth{section} % use of depth tags to cut out some sections. \etocsettagdepth {preamble} {none} \etocsettagdepth {overview} {part} \etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part} \etocsettagdepth {examples} {section} \etocsettagdepth {surprising} {part} \etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {part} \etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {part} \etocsettagdepth {custom} {section} \etocsettagdepth {tips} {part} \etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part} \etocsettagdepth {code} {section} \tikzset{ branch color/.style={ concept color=#1!white, every child/.append style={concept color=#1!white!30!white, font=\normalsize}, } }% \begin{figure}[thp!] \tableofcontents\label{toc:mindmap}% \centeredline{\resizebox{.85\paperwidth}{!}% {\begin{tikzpicture}[mindmap, grow cyclic, text width=2cm, align=flush center, nodes={concept}, concept color=orange!60, root concept/.append style={text width=4cm, font=\Large}, level 1/.append style={level distance=5cm,sibling angle=40, text width=3cm}, level 2/.append style={level distance=7cm,sibling angle=30, text width=3cm}, level 1 concept/.append style={font=\normalsize}, ] \the\treetok \end{tikzpicture}}} \end{figure} \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo Es ist schwierig, alles auf eine Seite einzupassen. Da kommt \csa{resizebox} zur Hilfe, das auch Hyperlings bewahrt. Dennoch habe ich für dieses Beispiel einige Abschnitte von der Anzeige ausgeschlossen, dafür nehmend die Technik von \etoc \hyperref[etocdepthtag.toc]{depth tags}. Das vollverlinkte TOC erscheint hier \vpageref{toc:mindmap}. \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} Eine interessante Alternative zur Verwendung von \etoc ist, das gesamte TOC in einen TikZ-Baum zu konvertieren (vielleicht mit Ausnahme einiger Teile) und in eine Datei zu drucken, von der es zurückgewonnen und durch den Autor direkt bearbeitet werden kann. Dinge, stehend in der |.log|-Datei, verschaffen zerbrochene Zeilen. Hier gibt es eine Technik, um zu nicht zerbrechenden Zeilen zu kommen. Sobald \csa{treetok} von \etoc berechnet wurde (wie im \hyperref[toc:molecule]{molecule}-Beispiel oder dem aktuellen Beispiel), wird dieses folgende Code-Schnipsel ausgegeben zur Dateierweiterung \begin{verbatim} \newwrite\TOCasTree \immediate\openout\TOCasTree=\jobname.toctree \immediate\write\TOCasTree{\the\treetok}% \end{verbatim} Der Autor kann sie von dort aus kopieren und manuell anpassen, um ein geignetes TikZ-Bild zu erhalten. Siehe auch \centeredline{\url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/232792}} \section{Das TOC als eine Tabelle} \label{sec:tocastable} Mit der Veröffentlichung-|1.08| ist es einfacher geworden, das TOC als Tabelle zu setzen. Es ist nun möglich, eine Tabelle im Titel-Teil des TOC zu eröffnen (das erste Argument zu \csb{etocsettocstyle}) und zu schließen nach dem Inhalt (zweites Argument von \csb{etocsettocstyle}) und es ist auch möglich, Linienstile wie in Tabularen |&| und Tabellen am Ende der Zeilen |\\| zu nehmen. Es gibt einige Bedingungen und ein paar Einschränkungen: \begin{enumerate} \item Es ist notwendig, \csb{etocglobaldefs} auszugeben für \etoc-Definitionen, um einen globalen Skopus zu haben. \item Es ist unmöglich, mit einer \meta{start}-, \meta{prefix}-, \meta{contents}- oder \meta{finish}-Spezifikation mit einer einzigen |\hline| zu beginnen, \emph{d.\,h.} eine nicht mit einem |\\| vorausgehende (es ist aber möglich zu setzen |\\| am Ende eines \meta{prefix} und von |\hline| am Beginn von \meta{contents}). \item So ist als nächstes zu erläutern, dass es empfehlenswert ist, |\\| am Beginn der \meta{prefix}- oder \meta{contents}-Spezifikationen zu verwenden, um die \emph{vorherige} Reihe abzuschließen, nicht um die \emph{aktuelle} Reihe zu beenden; wenn das TOC ein partielles (ein \csa{localtableofcontents}) ist, wird dieser Ratschlag zur Pflicht (in fast allen Situationen). \end{enumerate} Hier ein Beispiel eines TOCs als ein |longtable|. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex}{\foo} \begingroup \etocglobaldefs % notwendig für \etocname etc... um zu überleben & % Beachten Sie die Positionierung der \\ \etocsetstyle{part} {} {\\\hline} {\strut\etocnumber &\bfseries\etocname &\etocpage } {} \etocsetstyle{section} {} {\etociffirst{\etocifnumbered{\\\hline}{\\\hline\hline}}{\\}} {\etocnumber&\etocname &\etocpage } {} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {\\} {&\makebox[1cm][c]{\etocnumber}% \parbox[t]{\dimexpr6cm-\tabcolsep\relax} {\sloppy\itshape\etocname\strut}% &\itshape\etocpage } {} \etocsettocstyle {\hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{longtable}{|>{\bfseries}c|p{7cm}|r|} \hline \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\Large\bfseries TABLE OF CONTENTS}% } {\\\hline\end{longtable}} \etocsetnexttocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} Beim Untersuchen des Codes wird sich der Leser fragen, warum die |\\| immer zuerst in \meta{prefix+contents} und nicht, wie es intuitiver ist, ziemlich später gegeben wird. In vielen Fällen kann man in der Tat die TOC-als-Tabellen mit |\\|, die am Ende der Stilspezifikationen lokalisiert sind (aber fast nie für ein \csa{localtableofcontents}) konstruieren. Das Problem bei dem vorhergehenden Beispiel war die Positionierung der |\hline|'s. Aufgrund der technischen Aspekte, wie \TeX{} die Ausrichtung jeder Definition oder Festsetzung definiert, nach einem |\\| beginnt eine neue Reihe und so erzeugt |\hline| ein illegales Token (das sieht aus wie ein |misplaced \noalign| Fehler). \etoc hat nicht nur solche Definitionen um \csb{etocname} etc. \ldots{} zu konstruieren, sondern es ist auch der Fall, dass einige Pakete Dinge in die |.toc|-Datei tun und in der Folge gibt es keine Garantie dafür, dass zwischen zwei \csa{contentsline} kein solches Token wie |\relax| ist, wie in den Kontexten von "`alignments forces"' macht es \TeX{} unmöglich, um eine Zelle zu beginnen, dann setzen Sie eine |\hline|. Der sicherste Weg ist, jede Linienspezifikation zu beginnen mit einem |\\|. Wir hatten ein kleines Problem mit dem Fakt, dass wir Teile wollten, die nicht nur eine Regel darüber haben (einfach, sie machen |\\\hline|), sondern auch darunter: Nach jedem Teil ist ein Abschnitt, und es sind diese Abschnitte, die verwendet werden, um die fehlende |\hline| einzufügen (dies wird unter Vorbehalt mit Hilfe der \csb{etociffirst}-Bedingung getan). Der aufmerksame Leser wird eine letzte Feinheit bemerken: Dem Titel, so wurde vermutet, sollten nicht eine sondern zwei |\hline|'s folgen. Um dieses Problem zu lösen, könnten wir ein einmaliges Makro verwenden, das sich redefiniert, aber wir bemerkten, dass dem Titel ein nicht nummeriertes Abstrakt folgte, mit dem \csb{etocifnumbered}-Schalter kam die Rettung. Eine letzte technische Anmerkung: Weil wir |\\| in die Äste setzen setzen, bestand keine Notwendigkeit, die erweiterten Varianten \csb{etocxiffirst} und \csb{etocxifnumbered} einzustellen. Für die Hardliner ist der alte Weg zur Erlangung des exakt gleichen Resultats hier zu sehen \autoref{ssec:tocastableold}. Hier ist auch ein viel einfacheres Beispiel. Es ist ein lokales Inhaltsverzeichnis. \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex}{\foo} \begin{center} \etocsetstyle{section} {} {\etociffirst{\\\hline\hline}{\\\hline}} {\etocname & \etocnumber & \etocpage } {} \etocsettocstyle {\hypersetup{hidelinks}\begin{tabular}{|p{4cm}|c|c|}\hline \multicolumn{1}{|c|}{\bfseries Abschnitt}& \bfseries Nummer& \bfseries Seite} {\\\hline\end{tabular}} \etocglobaldefs % VERPFLICHTEND !! \etocsetnexttocdepth{1} \tableofcontents\ref{toc:overview} \end{center} \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \section{A TOC self-adjusting widths for its typesetting} \label{sec:thirdexampleextra} This is a continuation of \autoref{sec:thirdexample}. The goal is to adjust automatically the ``numwidths'' used for typesetting the unit numbers in the (local) tables of contents. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \makeatletter \newcommand*\TOCcompute@numwidths [2]{% #1=empty/"local", #2=minimal indent \begingroup \def\TOCnumwidthB {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthC {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthD {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthE {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthF {0pt}% \def\TOCnumwidthG {0pt}% \etocsetstyle{part}{}{}{}{}% \etocsetstyle{chapter}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\bfseries\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthB\edef\TOCnumwidthB{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{section}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\bfseries\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthC\edef\TOCnumwidthC{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{subsection}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthD\edef\TOCnumwidthD{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthE\edef\TOCnumwidthE{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{paragraph}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthF\edef\TOCnumwidthF{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% \etocsetstyle{subparagraph}{} {\setbox0\hbox{\etocthenumber\kern#2}} {\ifdim\wd0>\TOCnumwidthG\edef\TOCnumwidthG{\the\wd0}\fi}{}% % \etocsettocstyle{} {\global\let\TOCnumwidthB\TOCnumwidthB \global\let\TOCnumwidthC\TOCnumwidthC \global\let\TOCnumwidthD\TOCnumwidthD \global\let\TOCnumwidthE\TOCnumwidthE \global\let\TOCnumwidthF\TOCnumwidthF \global\let\TOCnumwidthG\TOCnumwidthG}% \etocnopar \csname #1tableofcontents\endcsname \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthB\space for chapter number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthC\space for section number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthD\space for subsection number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthE\space for subsubsection number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthF\space for paragraph number width}% \typeout{Next TOCs will use \TOCnumwidthG\space for subparagraph number width}% \endgroup }% \newcommand*\TOCcomputenumwidths [1][0.5em]{% \TOCcompute@numwidths {}{#1}% }% \newcommand*\TOCcomputelocalnumwidths [1][0.5em]{% \TOCcompute@numwidths {local}{#1}% }% \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} The optional parameter to \csa{TOCcomputenumwidths} specifies the minimal indent. In case nothing is numbered you may wish a higher value than |0.5em|. For each local table of contents to have its own width computations, the macro \csa{TOCcomputelocalnumwidths} is provided. As the code makes global assignments, either use (once) \csa{TOCcomputenumwidths} or do \csa{TOCcomputelocalnumwidths} for each local table of contents. \begin{verbatim} \TOCcomputelocalnumwidths % may use optional argument to replace 0.5em \localtableofcontents \end{verbatim} Notes: \begin{enumerate}[nosep] \item naturally these are only suggestions. For example one could put everything in single macros \csa{TOCtoc} and \csa{TOClocaltoc} to simultaneously compute the numwidths and then typeset the (local) table of contents. \item if you want to adjust the |tocdepth| recall from \autoref{ssec:bookmarksdepth} that it influences |hyperref| hence you may need to use a group |\begingroup...\endgroup|. Or, one can use \csb{etocsetnexttocdepth}\marg{level} but (with the code as here) this must then be issued twice, once for \csa{TOCcomputelocalnumwidths}, once for \csa{localtableofcontents}. \item the bold font serves above for both chapter and section numwidth computations, but the code from \autoref{sec:thirdexample} uses |\bfseries| only in local TOCs. Thus the \csa{TOCcomputenumwidth} will set the parameter \csa{TOCnumwidthC} to a value slightly larger than needed in the main TOC. Hence the section style in \csa{TOCcompute@numwidths} should possibly insert the |\bfseries| in the box only after testing for the optional parameter |local|. \end{enumerate} \end{otherlanguage} \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {linestyles} \part{Befehle für die TOC"=Linienstile} \label{part:linestyles} \thispartstats \etocsetstyle{section} {\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=.75cm, label=\etocifnumbered {{\fboxrule1pt\fcolorbox{green}{white}{\etocnumber}}}{}]} % Dec 7, 2012. I hit upon a problem whose origin I found was % with xcolor, as xcolor modifies \fbox % (try \section{\fbox{A}} with and without xcolor). The fix % was to \protect the \fbox used in the |enumitem| label. % Strangely enough, with |hyperref| active, the problem did % not show up. Anyhow I now use \fcolorbox rather than \fbox % and there is no problem anymore. Also I don't have now to % use \normalcolor which already needed protection. {\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item} {\etocname{} (Seite \etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0cm, label=\etocnumber]} {\normalfont \item} {\etocname{} (S.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection} {\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont\footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {\allowbreak\,--\,} {\etocname} {.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]} % 27 janvier 22:30 % je définis les macros (non protégées) % \etocthename, \etocthenumber, \etocthepage \etocruledstyle[1]{\etocfontminusone\color{green}% \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1ex \framebox[\linewidth] {\normalcolor\hss Inhalt von \autoref{part:linestyles}\hss}} \localtableofcontents \label{toc:a} \section{Die \csbhyp{etocsetstyle}-, \csbhyp{etocname}- und \csbhyp{etocpage}"=Befehle}\label{sec:etocsetstyle} \label{etocsetstyle} \label{etocname} \label{etocpage} Hier soll erläutert werden, wie \etoc\ dazu verwendet wurde, das Inhaltsverzeichnis am Beginn dieses \autoref{part:linestyles}s zu erstellen. Es handelt sich dabei um ein lokales Inhaltsverzeichnis, weshalb der Befehl \localtoc\ verwendet wurde. Wir müssen hierbei unterscheiden zwischen den Linienstilen (\emph{line styles}) und dem Ausgabestil (\emph{toc display style}). Die \emph{line styles} erhält man grundsätzlich auf die folgende Art und Weise: \footnote{Das vorliegende Dokument hat {\ttfamily\string\renewcommand\string{% \string\familydefault\string}\string{\string\sfdefault\string}} in seiner Präambel, deshalb schaltet der Befehl \csa{normalfont} zur |sans| Schriftart; aus diesem Grund habe ich im Abschnitt line-style \csa{rmfamily} geschrieben.} \begingroup\small \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \etocsetstyle{section} {\begin{enumerate}} {\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item} {\etocname{} (page \etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\begin{enumerate}} {\normalfont\item} {\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection} {\par\nobreak\begingroup\normalfont \footnotesize\itshape\etocskipfirstprefix} {\allowbreak\,--\,} {\etocname} {.\hfil\par\endgroup\pagebreak[3]} \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \endgroup Diese provisorischen Stil"=Definitionen beruhen auf der automatischen Nummerierung, die von der |enumerate|-Umgebung generiert wird, es ist aber wesentlich besser den Befehl \csb{etocnumber} innerhalb des Item-labels zu verwenden, denn das gibt das richtige Ergebnis. Die verbesserten Definitionen werden dahingehend später erklärt. Mit diesem Stil müsste man so einfallsreich sein, etwas zu designen, was nicht mit Abschnitten oder Unterabschnitten zu tun hat, vielleicht so etwas wie Superscripte. Nun, normalerweise braucht man Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte nicht nummeriert und aufgelistet in der TOC, also hat unser vermeintlicher Benutzer ein Design gewählt, welches dafür nichts bereitstellt und fügte noch hinzu: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetstyle{paragraph}{}{}{}{} \etocsetstyle{subparagraph}{}{}{}{} \end{verbatim} Das ist der gleiche Sachverhalt wie mit den Standardlinienstilen! Jeder \csb{etocsetstyle}"=Befehl hat fünf notwendige Argumente:\\ \hbox to \linewidth {\hfil\csb{etocsetstyle}\color{blue}\marg{levelname}% \marg{start}\marg{prefix}\marg{contents}\marg{finish}\hfil} Die \meta{levelname}'s sind die Abschnittseinteilungen der Standard"=Dokument"=Klassen: Von \emph{part} (oder \emph{book}, welches von der |memoir|-Klasse benutzt wird) herunter bis zu \emph{subparagraph}. Der \meta{start}-Code wird ausgeführt, wenn ein toc"=Eintrag dieses Levels gefunden wurde und der vorherige ein höheres Level hatte. Der \meta{finish}-Code wird ausgeführt, sobald man wieder einen Eintrag mit einem höheren toc"=Level findet. In der Zwischenzeit werden alle Einträge für dieses Level gesetzt, indem zuerst der \meta{prefix}-Code und dann der \meta{contents}-Code ausgeführt wird. Die (robusten) Befehle \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} und \csb{etocpage} sind für die Benutzung innerhalb der \meta{prefix} und \meta{contents}-Teile aus der \csa{etocsetstyle}-Spezifikation. Diese enthalten den Namen, die Nummerierung und die Seitennummer des entsprechenden toc"=Eintrags. Ist das Paket |hyperref| im Dokument eingebunden, und es existieren Verlinkungen zu den TOC-Daten, dann werden diese Links in den Befehlen \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber} und \csa{etocpage} gehalten (Der letzte hat nur einen Link, wenn |hyperref| die Option \emph{linktoc=all} übergeben wurde). \section{Die \csbhyp{etocskipfirstprefix} und \csbhyp{etociffirst} Befehle} \label{etocskipfirstprefix} \label{etociffirst} \label{etocxiffirst} Der gewählte |subsubsection|-Stil machte dies, angewiesen von dem Befehl \csb{etocskipfirstprefix}, der \etoc befielt, für den ersten Punkt \emph{nicht} den angepassten \meta{prefix}-Code zu nehmen. \footnote{Mit der Version vor |1.08| musste es das letzte Zeichen im \meta{start}-Code sein. Es kann dort nun überall erscheinen.} Der Befehl \csb{etociffirst}\marg{YES CODE}\marg{NO CODE} (neu mit |1.08|) ist eine flexiblere Möglichkeit, die \meta{prefix}- (und \meta{contents})-Spezifikationen anzupassen. Er führt die \meta{YES CODE}-Verzweigung aus, wenn dies die erste Einheit auf dieser Ebene (innerhalb einer Unterstufe) ist und \meta{NO CODE}, wenn nicht. Dies ist ein robuster Befehl, der Erweiterungen (beispielsweise in einem |enumitem|-Label) überlebt. Die Variante \csb{etocxiffirst} macht das Gleiche, aber sie ist erweiterbar. \section{Der \csbhyp{etocnumber}"=Befehl} \label{etocnumber} Bis hierhin würde unsere Spezifikation die Nummerierung verwenden, die von der |enumerate|-Umgebung generiert wird, jedoch möchten wir natürlich die in der |.toc|-Datei deklarierten Nummern benutzen. Das kann man mit Hilfe des \csb{etocnumber}"=Befehls erreichen. Um die Bezeichnungen in die |enumerate|-Auflistung zu bekommen, fährt man mit der Syntax {\ttfamily label=\char32} des |enumitem|-Pakets fort: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetstyle{section} {\begin{enumerate}[label=\etocnumber]} {\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item} {\etocname{} (page \etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \end{verbatim} Lieber als nur \csa{etocnumber} haben wir dann so etwas wie |\fbox{\etocnumber}| benutzt. Dabei ist festzuhalten, dass \csa{etocnumber} ein robuster Befehl ist, was erklärt, warum er in der Label"=Spezifikation benutzt werden kann, ohne |\protect| hinzuzufügen. \section{Der \csbhyp{etocifnumbered}-Schalter} \label{etocifnumbered} \label{etocxifnumbered} Die \csa{fbox} würde ein unästhetisches Ergebnis bringen im Fall eines nicht nummerierten Abschnitts (welches beispielsweise im Inhaltsverzeichnis gelandet ist mittels eines \csa{addcontentsline} Befehls).\footnote{Wie man sieht, wird \csa{fcolorbox} verwendet wird statt \csa{fbox}. Aufgrund einer Neudefinition -- durchgeführt vom |xcolor|-Paket-- haben wir \csa{fbox} verwendet (und nicht |hyperref|), sonst hätten wir \csa{protect}\csa{fbox} benötigt.} Der \csb{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}"=Befehl führt \meta{A} aus, wenn die Nummer existiert, und \meta{B} falls nicht. Also benutzen wir es in dem Code, welcher letztendlich für das |section|-Level gewählt wurde: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetstyle{section} {\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=.75cm, label=\etocifnumbered {{\fboxrule1pt\fcolorbox{green}{white}{\etocnumber}}}{}]} {\normalsize\bfseries\rmfamily\item} {\etocname{} (page \etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0cm, label=\etocnumber]} {\normalfont \item} {\etocname{} (p.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \end{verbatim} Wenn wir nur das |section|-Level geändert hätten und nicht das |subsection|-Level, dann wäre ein Kompilierfehler aufgetreten, denn der Paket"=Stil für die "`subsections"' erwartet dann `im Vertikal"=Modus' zu starten. Ein zusätzliches \csa{par}-Token im \meta{contents}-Teil des |section|-Levels hätte das behoben: |{...(page \etocpage)\par}|. Der Befehl \csb{etocifnumbered} ist robust; \csb{etocxifnumbered} (neu für |1.08|) hat den gleiche Effekt, aber er ist expandierbar. \section{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocthename}, \csbhyp{etocthenumber} sowie \csbhyp{etocthepage}} \label{etocthename} \label{etocthenumber} \label{etocthepage} Es ist manchmal wünschenswert, Zugriff auf Name, Nummer und Seitenzahl zu haben, ohne die hyperref"=Daten: Ähnlich wie die *-Variante des \csa{ref}"=Befehls, wenn das |hyperref|-Paket verwendet wird. Beispielsweise könnte man den Wunsch haben, eine Einheit oder Seitenzahl in einer Art numerischem Kontext verwenden zu wollen oder seine Formatierung zu ändern. Diese Funktionalität wird von \csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber} und \csb{etocthepage} bereitgestellt. Diese Befehle sind aber nicht geschützt, also sollten sie in veränderlichen Kontexten (zum Beispiel Label"=Beschreibungen mit vorangestelltem |\protect|) verwendet werden. \section{Der \csbhyp{etoclink}"=Befehl} \label{etoclink} Der Befehl \csb{etoclink}\marg{linkname} kann in Linienstil"=Beschreibungen benutzt werden, in ähnlicher Art und Weise wie die argumentlosen Befehle \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber} und \csa{etocpage}. Er erzeugt einen Link (falls solch ein von |hyperref| zur |.toc|-Datei hinzugefügt wurde), dessen Ziel der entsprechende Dokumentteil ist und dessen Name das angegebene Argument ist. Daher ist |\etoclink{\eotcthename}| das ursprüngliche |\etocname|. Es ist darauf zu achten, dass wenn |hyperref| nicht damit beauftragt wurde, die Seitenzahl mit einem Link zu versehen (mittels seiner Option \emph{linktoc=all}), dann hat \etoc's \csa{etocpage} auch keinen Link, |\etoclink{\etocthepage}| allerdings schon. Der Befehl \csa{etoclink} ist robust. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} Since |etoc 1.08j| it contains the link destination in an already expanded form, so for example can be used even after a |&| in a tabular construction, if \csb{etocglobaldefs} was issued. \end{otherlanguage} \section{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocthelinkedname}, \csbhyp{etocthelinkednumber}, \csbhyp{etocthelinkedpage} und \csbhyp{etocthelink}} \label{etocthelinkedname} \label{etocthelinkednumber} \label{etocthelinkedpage} \label{etocthelink} % Das Folgende ist für fortgeschrittene Anwendungen von fortgeschrittenen % Benutzern. Das \csa{etocthename}-Makro wurde bereits schon einmal erwähnt; % verwendet man es in Anweisungen wie |\global\let\lastone\etocthename| in einem % \etoc line"=Stil, definiert das Macro |\lastone| so, dass es sich ausbreitet bis % zum letzten Namen auf dem korrespondieren Level. % Das in diesem Paket enthaltene \csa{etocthelinkedname} stellt dies nun zur % Verfügung, inklusive der Link"=Daten. Es wurde in dieser Dokumentation benutzt % bei Erstellung der \hyperref[tocastree]{Beispiele mit Bäumen}. % Ebenfalls bereit gestellt mit ähnlichen Funktionen: \csa{etocthelinkednumber}, % \csa{etocthelinkedpage} (welches nur einen Link enthält, wenn |hyperref| einen % zu dieser Seitenzahl hinzugefügt hat) und \csa{etocthelink}\marg{linkname}, % welches es erlaubt einen Link mit einem beliebigen Name zu erstellen. % All diese Befehle sind \emph{nicht} robust. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} These macros are fragile and contain the link destination in already expanded form. So their meaning can be stored for delayed usage. For example this is done here when doing the \hyperref[tocastree]{examples with trees}. Notice though that for example \csa{etocthelinkednumber} is really a link only if |hyperref| was configured to let the numbered heading be linked (which is the default). Similarly for the others. \csa{etocthelink} will fetch the link destination if available from name or page number and allows via |\etocthelink{foo}| to link an arbitrary text to the same destination inside the produced PDF. The \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber}, \csb{etocpage} and \csb{etoclink} are simply their robust variants. They too contain the hyperlink destination in already expanded form since |1.08a| for the first three, since |1.08j| for \csb{etoclink}. \end{otherlanguage} Veralteter Beispiel\begingroup\ \etocsetstyle {section} {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, und }}]} {\global\let\TmpEtocNumber\etocthelinkednumber \global\let\TmpEtocName\etocthelinkedname \global\let\TmpEtocPage\etocthelinkedpage } {\item [{\bfseries\TmpEtocNumber.}]\TmpEtocName\ (\emph{S. \TmpEtocPage})} {\end{itemize*}.}% \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}% \etocsettocstyle {(ein Inhaltsverzeichnis als eine Inline-% \texttt{enumitem}-Umgebung): }{}% \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \begin{verbatim} Veralteter Beispiel\begingroup \etocsetstyle {section} {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, und }}]} {\global\let\TmpEtocNumber\etocthelinkednumber \global\let\TmpEtocName\etocthelinkedname \global\let\TmpEtocPage\etocthelinkedpage } % Obiges ist erforderlich, da \item, hier in itemize*, eine Gruppe schließt. {\item [{\bfseries\TmpEtocNumber.}]\TmpEtocName\ (\emph{S. \TmpEtocPage})} {\end{itemize*}.}% \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}% \etocsettocstyle {(ein Inhaltsverzeichnis als eine Inline-% \texttt{enumitem}-Umgebung): }{}% \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \end{verbatim} Mit \etoc |1.08| gibt es ein einfacher Weg mit Hilfe von \csb{etocglobaldefs} zum gleichen Resultat: \begin{verbatim} Beispiel\begingroup\etocglobaldefs % <-- NEU mit etoc 1.08. \etocsetstyle {section} {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, und }}]} {} {\item [{\bfseries\etocnumber.}] \etocname\ (\emph{S. \etocpage })} {\end{itemize*}.}% \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}% \etocsettocstyle {(ein Inhaltsverzeichnis als eine Inline-% \texttt{enumitem}-Umgebung): }{}% \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \end{verbatim} Beispiel\begingroup\etocglobaldefs % <-- NEU mit etoc 1.08. \etocsetstyle {section} {\begin{itemize*}[itemjoin={{; }}, itemjoin*={{, und }}]} {} {\item [{\bfseries\etocnumber.}] \etocname\ (\emph{S. \etocpage })} {\end{itemize*}.}% \etocsetnexttocdepth {section}% \etocsettocstyle {(ein Inhaltsverzeichnis als eine Inline-% \texttt{enumitem}-Umgebung): }{}% \etocinline\tableofcontents \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \section{Die \csbhyp{etocsavedsectiontocline}, usw... Befehle.} \label{etocsavedsectiontocline} \label{etocsavedchaptertocline} \begin{otherlanguage}{english} Since |1.08k| \etoc preserves automatically in \csb{etocsavedsectiontocline}, \csb{etocsavedchaptertocline} etc... the meaning of the \LaTeX\ |\l@section|, |\l@chapter|, etc... in force at the time each \csb{tableofcontents} or \csb{localtableofcontents} macro is executed. \end{otherlanguage} \section{Der \csbhyp{etocsetlevel}"=Befehl} \label{etocsetlevel} Wie bereits in \autoref{part:surprising} erklärt, kann man \etoc mitteilen, welches Level er mit einem bestimmten Abschnitts"=Befehl assoziieren soll, nämlich mit \csa{etocsetlevel}. Zum Beispiel: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetlevel{cell}{0} \etocsetlevel{molecule}{1} \etocsetlevel{atom}{2} \etocsetlevel{nucleus}{3} \end{verbatim} Im Kompatibilitäts"=Modus wird davon ausgegangen, dass die Makros |\l@cell|, \texttt{\textbackslash l@mo\-le\-cule}, \ldots\ entweder durch den Benutzer oder von einer anderen Klasse definiert wurden: Nur |\etocsetlevel| ist nicht genug, um auf dem korrespondierenden Pegel "`out-of-the-box"' zu arbeiten. Jedoch, ist im Kompatibilitätsmodus kein Inhaltsverzeichnis gesetzt, dann ist nur wichtig, dass die verschiedenen Linienstile gesetzt sind. Wenn beispielsweise |section| auf Level |1| ist, dann muss man nicht mehr \csa{etocsetstyle}|{molecule}{..}{..}{..}{..}| nach \csa{etocsetstyle}|{molecule}{1}| aufrufen, da \csa{etocsetstyle}|{section}{..}{..}{..}{..}| bereits wirksam ist (und es wurde im Paket selbst in der Definition seines Linienstils gesetzt). Die akzeptierten Level laufen von |-2| bis einschließlich |6|. Alles andere wird auf |6| abgebildet, welches ein Dummy"=Level ist und nie dargestellt wird. Das Paket tut Folgendes: \begin{verbatim} \etocsetlevel{book}{-2} \etocsetlevel{part}{-1} \etocsetlevel{chapter}{0} \etocsetlevel{section}{1} \etocsetlevel{subsection}{2} \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{3} \etocsetlevel{paragraph}{4} \etocsetlevel{subparagraph}{5} \end{verbatim} Die benutzerdefinierten Stile von \etoc werden von \csa{etocdefaultlines} aktiviert. Sie werden vom Haupt"=Inhaltsverzeichnis dieses Dokuments dargestellt. Die Level"=Zuweisungen können jederzeit modifiziert werden: In \autoref{part:surprising} sieht man verschiedene Anwendungen dieser Technik. Als ein weiteres Beispiel soll hier angeführt werden, wie das \hyperref[toc:main]{Haupt"=Inhaltsverzeichnis} dieses Dokuments gesetzt wurde, nämlich mit den folgenden Instruktionen: \begin{verbatim} \etocsettocdepth {subsubsection} % set the initial tocdepth \etocdefaultlines % use the package default line styles. At this early stage in % the document they had not yet been modified by \etocsetstyle % commands, so \etoctoclines could have been used, too. \etocmarkboth\contentsname \etocmulticolstyle[1] % one-column display {\pdfbookmark[1]{Table of contents}{MAINTOC}% create a bookmark in the pdf \noindent\bfseries\Large \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}} \begingroup % use a group to limit the scope of the \etocsetlevel{subsection}{3} % subsection level change. \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{4} % anything > tocdepth=3. \tableofcontents \label{toc:main} \endgroup \end{verbatim} Auf diese Art und Weise benutzen die "`subsections"' die Stile, die ursprünglich für "`subsubsections"' vorgesehen waren, während diese gar nicht gedruckt werden. Ohne diese Modifikation wäre das Erscheinungsbild ein anderes gewesen: die Paketlinienstile sind dafür gedacht gewesen, in Dokumenten mit vielen vielen "`subsubsections"' verarbeitet zu werden, in einem Zwei"=Spalten"=Layout, um diesen ein kompakteres Ergebnis zu liefern als die Standard-\LaTeX-Inhaltsverzeichnisse. Hier haben wir jedoch noch ein paar "`subsubsections"', daher ist es interessanter, diese zu ignorieren und dafür "`sections"` und "`subsections"' visuell unterschiedlich zu drucken. \section{Umfang der zur \texorpdfstring{\texttt{.toc}}{.toc}-Datei gehörigen Befehle} \begingroup % pour \small et \MacroFont en particulier. \small \subsection{Testen des Bereichs} Lasst uns zur Farbe Rot wechseln und außerdem diesen Befehl zur |.toc|-Datei hinzufügen: \color{red!50} \addtocontents{toc}{\string\color{red!50}} \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily \footnotesize\hyphenchar\font45 } \begin{verbatim} \color{red!50} % Ändern der Textfarbe \addtocontents{toc}{\string\color{red!50}} % das Gleiche in der .toc-Datei \end{verbatim} \subsection{Dies ist eine (blass)rote Subsection zu Demonstrationszwecken} Gut, der Titel hier wurde schwarz dargestellt, was daran liegt, wie die |scrartcl|-Klasse funktioniert (in der |article|-Klasse wäre er rot gewesen), aber wir sind ohnehin mehr daran interessiert, wie er im Inhaltsverzeichnis aussieht: Und tatsächlich ist er rot im \hyperref[toc:main]{Haupt"=Inhaltsverzeichnis} dieses Dokuments, genau so wie im \hyperref[toc:a]{Inhaltsverzeichnis für diesen Abschnitt}. Beide Befehle gehorchen wie erwartet dem |\color{red!50}|"=Befehl, der in die |.toc|-Datei geschrieben wurde. Aber lasst uns jetzt diese "`subsection"' beenden und eine "`section"' starten. \section{Bin ich auch rot?} Die Frage ist, ob es im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheint: Die Antwort ist ja, es ist rot im \hyperref[toc:main]{Haupt"=Inhaltsverzeichnis} und nein es ist nicht rot im \hyperref[toc:a]{Inhaltsverzeichnis für diesen Abschnitt}. Grund dafür ist, dass der \meta{finish}-Code für dieses "`subsection"'-Level eine Gruppe geschlossen hat, da es |\end{enumerate}| verwendet hat. Das zeigt noch einmal die Diskussion aus \autoref{ssec:limitations}. Die standardmäßigen Paket-line"=Stile beinhalten keine Gruppen-Öffnung- und Schliess"=Befehle: Die Gültigkeit eines Befehls in der |.toc|-Datei wird also solange bestehen, bis er explizit durch einen weiteren Befehl wieder rückgängig gemacht wird. \begin{verbatim} \normalcolor \addtocontents{toc}{\string\normalcolor} \end{verbatim} \endgroup \normalcolor \addtocontents{toc}{\string\normalcolor} Zurück zu Schwarz. Man beachte das diese Bereichsprobleme auch in mehrsprachigen Dokumenten auftauchen, da das |babel|-Paket auftretende Sprachänderungen ebenfalls in die |.toc|-Datei schreibt. \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {globalcmds} \part{Befehle für den toc"=Display"=Stil} \label{part:globalcmds} \thispartstats \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocstandardlines \localtableofcontents \label{toc:globalcmds} \section{Festlegung des toc"=Display"=Stils} Der \emph{toc display}-Stil gibt an, ob das Inhaltsverzeichnis mit mehreren Spalten erscheint oder nur mit einer, ob der Titel gesetzt ist wie in der |article|- oder |book|-Klasse, oder ob er über den Einträgen zentriert sein soll, mit Regeln an der Seite, oder ob das gesamte Inhaltsverzeichnis in einen Rahmen gepackt werden soll. Entscheidet man sich bspw. für eine einheitliche Überschrift und ein Ein"=Spalten"=Layout, so verwendet man dafür folgende Befehle: \begin{verbatim} \etocruledstyle[1]{Title} \tableofcontents (or \localtableofcontents) shortcuts: \etocruled[1]{Title} (or \etoclocalruled[1]{Title}) \end{verbatim} \subsection{Der Befehl \csbhyp{etocsettocstyle}} \label{etocsettocstyle} Dies ist ein Befehl mit zwei notwendigen Argumenten: % \centeredline{\csb{etocsettocstyle}\marg{before\_toc}\marg{after\_toc}} % Der \marg{before\_toc}-Teil ist verantwortlich für den Schriftsatz der Überschriften, so kann er beispielsweise etwas sein wie \starit{section}|{\contentsname}|. Generell gesprochen, sollte diese Überschrift \TeX{} im "`Vertikal"=Modus"' lassen, wenn der eigentliche Schriftsatz des Inhalts beginnt: die Linienstile (entweder von den Standardklassen oder den Paketlinenstilen) erwarten alle im `Vertikal"=Modus' zu starten. Das erste Argument von \csb{etocsettocstyle} kann auch Instruktionen beinhalten, um die Seitenüberschriften zu markieren. Oder es kann prüfen (|book|-Klasse), ob der Zwei"=Spalten"=Modus eingeschaltet ist, um dann zum Ein"=Spalten"=Modus zu wechseln. Der \meta{after\_toc}-Teil würde dann wieder den Ein"=Spalten"=Modus aktivieren. Die im Folgenden beschriebenen Befehle \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etocruledstyle} und \csb{etocframedstyle} rufen alle \csa{etocsettocstyle} als Subroutine auf, um eine \texttt{Mehr\-spalten}-Umgebung mit Hilfe von \marg{before\_toc} zu starten, welche mit \marg{after\_toc} wieder geschlossen wird. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \textbf{\TeX\ hacker note:} We have seen in the previous chapter some examples of using |\begin{enumerate}| and |\end{enumerate}| within TOC line styles. There is a real difficulty with doing however something like this: \begin{verbatim} \etocsettocstyle{\begin{enumerate}}{\end{enumerate}} \etocsetstyle{section}{}{\item \sectionname}{}{} \end{verbatim} Indeed for example on first compilation of a document, the |.toc| file is empty and there will be the typical ``Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \string\item''. Using \csb{etocchecksemptiness} does not help, because as is explained there, on first encountering a new TOC added at end of a document, \etoc considers it non-empty, hence querying \csb{etocifwasempty} serves nothing. No, one must do something like this: \begin{verbatim} \makeatletter \etocsettocstyle {\begin{enumerate}} {\if@newlist\item Please run \LaTeX\ again\fi \end{enumerate}} \makeatother \etocsetstyle{section}{}{\item \sectionname}{}{} \end{verbatim} \end{otherlanguage} \subsection{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocmulticolstyle}, \csbhyp{etocmulticol} und \csbhyp{etoclocalmulticol}} \label{etocmulticolstyle} \label{etocmulticol} \label{etoclocalmulticol} Dies ist ein Befehl mit einem optionalen und einem notwendigen Argument: % \centeredline{\csb{etocmulticolstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}} % Die \oarg{number\_of\_coloumns} können von 1 bis 10 gehen (default: 2; ist der Wert 1, so wird natürlich keine |multicols|-Umgebung angelegt). Das \meta{heading} wird typischerweise `vertikaler' Art sein, also wie: \meta{heading} = |\section*|\marg{title}, aber man kann auch horizontale Dinge realisieren wie |\fbox{Hallo Welt}| (\etoc fügt automatisch ein |\par| ans Ende des "`heading"'-Arguments von \csb{etocmulticolstyle}). Hier ist einmal exemplarisch dargestellt, wie das Haupt"=Inhaltsverzeichnis dieses Dokuments konfiguriert wurde: \begin{verbatim} \etocmulticolstyle{\noindent\bfseries\Large \leaders\hrule height1pt\hfill \MakeUppercase{Table of Contents}} \end{verbatim} Nach \csa{etocmulticolstyle} haben alle zukünftigen \csa{tableofcontents} den spezifizierten Stil, falls es zwischendurch nicht mehr geändert wird. Eine kürzere Variante für nur ein Inhaltsverzeichnis ohne Einfluss auf spätere ist: \centeredline{\csa{etocmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}} oder \centeredline{\csa{etoclocalmulticol}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{heading}.} \subsection{Der Befehl \csbhyp{etoctocstyle}} \label{etoctocstyle} \centeredline{\csb{etoctocstyle}\oarg{kind}% \marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} \centeredline{=\csb{etocmulticolstyle}|[|{\itshape number\_of\_columns}|]|% |{\kind*{|\itshape title\upshape|}}|} Wobei |Typ| gewählt wird aus |chapter|, |section| usw. Standardwert ist |chapter| oder |section|, abhängig von der Dokumentklasse. \subsubsection{Der Befehl \csbhyp{etoctocstylewithmarks}} \label{etoctocstylewithmarks} \label{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc} \centeredline{\csb{etoctocstylewithmarks}\oarg{kind}% \marg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}\marg{mark}} \centeredline {=\csb{etocmulticolstyle}|[|{\itshape number\_of\_columns}|]|% |{\kind*{|\itshape title \ttfamily\upshape\string\markboth% |{\MakeUppercase{|{\rmfamily\itshape mark}|}}}}|} Wobei |Typ| gewählt wird aus |chapter|, |section| usw. Die wirkliche Anzeige der Markierungen ("`marks"') hängt vom Seitenstil ab. Es gibt die Variante \csb{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}, welche Großschreibung unterdrückt. \paragraph{Möchten wir wirklich pargraph"=Einträge im Inhaltsverzeichnis?} \paragraph{Wirklich?} \subsection{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocruledstyle}, \csbhyp{etocruled} und \csbhyp{etoclocal\-ruled}} \label{etocruledstyle} \label{etocruled} \label{etoclocalruled} Das generelle Format von \csa{etocruledstyle} ist: \centeredline{\csb{etocruledstyle}% \oarg{number of columns}\marg{title of the toc}} \noindent Der Titel ist horizontales Material (der |LR|-Modus von \emph{\LaTeX{}, ein Dokument"=Vorbereitung"=System,}): wenn es nicht in eine Zeile passt, dann sollte es in eine \csa{parbox} mit einer gegebenen Weite geschrieben werden. Der grüne Rahmen für die Überschrift des Inhaltsverzeichnisses zu \hyperref[toc:a]{Beginn des zweiten Teils dieses Dokuments} wurde erzeugt durch: \begin{verbatim} \etocruledstyle[1]{\etocfontminusone\color{green}% \fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1ex \framebox[\linewidth] {\normalcolor\hss Contents of this part\hss}} \end{verbatim} Eine kürzerer Weg den Stil zu setzen mit \csb{etocruledstyle} und dann einen \csa{tableofcontents} zu erstellen, alles zusammen in einer Gruppe damit zukünftige Inhaltsverzeichnisse nicht betroffen sind, ist: \centeredline{\csb{etocruled}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} \subsection{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocframedstyle}, \csbhyp{etocframed} und \csbhyp{etoclocal\-framed}} \label{etocframedstyle} \label{etocframed} \label{etoclocalframed} Die gleiche Arbeitsweise: % \centeredline{\csb{etocframedstyle}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} und die passende Abkürzung: % \centeredline{\csb{etocframed}\oarg{number\_of\_columns}\marg{title}} Diese wird verwendet, wenn man nicht den Stil zukünftiger Inhaltsverzeichnisse modifizieren will (eine ändere Möglichkeit wäre es, das Ganze in Klammern zu packen oder innerhalb eines |\begingroup...\endgroup|; es gibt auch noch einen \csa{etoclocalframed} für ein lokales Inhaltsverzeichnis). Das gesamte Inhaltsverzeichnis ist eingerahmt. Der Titel selbst aber nicht: Möchte man das erreichen, dann muss man das im \meta{title}-Argument mit \csa{etocframedstyle} oder \csa{etocframed} festhalten. Die Farben für den Hintergrund und der anderen Komponenten (oben, links, rechts, unten) des Rahmens sind festgelegt mittels geeigneter |\renewcommand|'s (siehe \autoref{ssec:customdisplay}). Eine |minipage| wird benutzt, von daher ist das produzierte Inhalsverzeichnis nicht kompatibel mit Seitenumbrüchen. Um diese zu erlauben, wird empfohlen, die Befehle \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/mdframed}{mdframed}\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/mdframed}} oder \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/tcolorbox}{tcolorbox}\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tcolorbox}} in den Argumenten von \csb{etocsettocstyle} zu verwenden. Beispiele in diesem Dokument findet man auf den Seiten \pageref{toc:d}, \pageref{toc:floating}, \pageref{toc:b} und \pageref{toc:clone}. \subsection{Überschriften, Titel, \csbhyp{etocoldpar}, \csbhyp{etocinnertopsep}} \label{etocinnertopsep} \label{etocoldpar} Das für \csb{etocmulticolstyle} notwendige \meta{heading}-Argument kann entweder Vertikal"=Modus"=Material sein wie |\section*{\emph{Inhaltsverzeichnis}}| oder die horizontale Variante wie das einfache |\etocmulticolstyle{Hallo Welt}|. Es kann kein explizites |\par| oder eine Leerzeile in das notwendige Argument von \csb{etocmulticolstyle} eingefügt werden, aber \etoc stellt \csb{etocoldpar} als Ersatz bereit: Es fügt |\let\etocoldpar\par| vor der |multicols|-Umgebung ein und eben dieses |\etocoldpar|\footnote{Dieser Befehl \csa{etocoldpar} (= funktionierendes \csa{par} im Argument von \csa{etocmulticolstyle}) ist nicht verwandt mit dem Schalter \csb{etocinline}, dessen Zweck es ist \etoc mitzuteilen, kein \csa{par} vor dem Inhaltsverzeichnis auszuführen.} am Ende der Überschrift ein, und macht dann noch einen vertikalen Sprung der Größe \csa{etocinnertopsep}. Auf der anderen Seite erwarten die Befehle \csb{etocruledstyle} und \csb{etocframedstyle} ein Argument im "`LR-Modus"' (um die Terminologie von \emph{\LaTeX, a document preparation system} zu nutzen). Das bedeutet, dass mehrzeilige Titel nur möglich sind, wenn man sie in etwas wie eine \csa{parbox} einschließt. Eine wichtige Größe verwendet von sowohl \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etocruledstyle} als auch \csb{etocframedstyle} ist \csb{etocinnertopsep}. Es gibt an, wieviel Platz zwischen den Überschriften und dem Start des Inhalts liegen soll. Der Default"=Wert ist |2ex| und man kann es mittels |\renewcommand*{\etocinnertopsep}|\marg{neuer\_Wert} ändern, nicht mit |\setlength|. \subsection{Der Kompatibilitätsmodus \csbhyp{etocstandarddisplaystyle}} \label{etocstandarddisplaystyle} \etoc wird dann das emulieren, für was eigentlich die Dokument"=Klasse verantwortlich ist, in Bezug auf den globalen Display"=Stil des Inhaltsverzeichnisses. Allen Änderung von innerhalb der Klasse sollten berücksichtigt werden. \subsubsection{Die Befehle \csbhyp{etocarticlestyle}, \csbhyp{etocbookstyle}, \dots} Dies sind Befehle, die abhängig von der Dokumentenklasse intern von \etoc im Kompatibilitätsmodus verwendet werden. Beispielsweise nimmt \csa{etocarticlestyle} |\section*{\contentsname}| (und setzt Markierungen in die Seite), während \csa{etocbookstyle} |\chapter*{\contentsname}| nimmt. Es kann nützlich sein, \csa{etocarticlestyle} für ein \csa{localtableofcontents} in der |book|-Klasse und im Kompatibilitätsmodus für den globalen TOC-Anzeige-Stil zu nehmen. \subsection{Der Befehl \csbhyp{etocinline}} \label{etocinline} \label{etocnopar} \label{etocdisplay} Mit \csb{etocinline} oder seinem Synonym |\etocnopar|, von dem |\tableofcontents|"=Befehl und seinen Varianten werden \emph{nicht} zuerst ein |\par| erstellt, um den vorherigen |paragraph| zu schließen. Von daher kann man das Inhaltsverzeichnis in einem Inline"=Stil darstellen; oder, wenn nur gebraucht um eine Token"=Liste bzw. ein Makro vorzubereiten, wird es bei der Ausführung nichts im Token"=Stream hinterlassen. % JFBU: Mit \csb{etocdisplay} werden (nochmal) von dem |\tableofcontents|"=Befehl und seinen Varianten zuerst ein |\par| erstellt. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \section{Starred variants and hooks} \label{tableofcontents*} \label{localtableofcontents*} \label{etocbeforetitlehook} \label{etocaftertitlehook} \label{etocaftercontentshook} \label{etocaftertochook} The \toc, \localtoc, \csa{etocmulticol}, and all their cousins have starred variants (the star must be before the other arguments). The non-starred variants execute the \csb{etocaftertitlehook}, whose default definition is to do nothing. The starred variants do not execute this hook. For example, imagine you are using |book| class and want \localtoc to use a section-like title, but unnumbered. Assuming the main \toc comes first in the document, you can insert this after it: \begin{verbatim} \etocarticlestyle \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\contentsname}} \end{verbatim} This configures the way \localtoc will behave (or \toc) from now on in the document. The first line tells essentially to use |\section*{\contentsname}|, and the second line says to insert the title in the |.toc| file itself (thus to be displayed by the main table of contents). Notice that |hyperref| package will then automatically create suitable anchor and one should \emph{not} use explicitly \cs{phantomsection} here (it would let the anchor be located below not above the title). With this set-up issuing \localtoc|*| will ignore the \csa{etocaftertitlehook} hence not send the local toc title to the |.toc| file. This mimicks the |memoir| class behavior, and can also be used with it. For more on |memoir| class with \etoc, see \autoref{ssec:memoir}. There are further hook macros: \csb{etocaftercontentshook}, \csb{etocbeforetitlehook} and \csb{etocaftertochook} which are initially defined to do nothing and can be used for some special effects. They are executed whether or not the table of contents command was starred.% % \footnote{Hackers can test within these hooks if the context is starred or not via an \cs{ifx}\cs{Etoc@aftertitlehook}\cs{@empty} conditional. Perhaps a future release will provide \cs{etociftocisstarred} wrapper.} \end{otherlanguage} \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {custom} \part{Eigene Stile von \etoc nutzen und an\-passen} \label{part:custom} \thispartstats \etocdefaultlines \renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height2pt depth0pt} \renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{red}} \etocruledstyle{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\fboxrule1pt\color{red}% \fbox{\parbox{.8\linewidth}{\centering\normalcolor Dies ist das Inhaltsverzeichnis mit den Abschnitten und Unterabschnitten von diesem Teil. Es hat das Label |toc:c|.}}} \localtableofcontents \label{toc:c} \section{Über\-blick über die Grund\-befehle zur Stil\-bearbeitung} \subsection{Ein lokales Inhalts\-ver\-zeich\-nis an\-passen} \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em \setbox0\hbox{\csa{etocthename}, \csa{etocthenumber}, \csa{etocthepage}, \csa{etoclink}\marg{Name des Links}}% \framebox[\linewidth][c] {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent \csa{etocsetstyle}\marg{Name der Ebene}% \marg{Start}\marg{Präfix}\marg{Inhalt}\marg{Abschluss}\\ \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, \csa{etocpage}, \csa{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}\\ \csa{etocthename}, \csa{etocthenumber}, \csa{etocthepage}, \csa{etoclink}\marg{Name des Links} }}} \subsection{Das Aus\-sehen eines Inhalts\-ver\-zeichnisses an\-passen} \medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep 1em \setbox0\hbox{\csa{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}\oarg{Ebene}% \marg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Titel}\marg{Symbol}}% \framebox[\linewidth][c] {\vbox{\hsize\wd0 \normalcolor\noindent \csa{etocmulticolstyle}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Überschrift}\\ \csa{etoctocstyle}\oarg{Ebene}\marg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Titel}\\ \csa{etoctocstylewithmarks}\oarg{Ebene}\marg{Anzahl der Spalten}% \marg{Titel}\marg{Symbol}\\ \csa{etoctocstylewithmarksnouc}\oarg{Ebene}\marg{Anzahl der Spalten}% \marg{Titel}\marg{Symbol}\\ \csa{etocruledstyle}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Titel}\\ \csa{etocframedstyle}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Titel}\\ \csa{etocsettocstyle}\marg{vor dem Inhaltsverzeichnis}\marg{nach dem Inhaltsverzeichnis}}}} \subsection{In\-halts\-ver\-zeich\-nisse dar\-stellen} \medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em \setbox0\hbox{\csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, \csa{etocpage}, \csa{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}}% \framebox[\linewidth][c] {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent \toc\\ \localtoc\\ \csa{etocmulticol}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Überschrift}\\ \csa{etoclocalmulticol}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Überschrift}\\ \csa{etocruled}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Titel}\\ \csa{etoclocalruled}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Titel}\\ \csa{etocframed}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Titel}\\ \csa{etoclocalframed}\oarg{Anzahl der Spalten}\marg{Titel}\\ \hbox{}{\itshape\ttfamily\ \ \ \ und die mit Sternchen versehenen Varianten} }}} \subsection{Label und Referenzen} Optional dürfen die Befehle für Label oder Referenzen auf die Befehle, die die Darstellung des Inhaltsverzeichnisses realisieren, folgen. Hierbei ist unwichtig, ob letztere mit Sternchen versehen sind oder nicht.\par \medskip \hbox{\color{green}\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep1em \setbox0\hbox{\csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, \csa{etocpage}, \csa{etocifnumbered}\marg{A}\marg{B}}% \framebox[\linewidth][c] {\vbox{\hsize\wd0\normalcolor\noindent \toc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}|\\ \toc \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\ \toc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}| \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\ \localtoc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}|\\ \localtoc \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\ \localtoc \csa{label}|\{toc:here\}| \csa{ref}|\{toc:far\}| \\ \hbox{}{\itshape\ttfamily\ \ \ \ \ }% \csa{etocmulticol}{\itshape\ttfamily, etc. funktionieren ähnlich} }}} \medskip Neu mit |1.08e|: \localtoc\csa{ref}|{toc:far}| als Synonym für \toc\csa{ref}|{toc:far}|. % obsolète depuis 1.08e % Ein \csa{ref}"=Befehl, der auf einen Befehl zur Erzeugung eines lokalen % Inhaltsverzeichnisses folgt, hat \emph{keinen} Einfluss auf diesen. Wird ein anderes Inhaltsverzeichnis erneut dargestellt, so wird nur dessen Inhalt angepasst. Sowohl das Aussehen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses als auch die Darstellung seiner Linien orientieren sich an dem, das gerade definiert wurde und nicht an dem, von dem der Inhalt übernommen wurde. \section{Der Linien\-standard des Pakets: \csbhyp{etoc\-defaultlines}} \label{etocdefaultlines} Die Linienstile stammen bereits aus einer frühen Entwicklungsphase des Pakets, weswegen sie sich noch sehr an \TeX{} orientieren und dadurch gruselig aussehen. Daher bieten sie keinen guten Einstiegspunkt. Oft muss man, will man an dem Stil etwas ändern, diesen aus dem Quellcode kopieren und direkt bearbeiten. Trotzdem soll in diesem Abschnitt erläutert werden, wie die Schriftarten, die vertikalen Abstände, etc. des gewählten Linienstils verändert werden können. Wurden die vorgegebenen Linienstile nicht durch \csa{etocsetstyle} verändert, so kann man sie mit den Befehlen \csa{etocdefaultlines} bzw. \csa{etoctoclines} einschalten. Außer, dass der Einzug eines Unterabschnitts etwas kleiner ist als der eines Abschnitts, gleichen sich beide Gliederungsebenen. (Wie dieses Dokument zeigt, werden Abschnitte in Dokumentklassen, denen der Befehl \csa{chapter} fehlt, stets mit einer fettgedruckten Type gesetzt.) Unter"=Unterabschnitte werden inline, im selben Paragraphen und ohne Nummer oder Seitenzahl dargestellt. Dieser Stil wurde für Dokumente, die viele Unter"=Unterabschnitte enthalten, entwickelt und anschließend mit solchen getestet. Für derartige Dokumente sollte ein zweispaltiges Layout verwendet werden, da diese Darstellung kompakter ist als jene, die standardmäßig durch \LaTeX{} erzeugt wird.\footnote{Außerdem werden dadurch einzelne Teil- bzw. Kapiteleinträge am Ende einer Seite oder einer Spalte vermieden, solange diese weiter untergliedert sind.} Verwendet man hingegen ein einspaltiges Layout und enthält der Teil nur wenige Unter"=Unterabschnitte, so wird das Inhaltsverzeichnis im Vergleich zur mit \LaTeX{} gesetzten Variante etwas in die Breite gezogen. Weiterhin wirkt diese Darstellung weniger hierarisch als der \LaTeX{}-Standard, da sich die Darstellung von Abschnitten und Unterabschnitten kaum unterscheidet. (Dies gilt besonders, wenn die Dokumentklasse den Befehl \csa{chapter} erlaubt.) Da wir für das \hyperref[toc:main]{zentrale Inhaltsverzeichnis} |\etocsetlevel{subsection}{3}| gesetzt haben, werden die Unterabschnitte und die Unter"=Unterabschnitte inline dargestellt. Im Gegensatz dazu wollen wir nun das zentrale Inhaltsverzeichnis so darstellen, als ob wir eine Dokumentklasse genutzt hätten, die den Befehl \csa{chapter} erlaubt. Daher werden die Abschnitte im Folgenden als Kapitel und die Unterabschnitte als Abschnitte gedruckt, was wir u. a. mit Hilfe des Befehls \csa{etocsetlevel} erreichen. Zusätzlich nutzen wir für Abschnitte, welche in Wirklichkeit unsere Unterabschnitte sind, statt der fetten Serie einer Schriftart die halbfette Variante. Hierfür modifizieren wir den Befehl \csa{etocfontone}. Weiterhin nutzen wir einen gepunkteten Einzug, da dieser weniger Platz einnimmt als der Paketstandard. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \etocruledstyle[2]{\normalfont\normalsize\rmfamily\itshape \fbox{\parbox{.6\linewidth}{ \leftskip 0pt plus .5fil \rightskip 0pt plus -.5fil \parfillskip 0pt plus 1fil Dies ist das zentrale zweispaltige Inhaltsverzeichnis, das den Standardlinienstil von \etoc nutzt, wobei die Abschnitte wie Kapitel und die Unterabschnitte wie Abschnitte gesetzt wurden. }}} \etocdefaultlines \renewcommand{\etocpartname}{\partname}% % <1.08b hat \partname als Standard, aber dies arbeitet nicht gut mit frenchb % daher ist der Standard jetzt nun einfach Teil. Für die deutsche Sprache % können wir \partname oder Teil nehmen. \etocsetnexttocdepth{1} \begingroup \etocsetlevel{section}{0} \etocsetlevel{subsection}{1} \renewcommand*{\etocfontone}{\normalfont \normalsize} \renewcommand*{\etoctoclineleaders} {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 1ex {\hss.\hss}}} \sloppy \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} % % pour un problème avec multicol (doc de 1.08g, Samedi 29 août 2015 à 12:06:08) % \clearpage \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro \section{\etoc individuell an\-passen} \subsection{Den durch \etoc vor\-de\-finierten Linien\-stil individualisieren} Im Folgenden sollen einfach die wichtigsten Befehle des Pakets aufgelistet werden. Man kann diese bequem mittels \csa{renewcommand} anpassen: \begin{verbatim} \newcommand*\etocfontminustwo{\normalfont \LARGE \bfseries} \newcommand*\etocfontminusone{\normalfont \large \bfseries} \newcommand*\etocfontzero{\normalfont \large \bfseries} \newcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont \normalsize \bfseries} % (in classes with chapter, \etocfontone does not do \bfseries) \newcommand*\etocfonttwo{\normalfont \normalsize} \newcommand*\etocfontthree{\normalfont \footnotesize} \newcommand*\etocsepminustwo{4ex plus .5ex minus .5ex} \newcommand*\etocsepminusone{4ex plus .5ex minus .5ex} \newcommand*\etocsepzero{2.5ex plus .4ex minus .4ex} \newcommand*\etocsepone{1.5ex plus .3ex minus .3ex} \newcommand*\etocseptwo{.5ex plus .1ex minus .1ex} \newcommand*\etocsepthree{.25ex plus .05ex minus .05ex} \newcommand*\etocminustwoleftmargin{1.5em plus 0.5fil} \newcommand*\etocminustworightmargin{1.5em plus -0.5fil} \newcommand*\etocminusoneleftmargin{1em} \newcommand*\etocminusonerightmargin{1em} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminustwo{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadminusone{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadzero{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadone{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadtwo{1} \newcommand*\etocbaselinespreadthree{.9} \newcommand*\etoctoclineleaders {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to 2ex {\hss.\hss}}} \newcommand*\etocabbrevpagename{p.~} % muss der Sprache angepasst werden % deutsche Nutzer: \renewcommand*\etocabbrevpagename{S.~} \newcommand*\etocpartname{Part} % früher, vor v1.08b, war \partname % aber dies macht keinen Sinn, z.\,B. mit babel+frenchb deren \frenchpartname % nimmt in den Account den Wert des Teilzählers. \newcommand*\etocbookname{Book} % muss der Sprache angepasst werden \end{verbatim} Der Standardlinienstil kann innerhalb der \etoc"=Umgebung nicht individualisiert werden. Wie bereits erwähnt, wird das Paket nach Aufruf des Befehls \etocstandardlines kaum verwendet und agiert lediglich auf globaler Ebene, sodass die Einträge des Inhaltsverzeichnisses (hoffentlich) so dargestellt werden, als ob das Paket \etoc fehlen würde.\footnote{Innerhalb der KOMA-script"=Klassen muss der Befehl \csa{etocstandarddisplaystyle} genutzt werden, damit die Option |toc=left| auch für die Linieneinträge gilt.} Wurde mittels \csa{etocsetlevel} die Tiefe der Gliederung soweit herabgesetzt, dass \etoc die Befehle für bestimmte Gliederungsebenen kennt, so wirkt der Kompatibilitätsmodus, also \csa{etocstandardlines}, auch auf diese. Dies gilt natürlich nur für Gliederungsbefehle, die dem Standard von \LaTeX{} entsprechen und die alle Definitionen liefern, welche zum Darstellen von Einträgen im Inhaltsverzeichnis benötigt werden. (Es muss ein Makro der Art \csa{l@irgendwas} existieren.) Sobald der Befehl \csa{etocsetstyle} aufgerufen wird, wird zusätzlich der Kompatibilitätsmodus ausgeschaltet. Es spielt hierbei keine Rolle, ob der Befehl in der Präambel oder im Hauptteil des Dokuments steht. \subsection{Die Dar\-stellung eines Inhalts\-ver\-zeich\-nisses an\-spassen} \label{ssec:customdisplay} Erneut wollen wir uns darauf beschränken die relevanten Makros aufzulisten, da deren Funktion aus ihrem Namen ableitbar ist. Soll die Länge eines Befehls verändert werden, so muss der entsprechende Befehl mittels \csa{renewcommand} und nicht durch \csa{setlength} verändert werden. Weiterhin erlauben Befehle, welche die Farbe verändern, nicht nur die Standardfarben. Will man ihr Verhalten ändern, so muss man in der neuen Definition den Befehl \csa{color} aufrufen. Um ihre Wirkung zu beenden, muss man sie so neu definieren, dass sie danach nur den Befehl \csa{relax} enthalten. \begin{verbatim} \newcommand*\etocabovetocskip{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} \newcommand*\etocbelowtocskip{3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex} \newcommand*\etoccolumnsep{2em} \newcommand*\etocmulticolsep{0ex} \newcommand*\etocmulticolpretolerance{-1} \newcommand*\etocmulticoltolerance{200} \newcommand*\etocdefaultnbcol{2} \newcommand*\etocinnertopsep{2ex} \newcommand*\etoctoprule{\hrule} \newcommand*\etoctoprulecolorcmd{\relax} % nur für gerahmte Inhaltsverzeichnisse: \newcommand*\etocinnerleftsep{2em} \newcommand*\etocinnerrightsep{2em} \newcommand*\etocinnerbottomsep{3.5ex} \newcommand*\etocleftrule{\vrule} \newcommand*\etocrightrule{\vrule} \newcommand*\etocbottomrule{\hrule} \newcommand*\etocleftrulecolorcmd{\relax} \newcommand*\etocrightrulecolorcmd{\relax} \newcommand*\etocbottomrulecolorcmd{\relax} \newcommand*\etocbkgcolorcmd{\relax} % Haken \newcommand\etocframedmphook{\relax} \end{verbatim} Der Befehl \csa{etocframedmphook} ist direkt hinter dem Anfang einer Minipage, innerhalb der der Inhalt eines gerahmten Verzeichnisses gesetzt wird, verankert. Wurden die Farbbefehle, also \csa{...colorcmd}, nicht verändert, so expandieren sie lediglich zu \csa{relax}. (Daher muss man für ihre Verwendung nicht die Pakete |color| oder |xcolor| einbinden.) Hat man jedoch einen solchen Befehl - wie zum Beispiel \csa{etocbkgcolorcmd} - so verändert, dass er nun tatsächlich eine Farbe anzeigt, so kann dies nur mittels |\renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\relax}| aufgehoben werden und nicht durch \csa{let}\csa{etocbkgcolorcmd}\csa{relax}. Wie man an dem Beispiel \centeredline{|\renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 1ex}|} erkennen kann, werden die Größen des oberen Rechtecks in den Maßen |ex| und |em| angegeben. Sobald der Titel während der Befehlsausführung von \csa{etocruledtoc} oder \csa{etocframedtoc} gesetzt wurde, nutzt der Paketcode dessen Schriftgröße, um die Bedeutung von \glq1ex\grq~zu ermitteln. Natürlich dürfen auch die anderen Befehle zur Erzeugung eines Rechtecks Maße annehmen, deren Wert sich nur durch eine zugehörige Schriftgröße ergibt. Hierbei dient jedoch die Schrift vor dem Inhaltsverzeichnis als Referenz. Wie in \TeX{} üblich, werden sowohl das Rechteck vor als auch das nach dem Inhalt des Verzeichnisses durch einfache Einzüge (einer festgelegten Höhe) realisiert. Es muss sich hierbei also nicht um echte Rechtecke handeln. Die Rechtecke links und rechts vom Inhalt werden hingegen nicht durch (horizontale) Einzüge verwirklicht. Sie stellen vielmehr Objekte einer bestimmten Weite dar. Daher darf hier \emph{nur} die Syntax von \TeX{}"=Befehlen, mit deren Hilfe man Rechtecke erzeugt, genutzt werden. \section{Ein weiteres Bei\-spiel für ein farbiges Inhalts\-verzeichnis} \label{ssec:tocclone} Beim Befehl \csa{etocframedstyle} wird der Titel in der Mitte des oberen Rechtecks positioniert. Dies würde im folgenden Beispiel jedoch sehr unschön aussehen, weswegen wir den Titel innerhalb der \meta{start}-Umgebung eines Abschnittbefehls platzieren. Hierdurch wird er innerhalb des Rahmens gesetzt. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \begingroup \definecolor{subsecnum}{RGB}{13,151,225} \definecolor{secbackground}{RGB}{0,177,235} \definecolor{tocbackground}{RGB}{212,237,252} \renewcommand{\etocbkgcolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocleftrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocrightrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etoctoprulecolorcmd}{\color{tocbackground}} \renewcommand{\etocleftrule}{\vrule width 1cm} \renewcommand{\etocrightrule}{\vrule width .5cm} \renewcommand{\etocbottomrule}{\hrule height 12pt} \renewcommand{\etoctoprule}{\hrule height 12pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnertopsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerbottomsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerleftsep}{0pt} \renewcommand{\etocinnerrightsep}{0pt} \newcommand\shiftedwhiterule[2]{% \hbox to \linewidth{\color{white}% \hskip#1\leaders\vrule height1pt\hfil}\nointerlineskip\vskip#2} \etocsetstyle{subsubsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix} {\shiftedwhiterule{\leftskip}{6pt}} {\sffamily\footnotesize \leftskip2.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}% \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par \nointerlineskip\vskip3pt} {} \etocsetstyle{subsection}{\etocskipfirstprefix} {\shiftedwhiterule{1.5cm}{6pt}} {\sffamily\small \leftskip1.5cm\hangindent1cm\rightskip1cm\noindent \hbox to 1cm{\color{subsecnum}\etocnumber\hss}% \color{black}\etocname\leaders\hbox to .2cm{\hss.}\hfill \rlap{\hbox to 1cm{\hss\etocpage\hskip.2cm}}\par \nointerlineskip\vskip6pt} {} \newcommand{\coloredstuff}[2]{% \leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parskip0pt \fboxsep0pt % Auch ohne Rahmen nutzt \colorbox den Befehl \fboxsep! \noindent\colorbox{secbackground} {\parbox{\linewidth}{% \vskip5pt {\noindent\color{#1}#2\par}\nointerlineskip \vskip3pt}}% \par\nointerlineskip} \etocsetstyle{section} {\coloredstuff{white} {\hfil \hyperref[toc:b]{\bfseries\large Ich bin der Zwilling von diesem Verzeichnis (Klick mich an!)}\hfil}} {\vskip3pt\sffamily\small} {\coloredstuff{white} {\leftskip1.5cm\rightskip.5cm\parfillskip-\rightskip \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocnumber\hspace{.2cm}}}% \etocname\hfill\makebox[.5cm][r]{\etocpage\hspace{.2cm}}}% \vskip6pt } {} \etocframedstyle[1]{} \tableofcontents \label{toc:clone} \ref{toc:globalcmds} \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \filecontentsexec\filecontentsheremacro % v1.07l on the occasion of traduction into German documentation % APRIL 26, 2014 Improvement in the section style for better placement of % page number when the section name is more than one line long. Use of % \makebox rather than \hbox, to be more LaTeX like. Das Inhaltsverzeichnis befindet sich in einer \hyperref[toc:clone]{float}-Umgebung, die man \vpageref{toc:clone} findet. Da diese Art von Code keine zusätzlichen Pakete verlangt, ist er etwas komplexer.\footnote{Zudem zeigt er die Vorliebe des Autors für die \TeX{}-Syntax.} Außerdem wurde er in einem früheren Stadium entwickelt und seither nicht überarbeitet. Da Rahmen (welche hier genutzt wurden, um die Hintergrundfarbe zu setzen) nur die Hintergrundfarbe innerhalb einer Seite verändern, würde es sich anbieten, weitere Pakete einzubinden, mit deren Hilfe man die Hintergrundfarbe über mehrere Seiten hinweg verändern kann. Alle Befehle, welche die Farbe verändern, sind in \etoc zu Beginn so definiert, dass sie nichts verändern. Daher kann der Nutzer selbst entscheiden, ob er Farben nutzen will oder nicht. \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {tips} \part{Tipps} \label{part:tipsandtricks} \thispartstats \etocsettocstyle{}{} \etocstandardlines \localtableofcontents %\section{\ldots\ und Tricks} \begin{otherlanguage}{english} \section{The \csbhyp{etocsetlocaltop.toc} command} \label{etocsetlocaltop.toc} It is important to understand that \csb{localtableofcontents} works entirely from data \emph{in the |.toc| file}. If the document, say with |article| class, contains starred sectioning commands, which are not accompanied by suitable \csa{addcontentsline}, then these units are completely transparent to \csb{localtableofcontents}: \begin{itemize} \item If it is issued before |\section*{Foo}|, say locally to a |\section|, then the local TOC will include not only the |subsection|s between the |\section| and the |\section*{Foo}| but also those following, and be stopped uniquely by a later |\section| or |\part| from the document's body. \item If the command is issued right after |\section*{Foo}| and the later was itself subsequent to a (numbered) |\subsection|, then \etoc will think it must display a TOC local to that \emph{subsection} level. \end{itemize} Before concluding that \etoc is buggy, imagine how the global TOC of the document would look like in such circumstances: the \csb{localtableofcontents} does exactly the job of extracting from that global TOC various local TOCs; it works only from material in that (virtual) global TOC. Since relase |1.08k|, \etoc provides the one-argument command \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} to insert into the |.toc| file a kind of ``ghost'' of a given sectioning unit. Here is an example: \begin{verbatim} \part*{Extra unnumbered part} \etocsetlocaltop.toc{part} \localtableofcontents \end{verbatim} Then in this example, \csb{localtableofcontents} will know be stopped by the next |\part| (naturally a numbered one or a |\part*| followed by suitable |\addcontentsline|) or also by a later |\etocsetlocaltop.toc{part}|. This is all fine but keep in mind again that \csb{localtableofcontents} can only display units which have been pushed to the |.toc| file, so that |\part*| must be followed by numbered sections or |\section*/\addcontentsline| pairs if \csb{localtableofcontents} is to display anything useful. One can not use \etoc to typeset data not actually there in the |.toc| file! Thus, in the situation above, one may wonder why the document does not use |\addcontentsline| after the |\part*| as it must do so for sub-sectioning units if they are to appear in the local TOC. One may imagine some document where all |Part|s are non-numbered (and are not pushed to the |.toc| file) but nevertheless the user wants its \csb{localtableofcontents} for each one: then indeed \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} will help in that case. There are at least two more methods to handle this situation: \begin{itemize} \item the first one is simply to use the |\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{..}| commands, and to set the |part| style to do nothing, so that the main TOC will not display them, \item the second one does not add the |\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{...}| but uses ``depth tags'' (\autoref{ssec:tocwithdepthtags}) and multiple \csb{tableofcontents} (not \csb{localtableofcontents}), one for each desired local TOC. \end{itemize} There is a variant of the first method which would set the level of |part| temporarily to |6| for the typesetting of the main TOC. But then the |chapter| toc line style will execute inside the main TOC only once its \emph{start} and \emph{finish} parts (see \autoref{sec:etocsetstyle}). This is actually also a problem of the second method. But not of the first method which uses \centeredline{\csb{etocsetstyle}|{part}{}{}{}{}|} nor of the approach with \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc}: the \emph{start} and \emph{finish} portions of the |chapter| toc line style will get executed at the appropriate times in the main, global, TOC. Be aware however that this use of \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc}|{part}| will also cause the main global TOC to execute (once) the \emph{start} and \emph{finish} portions of the |part| toc line style (assuming here again it is not typeset in compatibility mode). Final remark: usage of \csb{etocsetlocaltop.toc} interferes with \csb{etocchecksemptiness} only to the extent that it modifies (as explained in this section) the selection made by \csb{localtableofcontents}, hence the decision whether the local TOC is empty or not. \end{otherlanguage} \section{Hacken "`framed parboxes"'} \begin{verbatim} \etocdefaultlines \renewcommand\etoctoprule{\hrule height 2pt depth 2pt} \etocruled{\color{green}\fboxrule2pt\fboxsep1ex \fbox{\raisebox{-\fontdimen22\textfont2} {\color{blue}\parbox{.5\linewidth} {\normalfont Dieser Text ist vertikal perfekt zentriert unter Berücksichtigung der \emph{surrounding horizontal rules.}}}}} \ref{toc:globalcmds} \end{verbatim} \etocdefaultlines \renewcommand\etoctoprule{\hrule height 2pt depth 2pt} \etocruled{\color{green}\fboxrule2pt\fboxsep1ex \fbox{\raisebox{-\fontdimen22\textfont2} {\color{blue}\parbox{.5\linewidth} {\normalfont Dieser Text ist vertikal perfekt zentriert unter Berücksichtigung der \emph{surrounding horizontal rules.}}}}} \ref{toc:globalcmds} \section{Umstellen der Ebenen} \label{subsec:interverting} Lasst uns alle Unterabschnitte zeigen und aufzählen, die in diesem Dokument vorkommen (Siehe \autoref{part:surprising} für andere Verwendungen dieser Technik.): \begin{verbatim} \etocsetnexttocdepth{2} \begingroup \etocsetlevel{part}{3} \etocsetlevel{section}{3} \etocsetstyle{subsection} {\small\begin{enumerate}[itemsep=0pt,label=,leftmargin=0pt]} {\normalfont\bfseries\item} {\roman{enumi}. \mdseries\etocname{} (\etocnumber, p.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \renewcommand{\etoccolumnsep}{2.75em} \renewcommand{\columnseprule}{1pt} \etocmulticol[3]{\subsection{Alle Unterabschnitte in diesem Dokument}} \endgroup \end{verbatim} \etocsetnexttocdepth{2} \begingroup \etocdefaultlines \etocstandarddisplaystyle \etocsetlevel{book}{3} \etocsetlevel{part}{3} \etocsetlevel{chapter}{3} \etocsetlevel{section}{3} \etocsetstyle{subsection}{\small \begin{enumerate}[itemsep=0pt,label=,leftmargin=0pt]} {\normalfont\bfseries\item} {\roman{enumi}. \mdseries\etocname{} (\etocnumber, S.~\etocpage)} {\end{enumerate}} \renewcommand{\etoccolumnsep}{2.75em} \renewcommand{\columnseprule}{1pt} %%\etocmarkbothnouc{List of all subsections} %% le mark (\markright) est fait par \subsection \etocmulticol[3]{\subsection{Alle Unterabschnitte in diesem Dokument}\label{toc:allsubsections}} \endgroup \section{Statistiken anzeigen}\label{ssec:statistics} Jeder Teil dieses Dokuments beginnt mit einem Paragraphen, der sagt, wieviele Kapitel und Unterkapitel er hat. Nun, jeder von diesen Paragraphen ist ein Inhaltsverzeichnis! Wir haben ein Makro \csa{thispartstats} geschaffen, um dies zu tun. Es nutzt "`Speicher"'"=Boxen, um die Informationen über die ersten und späteren Kapitel und Unterkapitel zu halten. Boxen zu nehmen, ist die einfachste Art und Weise |hyperref|-Links für spätere Verwendungen zu kapseln (ob es einer ist oder keiner). Allerdings kann man dann nichts an der Schriftart oder Farbe ändern. % (die \TeX -Primitive \csa{setbox} eher nehmend als von \LaTeX{} % \csa{sbox} würde die Farbe Farbe um das ohne Boxen gespeicherte Feld verändern). Wenn eine solche Notwendigkeit entsteht, muss man von der Boxenverwendung zum Makro nehmen wechseln und die |hyperref|-Daten für später speichern, wie im oben im Code von \autoref{sec:molecule} vorgestellt. Wir präsentieren auch diese zweite Methode. Aber als Erstes der Code von \csa{thispartstats}:\par \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} \newsavebox\firstnamei \newsavebox\firstnumberi \newsavebox\lastnamei \newsavebox\lastnumberi \newsavebox\firstnameii \newsavebox\firstnumberii \newsavebox\lastnameii \newsavebox\lastnumberii \newcounter{mycounti} \newcounter{mycountii} \newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxi}{} \newcommand*{\thispartstatsauxii}{} \newcommand*{\oldtocdepth}{} \newcommand*{\thispartstats}{% \setcounter{mycounti}{0}% \setcounter{mycountii}{0}% \def\thispartstatsauxi{% \sbox{\firstnamei}{\etocname}% \sbox{\firstnumberi}{\etocnumber}% \def\thispartstatsauxi{}}% \def\thispartstatsauxii{% \sbox{\firstnameii}{\etocname}% \sbox{\firstnumberii}{\etocnumber}% \def\thispartstatsauxii{}}% \begingroup \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {} {\thispartstatsauxii \stepcounter{mycountii}% \sbox{\lastnameii}{\etocname}% \sbox{\lastnumberii}{\etocnumber}} {}% \etocsetstyle{section} {} {} {\thispartstatsauxi \stepcounter{mycounti}% \sbox{\lastnamei}{\etocname}% \sbox{\lastnumberi}{\etocnumber}} % Hier wird ein Befehl definiert, der fuer jedes Teil ein paar Fakten sammelt % und ausgibt. {Zu Beginn wollen wir ein paar Fakten zu diesem Teil nennen. Er enthält \arabic{mycounti} Abschnitt\ifnum\value{mycounti}>1 e\fi{} und \arabic{mycountii} Unterabschnitt\ifnum\value{mycountii}>1 e\fi. Der Name des ersten Abschnitts lautet \glqq\unhbox\firstnamei{}\grqq~und er hat die Gliederungsnummer \glqq\unhbox\firstnumberi\grqq. Der Name des letzten Abschnitts lautet \glqq\unhbox\lastnamei{}\grqq~und er hat die Nummer \glqq\unhbox\lastnumberi\grqq. \ifnum\value{mycountii}>0 Der erste Unterabschnitt heißt \glqq\unhbox\firstnameii{}\grqq~und er hat die Nummer \glqq\unhbox\firstnumberii\grqq. Der Name des letzten Unterabschnitts ist \glqq\unhbox\lastnameii{}\grqq~und dessen Nummer ist \glqq\unhbox\lastnumberii\grqq.\fi }% \etocinline \etocsettocstyle {}{} \etocsetnexttocdepth{2}% \localtableofcontents % to be used at the top level of a Part. \endgroup } \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-A.tex} Und nun, die Variante mit Makros anstelle von der mit Boxen (diese Variante steht hier für die Verwendung in einem Kapitel). \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \makeatletter \newcommand*\firstsubname {} \newcommand*\lastsubname {} \newcommand*\firstsubnumber {} \newcommand*\lastsubnumber {} \newcommand*\thisspecialstatsaux{} \newcommand*{\thisspecialstats}{% \setcounter{mycounti}{0}% \def\thisspecialstatsaux{% \let\firstsubname\etocthelinkedname \let\firstsubnumber\etocthelinkednumber \def\thisspecialstatsaux{}} \begingroup \etocsetstyle{subsection} {} {} {\thisspecialstatsaux \stepcounter{mycounti}% \let\lastsubname\etocthelinkedname \let\lastsubnumber\etocthelinkednumber } {Zu Beginn wollen wir ein paar Fakten zu diesem Teil nennen. Er enthält \arabic{mycounti} Unterabschnitt\ifnum\value{mycounti}>1 e\fi{}. Der Name des ersten Abschnitts lautet\emph{\firstsubname{}} und er hat die Gliederungsnummer {\firstsubnumber}. Der Name des letzten Unterabschnitts lautet \emph{\lastsubname{}} und er hat die Nummer{\lastsubnumber}.} \etocsettocstyle {}{} \etocinline \etocsetnexttocdepth {1}% \localtableofcontents % to be used within a section \endgroup } \makeatother \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}-B.tex} \section{Tiefe Tags nehmen} \label{ssec:tocwithdepthtags} Wir wollen ein TOC, das für jeden |\part| eine Überschrift hat (außer der letzte Teil mit dem Quellcode, wofür beschließen, ihn nicht einzubeziehen), und wir wollen \autoref{part:globalcmds} öffnen für die Paragraphen. Um dies zu erreichen, fügen wir zu dieser Quelle verschiedene \csb{etocdepthtag.toc}"=Befehle und es bleibt jetzt, zu setzen die Levels für jeden Tag mit \csb{etocsettagdepth} (dies wurde oben in diesem Dokument verwendet in \autoref{sec:secondexample}, in einer Gruppe, damit es keine Auswirkungen auf andere Inhaltsverzeichnisse hat). Allerdings sind die Linienstile des Pakets nicht in der Lage Paragraphen anzuzeigen und die Standardlinienstile der Dokumentklasse geben zu viel vertikalen Abstand (in diesem Zusammenhang) bei der Anzeige einer Teilüberschrift im TOC aus.Deshalb kochen wir unseren eigenen, schnell entwickelten Linienstil, in der Art von \autoref{sec:firstexample} (aber auf dem Weg Seitenzahlen von rechts, was mehr wie eine Methode von \LaTeX2e's |\@dottedtocline| ist; und mehrzeilige Überschriften lassen nun den Bereich unter den Zahlen leer, im Gegensatz zu dem Code von \autoref{sec:firstexample}). Und nach ein paar Minuten für die Wahl der Längen (jetzt ist das erstmal getan, es kann leicht recycelt) erhalten wir: \begin{filecontentsdef}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex}{\foo} \etocsetnexttocdepth {all} \begingroup \parindent 0pt \leftskip 0cm \rightskip .75cm \parfillskip -\rightskip \newcommand*{\EndParWithPagenoInMargin} {\nobreak\hfill \makebox[0.75cm][r]{\mdseries\normalsize\etocpage}% \par} \renewcommand*\etoctoclineleaders {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hbox to .75ex {\hss.\hss}}} \newcommand*{\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {\nobreak\leaders\etoctoclineleaders\hfill \makebox[0.75cm][r]{\mdseries\normalsize\etocpage}% \par } \etocsetstyle {part} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 1cm\relax} {\bfseries\large\llap{\makebox[1cm][r]{\etocnumber\ \ }}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMargin\smallskip} {} \etocsetstyle {section} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 1.75cm\relax} {\bfseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[.75cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {} \etocsetstyle {subsection} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 2.75cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {} \etocsetstyle {subsubsection} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 4cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.25cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {} \etocsetstyle {paragraph} {} {\leavevmode\leftskip 5.5cm\relax } {\mdseries\normalsize\llap{\makebox[1.5cm][l]{\etocnumber}}% \etocname\EndParWithPagenoInMarginAndLeaders} {} \etocsettagdepth {preamble} {none} \etocsettagdepth {overview} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {arbitrarily}{part}% not needed explicitely, keeps value %\etocsettagdepth {examples} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {surprising} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {linestyles} {part} \etocsettagdepth {globalcmds} {paragraph} \etocsettagdepth {custom} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {tips} {part} %\etocsettagdepth {etocandworld}{part} \etocsettagdepth {code} {none} \renewcommand\etoctoprule {\hrule height 3pt\relax } \renewcommand\etoctoprulecolorcmd {\color{blue}} \renewcommand\etocaftercontentshook {\medskip\begingroup \color{blue}\hrule height 3pt \endgroup } \etocruledstyle [1]{\Large\bfseries \fbox{\makebox[8cm]{A TOC using depth tags}}} \sloppy \tableofcontents \endgroup \end{filecontentsdef} \filecontentsexec\foo \filecontentsprint\foo \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \section{Das TOC als eine Tabelle setzend (die alte Weise)} \label{ssec:tocastableold} Aufgrund, unter anderem, der Tatsache, dass die Ausrichtung Zellen kreiert und Gruppen schließt und dass durch standardmäßige Definitionen von \csb{etocname}, \csb{etocnumber} und \csb{etocpage} durch \etoc lokal sind, war es nicht leicht, ein TOC als Tabelle mit \etoc zu setzen, vor der Freigabe von Version |1.08|. Nicht nur \csb{etocname} etc. \ldots{} verursachte ein Problem, sondern auch die grundlegende Redefinition von \csa{contentsline}, die von \etoc erst nach dem ersten Argument von \csb{etocsettocstyle} gemacht wurde, ist beseitigt worden; folglich, wenn dieses Argument in einer Tabelle geöffnet wurde, würde die \etoc-Redefinition von \csa{contentsline} in der ertsen Zelle der ersten Reihe durchgeführt werden und danach verloren gehen. So musste man auf die Technik zurückgreifen, die in \autoref{tocastree} erklärt wurde, auf die Verwendung der Festlegung von \csa{tableofcontents} als eine Möglichkeit, Daten zu speichern, die später gezeigt wurde. Für das Protokoll, dies ist, wie das TOC in \autoref{sec:tocastable} in der Vergangenheit codiert wurde. Hier haben wir nicht das Problem mit der Positionierung der |\hline|s; wir sind konfrontiert mit dem neueren Verfahren. Andererseits müssen wir Zeichenregister manipulieren, die den meisten \LaTeX -Nutzern nicht bekannt sind (Makros könnten verwendet werden, doch das würde umständlich sein, außer vielleicht mit Hilfe von \eTeX{} \csa{nicht expandiert}). Die Methode hier ist die stärkste, weil sie aus der |.toc|-Datei nur die Daten herausfiltert, die wir wollen (die anderen Dinge werden nicht ignoriert, sie werden ausgeführt, jedoch ohne hoffentlich Chaos zu schaffen; typisch sind dafür die Sprache von Anleitungen zu ändern, etc. \ldots ). Und wir sind weniger anfällig, potentielle Opfer von verschiedenen Fallen bei externen Makros innerhalb der |.toc|-Datei aus anderen Paketen stammend. % unexpanded avait été traduit en allemand :-(( % corrigé seulement le 25 septembre 2016 Hinweis: Anstatt |\toks|-Register wäre es hier einfacher, \eTeX{} \csa{unexpanded} Primitive zu verwenden. Sehen Sie dazu zum Beispiel \autoref{sec:mindmap}. \begin{filecontentshere}{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} \newtoks\toctabletok \newcommand*\appendtotok[2]{% #1=toks variable, #2=macro, expands once #2 #1\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\the\expandafter #1#2}} \newcommand*\PreparePart{% \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% \toks2 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}% \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}% \edef\toctablepiece {\noexpand\hline \noexpand\strut\the\toks0 &\noexpand\bfseries\the\toks2 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\\noexpand\hline}% } \newcommand*\PrepareSection{% \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% \toks2 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedname}% \toks4 \expandafter{\etocthelinkedpage}% \edef\toctablepiece {\the\toks0 &\the\toks2 &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}% } % new version for 1.07k, 2014/03/06 \newcommand*{\PrepareSubsection}{% \toks0 \expandafter{\etocthelinkednumber}% \toks2 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedname\strut}% \toks4 \expandafter{\expandafter\itshape\etocthelinkedpage}% \edef\toctablepiece{&\noexpand\makebox[1cm][c]{\the\toks0}% \noexpand\parbox[t]{\dimexpr6cm-\tabcolsep\relax} {\noexpand\sloppy\the\toks2}% &\the\toks4 \noexpand\\}% } \begingroup \etocsetstyle{part}{}{}{\PreparePart \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{} \etocsetstyle{section}{}{}{\PrepareSection \appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{} \etocsetstyle{subsection}{}{}{\PrepareSubsection\appendtotok\toctabletok\toctablepiece}{} \etocsettocstyle {\toctabletok{\hypersetup{hidelinks}% \begin{longtable}{|>{\bfseries}c|p{7cm}|r|}\hline \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{\Large\bfseries\strut TABLE OF CONTENTS}% \\\hline\hline}} {\global\toctabletok\expandafter{\the\toctabletok\hline\end{longtable}}} \etocsettocdepth {subsection} \tableofcontents \the\toctabletok \endgroup \end{filecontentshere} \attachfile{etocsnippet-\the\value{section}.tex} % ATTENTION Dimanche 25 septembre 2016 à 18:56:50 % je retire le \clearpage car il y a une page quasi-vide à l'exception de % l'icône Paperclip. \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {etocandworld} \part{\etoc und die Außenwelt} \section{Kompatibilität mit anderen Paketen}\label{sec:kompatmitanderen} \subsection{Generelle Informationen} Die Inhalte der |.toc|-Datei (falls bereits vorhanden) werden einmal in den Speicher von \etoc getan, bei |\begin{document}|. \footnote{Neu mit |1.07m|. Früherer Versionen benutzten die |.toc|-Datei bei \csa{usepackage\{etoc\}}. Danke an Denis Bitouzé für ein Babel-etoc Problem entdecken zu haben.} Die |.toc|-Datei bleibt für andere Pakete nutzbar für Lesevorgänge bis zum Ort des ersten Inhaltsverzeichnisses, zu diesem Zeitpunkt wird ein Schreib-stream durch \etoc geöffnet und von diesem Punkt aus wird die Datei gelöscht bis ihr Inhalt wieder auf die Platte von \LaTeX{} am Ende der Kompilierung geschrieben wurde. \etoc erwartet die Sektionierungseinheiten des Dokuments, um ihre Daten in eine Datei mit der Endung |.toc| zu schreiben, in Form von Linien, die enthalten den \csa{contentsline}"=Befehl und dessen Argumente. \etoc erfordert von der |.toc|-Datei, das |\contentsline|-Makro zu verwenden (möglicherweise von anderen Paketen belegt). \etoc kann nicht wirklich mit Paketen zusammensein, die \csa{tableofcontents}"=Befehle ändern: Eine Art Waffenstilstand kann erreicht werden, wenn \etoc zuletzt geladen wird, daher ist es der Gewinner. \begin{framed} Ändern Sie nicht den |\tableofcontents|"=Befehl, wie diesen folgenden: \centeredline{|\let\oldtableofcontents\tableofcontents|,} \centeredline{|\renewcommand\tableofcontents{\oldtableofcontents\mystuff}|,} da dies den |\label/\ref|-Mechanismus unmöglich macht. Sie können vielmehr \centeredline{|\renewcommand\etocaftertochook{\mystuff}|} ausführen und es ergibt auch \csb{etocaftercontentshook}, das führt ein bisschen eher \footnotemark{} aus, gerade vor dem Schließen des Teils vom toc"=Anzeigestil (und damit innerhalb einer Gruppe). \end{framed} \footnotetext{Im Gegensatz zu \csa{etocaftertochook}, \csa{etocaftercontentshook} wird nicht ausgeführt, wenn |tocdepth| das Drucken des TOC nicht ermöglicht.} % \begin{otherlanguage}{english} Don't use |\if stuff \tableofcontents\fi|, but: \centeredline{|\if stuff \expandafter\tableofcontents\fi|} Also a |\else| immediately following \csa{tableofcontents} or \csa{localtableofcontents} requires a previous \csa{expandafter}. \end{otherlanguage} \subsection{Kompatibilität mit \texttt{beamer}} \etoc steht inkompatibel mit der |beamer|-Klasse. Aber, wenn |beamer| im article-Modus verwendet wird, d.\,h. die article-Klasse in Verbindung mit dem |beamerarticle|-Paket, dann sollte \etoc arbeiten. \subsection{Kompatibilität mit \texttt{Babel}} \begin{framed} Man sollte \etoc \emph{nach} \texttt{babel} laden. \end{framed} \subsection{Kompatibilität mit \texttt{hyperref}} \begin{otherlanguage}{english} Please inform the author in case of issues: \etoc was from the start designed to be |100%| compatible with package |hyperref|. \end{otherlanguage} Es ist |hyperref| bekannt und hoffentlich kompatibel mit ihm: die Macros \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber} und \csa{etocpage} enthalten die |hyperref|-Links, wenn vorhanden (Beachten Sie, dass die \emph{linktoc=all}-Option von |hyperref| mitteilt, dass ein Link zur Seitenzahl zu setzen ist, für ein einen toc"=Eintrag.). Beispielsweise sind die Inhaltsverzeichnisse des vorliegenden Dokuments komplett verlinkt. Es ist kein Thema, ob \etoc vor oder nach |hyperref| geladen wird. \subsection{Kompatibilität mit \texttt{multicol}} \etoc lädt das Paket |multicol|. \subsection{Kompatibilität mit \texttt{tocloft}}\label{subs:tocloft} Die Release |1.07k| fügt Kompatibilität mit dem Paket |tocloft| hinzu: \footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tocloft}} Schritte wurden getan, um eine Neudefinition von |\tableofcontents| zu vermeiden, getan von |tocloft| an |\begin{document}|. % Solange \etoc ungeschickt ist im Kompatibilitätsmodus, wird von |tocloft| die Anpassung sowohl für den Lin ienstil als auch den TOC-Titel getan. Man kann immer noch von den \emph{tiefen Tags}-Management mit \etoc profitieren, von seinem |\localtableofcontents|, von seinem |\label+\ref|-Mechanismus. Man kann |\etocsetstyle| nehmen, um mit \etoc das Layout des TOC zu definieren und dann eher |tocloft| für etwas anderes, wenn auf |\tableofcontents| folgen \csb{etocstandardlines} und \csb{etocstandarddisplaystyle}. In diesem Kompatibiltätsmodus |\etocsetlevel{division unit}{6}| wird die gewählte Bereichsebene gerendert, aber der Austausch von Ebenen ist andererseits nicht möglich. \begin{framed} Man sollte \etoc \emph{nach} \texttt{tocloft} laden. Sonst wird eine Warnung ausgegeben. \end{framed} Es ist möglich (unter Verwendung des Pakets|tocloft| beispielsweise), im gesamten Dokument die Makros \csa{l@section}, \csa{l@subsection} \ldots{} zu benutzen und der Effekt wird im nächsten Inhaltsverzeichnis durch den Kompatibilitätsmodus von \etoc sichtbar werden. \subsection{Kompatibilität mit der \texttt{memoir}-Klasse} \label{ssec:memoir} \label{etocmemoirtoctotocfmt} \label{etocmemoirstyle} Die Release |1.07l| hat ebenfalls die Kompatibilität mit der |memoir|-Klasse verbessert: Seine |appendix|-Ebene kann mit \etoc gemacht werden. Es ist die gleiche Ebene wie wie bei |chapter|, also der Kapitelebenstil kann eventuell ein Test für einige boolesche"=Ausdrücke sein, die aktiviert sein können via einer Instruktion an die |.toc|-Datei aufgenommen werden, wenn man zwei Arten von Unterteilungen unterscheidet. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} The |memoir| mechanism relative to \toc versus \toc|*| is obeyed automatically, and applies with \localtoc too. \end{otherlanguage} Eine ungewöhnliche Situation tritt auf, wenn man zwei aufeinanderfolgende \csa{localtableofcontents} hat (offensichtlich ist das eine nicht sehr wahrscheinliche Situation), direkt nach einem \csa{part} zum Beispiel. Der erste würde dann eine Kapitelüberschrift erzeugen, welche in die |.toc|-Datei geschrieben werden würde. Das zweite Inhaltsverzeichnis denkt dann, es ist ein lokales zu diesem Kapitel gehörig und würde aus diesem Grund nichts darstellen. Die Lösung für dieses Problem ist es, das zweite als Klon des ersten zu definieren. \begin{otherlanguage}{english} Actually, that \localtoc by default uses like \toc a chapter style is often inconvenient. One can use the |memoir| macros to modify this: according to |memoir| documentation, |\tocheadstart| and |\printtoctitle| seem to be the most relevant. If you do that you will probably want the added line in |.toc| file to use |{section}| not |{chapter}|. \etoc provides to this effect \csb{etocmemoirtoctotocfmt}\marg{kind}\marg{name} whose first argument \meta{kind} is |chapter|, |section|, |subsection|, etc... and the second argument stands for the title and thus \csa{contentsname} is appropriate. Hence \begin{verbatim} \etocmemoirtoctotocfmt{section}{\contentsname} \end{verbatim} seems the natural choice in this context as an addition to the customizing the |memoir| toc related macros to achieve a section like rendering (for more details on the latter, please refer to |memoir| manual). A completely different approach, arguably simpler, is to overrule the \etoc default under |memoir| (after the main document \toc which should still use a chapter styling) via these simple commands: \begin{verbatim} \etocarticlestyle % means to use \section*{\contentsname} (and marks) \renewcommand{\etocaftertitlehook}{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\contentsname}} \end{verbatim} exactly as one would do with |book| class for example. Don't use any |\phantomsection| in there, |hyperref| hyperlinks will work just fine (and the anchor will be slightly above toc title, not below). Notice that prior to \etoc |1.09b|, the \csb{etocaftertitlehook} macro was used by \etoc itself under the |memoir| class. Hence \localtoc obeyed the |memoir| mechanism relative to starred or not starred, even after issuing \csa{etocarticlestyle}, as long as the user did not redefine \csb{etocaftertitlehook}. Starting with |1.09b| (which syncs with a |memoir| change at |v3.7i|) it is needed in a case like here where the user issues \csa{etocarticlestyle} to also configure explicitly the \csa{etocaftertitlehook} to achieve the ``insert title in |.toc|'' effect (if so wished), because \etoc uses another mechanism and does not pre-empt usage of this user macro anymore. To recover the \etoc default under |memoir| class one can issue \csa{etocmemoirstyle} and then \csa{etocmemoirtoctotocfmt}|{chapter}{\contentsname}| (but attention that a custom \csb{etocaftertitlehook} will still be obeyed; for info: it will get executed before the \cs{cfttocbeforelisthook}). \end{otherlanguage} \subsection{Kompatibilität mit \texttt{tocvsec2}} % la traduction allemande était déficiente semble-t-il, j'améliore un peu % Dimanche 25 septembre 2016 à 11:02:43 \etoc deaktiviert die Modifikationen des |\tableofcontents| durch |tocvsec2|\footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tocvsec2}} und es kanzelt auch andere |toc|-bezogene Macros, aber es reimplantiert partiell ihre Funktionalität mit \csb{etocsettocdepth.toc}. Zwei \LaTeX-Läufe sind für das erneute Nehmen des Befehls in einem Dokument notwendig, um einen Effekt im Inhaltsverzeichnis zu haben. \subsection{Kompatibilität mit \texttt{tableof}} Es ist möglich, \etoc und {\color{niceone}|tableof|} \footnote{\url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tableof}} gleichzeitig zu verwenden. Die Veröffentlichung |1.08| von \etoc benötigt mindestens die Version|1.4a| von |tableof|. Wenn man \csb{etocglobaldefs} in die Präambel aufgenommen hat, muss dies nach dem Laden des Pakets |tableof| sein. Der {\color{niceone}|tableof|}-Befehl \csa{nexttocwithtags} sollte, wie erwartet, funktionieren. Die {\color{niceone}|tableof|}-Befehle \csa{tableof}, \csa{tablenotof}, \ldots{} werden das Inhaltsverzeichnis (a priori global) nach den Standards der Dokumentklasse setzen, gehorchend den \etoc-Tiefenauszeichnungen, wie erklärt in der |tableof|-Dokumentation, sie setzen keinen TOC-Titel. Sie sollten \emph{nicht} verwendet werden im Fall, wenn \csb{etocglobaldefs} vorher ausgegeben wurde; es sei denn, ihr Skopus wurde da beendet oder \csb{etoclocaldefs} hat seine Einflussnahme abgebrochen. \subsection{Kompatibilität mit \texttt{tocstyle}} Nicht bekannt. (not tested a.t.t.o.w). \section{\TeX -nische Sachen} Die \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, \csa{etocpage} Befehle sind gegen vorzeitige Expansion geschützt. Sie enthalten geeignete |hyperref|-Links, wenn das Paket |hyperref| geladen und aktiviert für das TOC ist. Die Befehle \csa{etoclink} und \csa{etocifnumbered} sind auch gegen vorzeige Expansion geschützt. Auch \csb{etociffirst} und \csb{etoctoccontentsline}. Andererseits \csb{etocthename}, \csb{etocthenumber}, \csb{etocthepage}, haben keine Anbindung an |hyperref|-Links und sind nicht gegen Expansionen geschützt. Und \csb{etocthelinkedname}, \csb{etocthelinkednumber}, \csb{etocthelinkedpage} sind auch nicht gegen Expansionen geschützt. Befehle wie \csb{etocsetstyle}, \csb{etocsetlevel}, \csb{etocsettocstyle}, \csb{etocmulticolstyle}, \csb{etocruledstyle}, \csb{etocframedstyle} folgen Gruppierungen von \LaTeX. Alle TOCs werden in Gruppierungen gesetzt. Wenn ein \localtoc durch den Nutzer in das Dokument aufgenommen wird, eine Zeile, in einen inneren \etoc"=Befehl und eine Identifikationszahl in die |.toc|-Datei aufgenommen wird. Das korrekte Inhaltsverzeichnis wird nur nach dem nächsten \LaTeX -Lauf angezeigt werden. \section{Fehler und Katastrophen} Nach der Verwendung von \csa{etocsetstyle}für eine Ebene nehmen die restlichen, nicht angepassten Ebenen die Standardstile von \etoc (diejenigen, die aktiviert werden von \csa{etocdefaultlines}). Man muss sicherstellen, dass alle Ebenen, die für das nächste Inhaltsverzeichnis gebraucht werden, miteinander kompatibel sind: Insbesonders, dass die Standardlinienstile jeweils im "`vertikalen Modus"' gestartet werden. Wenn man mehrere \toc"=Befehle in einem Dokument verwendet, sollte man sich hüten, mehrere Satzanweisungen in der |.toc|-Datei zu addieren, so sie mit \toc ausgeführt für alle TOCs ausgeführt werden: Auch für \localtoc spielt es keine Rolle, ob die Anweisungen Material außerhalb des Anwendungbereichs betreffen, sie werden sie trotzdem erhalten. Falls unbedingt erforderlich (aber es das sollte es nie) müssen dies Instruktionen so sein, dass einfach aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden von der Dokumentquelle, wie es sein muss. So wie es üblich ist bei TOCs und Labels, muss nach jeder Änderung \LaTeX{} eine bestimmte Anzahl von Durchführungen haben, um für das Dokument das endgültige Aussehen zu erhalten (mindestens zweimal durchlaufen). \clearpage \etocdepthtag.toc {code} \part{Der Code} \localtableofcontents \section{Zeitstempel} Die deutsche Übersetzung wurden zum letzten Mal am \texttt{\etocDEDEdocdate} (Paketversion \texttt{\etocDEDEpkgversion}) geändert (abgesehen von den organisatorischen Veränderungen). Einige neuere Abschnitte bleiben auf Englisch. Dokumentation erzeugt von der Quelldatei mit dem Stempel \texttt{\etocdtxtimestamp}. Die dokumentierte Paketversion ist \texttt{\etocpkgversion} von \texttt{\etocDEpkgdate}. % STOP GERMAN (DEUTSCH) VERSION ^^Afi ^^Acatcode92 0 \catcode1 13 \begingroup \renewcommand\lowast{{\normalsize\raisebox{-.4\height}{*}}} \small \ifnum\ForEnglish=1 \section{Change history} \fi \ifnum\ForDeutsch=1 \section{Änderungen} \fi \selectlanguage{english} \setlength{\columnsep}{\etoccolumnsep} \makeatletter % 27 avril 2014 un petit hack pour hyphénation (éventuelle) en allemand % j'ai déjà ~ qui sera de catcode 0, cependant il faudrait aussi les accolades, % donc finalement pour aller vite, je rends le + actif. Je modifie aussi le test % fait par \jfverbaspace (n'ayant pas commenté mon code, j'ai dû réfléchir pour % me rappeler à peu près ce que c'était censé faire). \def\jfverbatim{\@beginparpenalty \predisplaypenalty \parindent \z@ \parfillskip \@flushglue \parskip \tw@\p@ plus 1fil\relax \let \do \@makeother \dospecials \makestarlowast \catcode`$ \active \begingroup\lccode`~`$ \lowercase{\endgroup\def~[##1]{\foreignlanguage{ngerman}{##1}}}% \catcode`^ \active \begingroup\lccode`~`^ \lowercase{\endgroup\def~{\nopagebreak}}% ajouté 2014/04/28, oblige à un peu % plus de mark-up cependant \catcode`\~\z@ \footnotesize\normalfont\baselineskip10pt\relax \def\v{\vskip\baselineskip v}% ajouté 2015/05/09; faudra trouver mieux. \frenchspacing \obeyspaces \jf@xverbatim } \begingroup \catcode `|=0 \catcode `[= 1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode `\{=12 \catcode `\}=12 \catcode`\\=12 |long|gdef|jf@xverbatim#1\end{jfverbatim}[#1|end[jfverbatim]] |endgroup \def\endjfverbatim{} \newdimen\jfverbadim \everypar{\leftskip\jfverbadim\bgroup \def\par{\egroup\jfverbadim\z@\@@par}% \def\jfverbaspace#1{\if\@sptoken\string#1\unskip\else\ \fi#1}} \begingroup\obeyspaces\def\x{\endgroup% \def {\ifvmode\advance\jfverbadim.5em\relax\else\expandafter\jfverbaspace\fi}}\x \makeatother \begin{multicols}{2} \begin{jfverbatim} v1.09e [2021/09/23]^ Needed (if etoc is used without hyperref) updates to internal macros to prepare for the upcoming LaTeX November 2021 change to \contentsline. Related updates to the user macro \etoctoccontentsline. ~v1.09d [2021/07/13]^ Some minor synching with tableof 1.4c. Add \etockeeporiginaltableofcontents to provide a work-around to a compatibility issue with listings's \lstlistoflistings, which abuses \tableofcontents for doing something unrelated to the actual contents. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for report. Usage: \usepackage{etoc}\etockeeporiginal-tableofcontents, then however you must employ \etoctableofcontents, not \tableofcontents. ~v1.09c [2020/05/15]^ Syncs with KOMA-script deprecation of \iftocfeature. ~v1.09a, v1.09b [2019/11/17]^ Sync with memoir v3.7i which has a better location of the TOC hyperref anchor. The \etocaftertitlehook can now freely be used also with memoir class (formerly its usage in case of memoir class was preempted by etoc itself). For more details refer to the section "Compatibility with the memoir class". ~v1.09 [2019/03/09]^ New features: \etoclocaltop, \localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth. Thanks to Tony Roberts for feature request. Note to hackers: internal control sequence \Etoc@localtop is gone. etoc now requires e-TeX (\numexpr, \unless). ~v1.08p [2018/07/04]^ Fixed bug surfacing in case of linktoc=page option of hyperref. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for report (cf. https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref/issues/65, https://github.com/dbitouze/yathesis/issues/61). ~v1.08o [2018/06/15]^ Fixed bug showing up if an unnumbered TOC entry starts with a brace, and document uses hyperref. Caused by a typo in a macro name at previous release. ~v1.08n [2018/02/23]^ Refactoring of core macros detecting \numberline and its variants. ~v1.08m [2018/02/07]^ Fix to 1.08k's introduced incompatibility with KOMA-script and tocbasic's \nonumberline. ~v1.08l [2017/10/23]^ Workaround an issue with Emacs/AUCTeX wrongly reporting about actually non-existent LaTeX errors, which was triggered by some strings written (indirectly) to log file by etoc under some circumstances. ~v1.08k [2017/09/28]^ Adds \etocsetlocaltop.toc. See corresponding manual section for details. Adds \etocsavedparttocline, \etocsavedchaptertocline, \etocsavedsectiontocline, ... They can be used in the context of the technique explained in section "Another compatibility mode". Formerly, etoc redefined for the duration of the TOC the memoir macro \chapternumberline and its likes to have same meaning as \numberline (of course, not when executed in compatibility mode), for the sake of extraction of \etocnumber. New method detects presence of any \numberline macro without any change to originals; they can thus be used as is when applying the approach of "Another compatibility mode" section from manual. ~v1.08j [2017/09/21]^ Since 1.08a-2015/03/13 \etocname, \etocnumber, \etocpage contain, if hyperref is present and configured for using hyperlinks in the TOC, the link destination in already expanded form. This means one can use them even if the style closes a group (for example from a & in a tabular), if \etocglobaldefs was issued; also one can save their meaning for delayed usage (with for example \LetLtxMacro as they are robust). But for some legacy reason \etoclink, contrarily to \etocthelink, was handled differently. Now, \etoclink also contains the link destination in already expanded form, and can thus be used even if the line style issues a &, as long as \etocglobaldefs is issued. Also, bugs dating back to the early days of the package, but surfacing only under relatively rare conditions such as usage of hyperref with its option "linktoc=page" got fixed. ~v1.08i [2016/09/29]^ This fixes an issue dating back to 1.08e-2015/04/17: under \etocchecksemptiness regime, some circumstances (such as adding to an already compiled document a \localtableofcontents before the main \tableofcontents) created an "Undefined control sequence \Etoc@localtop" error. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for reporting the problem. On this occasion, \etocdoesnotcheckemptiness has been added to unset the flag. A rather more exotic issue was fixed: the emptiness check for local tocs could get confused if the tocdepth counter was varying in some specific ways from inside the toc file. After adding to a document a \localtableofcontents, two LaTeX passes are needed for etoc to get a chance to print the correct local contents. Formerly, etoc issued a Warning on the first pass; it now also induces LaTeX into announcing "There were undefined references", as this is nearer to the end of the log file and console output. ~v1.08h [2016/09/25]^ New functioning of \etocsetnexttocdepth: the tocdepth counter is modified only at the time of the table of contents, not before. This fixes an issue which arose when \etocsetnexttocdepth was used multiple times with no intervening table of contents. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé for reporting the problem. The PDF documentation includes about 25 LaTeX code snippets also as file attachment annotations, additionally to their verbatim typesetting. The ordering of the documentation contents has been slightly re-organized. A previous documentation-only update on 2016/09/09 added a new section with the (approximate) translation into etoc lingua of the book class toc style, for easy customizability. ~v1.08g [2015/08/29]^ Downgraded to a mere info message the etoc-issued warning (relative to \settocdepth/\maxtocdepth) under class memoir. ~v1.08f [2015/04/28]^ Minor changes to the documentation. \etocsetlevel more economical. ~v1.08e [2015/04/17]^ The command \etocchecksemptiness tells etoc to not print, from that point on, the headings of the local tables of contents if they have empty contents. This is mainly for class authors who might want to have their \section or \chapter automatically do a \localtableofcontents. Could prove also useful for batch conversions of documents. Thanks to Paul Gaborit who asked for such a feature. The command \etocnotocifnotoc extends this behaviour to global TOCs: indeed why should documents with no sectioning units take this as an excuse not to use package etoc ? The command \etocifwasempty{yes}{no} can be used for suitable extra action. A \tableofcontents\ref{foo} now expects foo to be a label to a _local_ TOC. The use with foo a label to a _global_ TOC is not supported anymore as it had no utility and made the code more complex. The syntax \localtableofcontents\ref{foo} is now accepted as a synonym to the earlier syntax \tableofcontents\ref{foo}. ~v1.08d [2015/04/09]^ Translation into German of the additions made to the documentation for the 1.08x series of releases. Thanks to Christine Römer! ~v1.08c [2015/03/30]^ - removed a few unneeded \long from the code. - removed use of \arabic at one location of the code, as it may get redefined by some language modules for babel or polyglossia. ~v1.08b [2015/03/18]^ Bug fixes: - extra space token removed from `\localtableofcontents` (showed only for inline TOCs.) - \etocpartname (a macro used by the package own default line styles) was defined to be \partname, but this is not compatible at least with babel+french context. Now simply expands to Part. - some problems fixed in the German documentation. - [2015/03/28] some more problems fixed in the documentation. Added mention of \etocarticlestyle and \etocbookstyle. ~v1.08a [2015/03/13]^ \etocname, \etocnumber and \etocpage are now the robust variants of \etocthelinkedname, \etocthelinkednumber and \etocthelinkedpage. This should arguably have been done since the addition of the latter to etoc with v1.07f [2013/03/07]. The earlier robust commands \etocname etc... contained the hyperlink destination only in an unexpanded form. The documentation has a brand new title page and a new section The TOC as a TikZ mind map both illustrating further uses of etoc to display tables of contents as trees in an automatic manner. ~v1.08 [2015/03/10]^ \etocskipfirstprefix may now appear anywhere in the part of a level style. New commands \etociffirst, \etocxiffirst, \etocxifnumbered, \etocglobaldefs and \etoclocaldefs. It is now possible to issue line style specifications directly with & and \\ tokens, in order to typeset a TOC as a tabular or longtable with the opening for example in the first argument of \etocsettocstyle and the closing in its second argument. It is mandatory for such uses to issue \etocglobaldefs which tells etoc to proceed globally for certain definitions. This is also useful in the context of the inline environments of package enumitem. On this occasion, various old parts of the code have been improved. ~v1.07n [2015/03/05]^ No more use of \toks@ when etoc constructs \etocthelinkedname etc... Thus \toks@ can be put in the line styles in order to accumulate information. Only useful if it is certain nothing else will change \toks@ either. In the documentation: list of main commands now in alphabetic order. ~v1.07m [2015/01/23]^ Reading of .toc file is delayed to \begin{document} to account for possible Babel active characters used therein. Thanks to Denis Bitouzé who reported a Babel related problem. Improved global toc display emulation under KOMA-script classes. New command \etocbeforetitlehook. New command \etocdisplay. ~v1.07l [doc of 2014/04/29]^ Added to the documentation an example of use of \etocthelinkedname together with an enumitem inline itemize* environment; moved main TOC to immediately after the title, and license to the first pages. Incorporation of the translation into German done on the initiative of $[Christine Römer] by $[Felix Baral-Weber, Jenny Rothkrämer-Vogt, Daniel Büttner, Claudia Dahl, Christian Otto and Christine Römer (FSU Jena).] My grateful thanks to all! ~v1.07l [2014/04/22]^ Fixes a bug with the 1.07k compatibility layer with tocloft which had broken the 1.07k (sic) compatibility with memoir (yes, memoir class 1.07k testing had been done before adding the tocloft thing to the source code . . . ). Also, etoc when detecting tocvsec2 now checks if this is under the memoir class, as then nothing special needs to be done to rescue \tableofcontents, contrarily to the situation with the native tocvsec2. ~v1.07k [2014/03/06]^ Compatibility with package tocloft; and improved compatibility with class memoir. Novel TOC example in Overview. ~v1.07j [2013/12/03]^ Some issues with the documentation formatting (now two-sided) have been addressed, and a novel documentation section ``Typesetting the TOC as a table'' has been added. Very minor code change (\Etoc@readtoc). ~v1.07i [2013/10/21]^ Changes to the \etocmulticolstyle and \etocruledstyle codes to lessen the risk of a page break after the title (in the one-column case). ~v1.07h [2013/10/16]^ New commands \etocdepthtag.toc, \etocsettagdepth, \etocobeydepthtags, \etocignoredepthtags. ~v1.07g [2013/10/13]^ New commands \etocsettocdepth, \etocsettocdepth.toc, \etocobeytoctocdepth, \etoc~-ignoretoctocdepth which emulate part of tocvsec2 functionality ; measures to make tocvsec2 partially compatible with etoc. New commands \etocsetnexttocdepth, \invisibletableofcontents, \invisiblelocaltableofcontents. Switched from tikz-qtree to forest for the first `toc as tree' example. Command names are linked to their descriptions, and many other changes in the documentation. Removed printing of temporary message when the local toc id is not yet stabilized; indeed \localtableofcontents can have many uses, such as filling up some token list register and one may wish to not have anything typeset, even in an intermediate run. All of tex etoc.dtx, etex etoc.dtx, xetex etoc.dtx, latex etoc.dtx, pdflatex etoc.dtx are now possible, and the extracted file etoc.tex allows easy customization of compilation options for the documentation (default is via dvipdfmx which produces the smallest file). ~v1.07f [2013/03/07]^ New macros \etocthelinkedname, \etocthelinkednumber, \etocthelinkedpage, and \etocthelink. ~v1.07e [2013/03/01]^ Improvements in the package own line styles with regards to penalties and vertical spaces. Addition to the documentation of an example of a tree-like table of contents (uses tikz). More such examples added 2013/03/03. ~v1.07d [2013/02/24]^ Minor code improvements and new documentation section ``Another compatibility mode''. ~v1.07b [2013/02/02]^ Removal of the \xspace from the macros \etocname, \etocnumber, \etocpage. Additional examples in the documentation. ~v1.07 [2013/01/29]^ New commands: \etocthename, \etocthenumber, \etocthe~-page, \etoclink, \etoctoccontentsline, \etoctoccontentsline~lowast \etocnopar, \etocaftercontentshook Modified command: \etocmulticolstyle New documentation section ``Surprising uses of etoc'' which explains how to do ``Lists of arbitrary things'', in addition to the tables of contents. ~v1.06 [2012/12/07]^ The standard macros \l@section etc... are modified only during the calls to \tableofcontents; they can thus be customized as will by the user (with the help of a package like tocloft) and this will be taken into account by etoc for the TOCs typeset in compatibility mode. ~v1.05 [2012/12/01]^ \localtableofcontents replaces \tableofcontents~lowast (for compatibility with the memoir class). Compatibility with KOMA-script and memoir document classes. ~v1.04 [2012/11/24]^ A (possibly local) table of contents can be labeled: \tableofcontents \label{toc:1} and reproduced elsewhere in the document (with a possibly completely different layout): \tableofcontents \ref{toc:1} ~v1.02 [2012/11/18]^ Initial version. \end{jfverbatim} \end{multicols} \endgroup % group for modified verbatim printing of the changes log \makeatletter \let\check@percent\original@check@percent \makeatother \small \ifnum\ForEnglish=1 \section{Implementation} \fi \ifnum\ForDeutsch=1 \section{Ausführung} \fi \indent % !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Lundi 09 mars 2015 à 09:32:22 % PUTAIN DE BORDEL DE MERDE AVEC CES \trivlist % il faut faire un paragraphe après \section sinon pas d'espacement % vertical en sortie de blocs macrocode. Pas évident à trouver, vu que % je customisais différentes choses qui pouvaient affecter macrocode. % 9 mars 2015 % Pour rappel on avait dans le préambule: % \def\MacroFont{\ttfamily\small\hyphenchar\font45 \baselineskip11pt\relax} % ce qui donne donc le \macro@font qui sera utilisé. \StopEventually{\normalsize \ifnum\NoSourceCode=1 \ifnum\ForEnglish=1 \texttt{\parindent 0pt\rightskip 1cm minus 1cm This documentation has been compiled without inclusion of the source code. To produce the English documentation with source code included:\endgraf \ \ \ \ run etex on etoc.dtx to produce etoc.tex,\endgraf \ \ \ \ then thrice pdflatex on etoc.tex.\endgraf \medskip To produce the German documentation with source code included, run etex on etoc.dtx to produce etoc-DE.tex, then edit etoc-DE.tex to set \string\NoSourceCode\space to 0, and run pdflatex thrice on etoc-DE.tex.\endgraf }% \fi \ifnum\ForDeutsch=1 \texttt{\hyphenchar\font-1 \parindent 0pt\rightskip 0.5cm minus 0.5cm \selectlanguage{ngerman}% Diese Dokumentation wurde ohne Einbeziehung des Quellcodes erstellt. % Um % die englische Dokumentation mit dem Quellcode zu produzieren, ist % einzubeziehen: \endgraf % \ \ \ \ kompilieren etex mit etoc.dtx, um etoc.tex zu % produzieren, \endgraf % \ \ \ \ dann dreimal pdflatex mit etoc.tex.\endgraf \endgraf Um die deutsche Dokumentation mit Einbeziehung des Quellcodes zu erstellen, ist zu kompilieren etex mit etoc.dtx, um etoc-DE.tex zu erzeugen, dann ist \string\NoSourceCode\space in etoc-DE.tex auf 0 zu setzen, dann ist pdflatex dreimal mit etoc-DE.tex laufen zu lassen.\endgraf % \medskip % (Ignorieren Sie dvipdfmx-Warnungen oder, im Falle von Problemen mit einer % alten Version von dvipdfmx, setzen Sie \string\Withdvipdfmx\space auf 0 in % etoc.tex oder etoc-DE.tex um dann pdflatex laufen zu % lassen.)\endgraf }% }% \fi \fi \end{document}} % 9 avril 2015 (1.08d) pour forcer indentation après macrocode % par un effet particulier si avant macrocode un enumerate, inefficient, % mais vraiment pas envie d'investiguer. % % l'esthétique est un peu douteuse mais je laisse ? % non finalement je supprime % \makeatletter % \def\endmacrocode{% % \ifpm@module \endgroup \pm@modulefalse \fi % \everypar{}% % \global\@inlabelfalse % \endtrivlist\@endpefalse % <<-- ajouté % \close@crossref} % \makeatother % November 2012 % I don't want to have to type at this location (far from the top of the % file) explicitly the package version or version date, as it is % inconvenient to have to remember to do this when updating the package. % Also, I prefer not to add macros to the |.sty| file giving the package % date, name, or version. So I extracted this from the real macrocode % environment (leaving out the \init@crossref.) \makeatletter \begingroup \topsep\MacrocodeTopsep \trivlist\parskip\z@\item[] \macro@font \leftskip\@totalleftmargin \advance\leftskip\MacroIndent \rightskip\z@ \parindent\z@ \parfillskip\@flushglue \global\@newlistfalse \global\@minipagefalse \ifcodeline@index \everypar{\global\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne \llap{\theCodelineNo\ \hskip\@totalleftmargin}}% \fi \string\NeedsTeXFormat\string{LaTeX2e\string}\par \string\ProvidesPackage\string{etoc\string}\par \noindent\space [\etocpkgdate\space\etocpkgversion\space\etocpkgdescription]\par \nointerlineskip \global\@inlabelfalse \endtrivlist \endgroup \makeatother % The catcode hackery next is to avoid to have <*package> to be listed % in the commented source code... % (c) 2012/11/19 jf burnol ;-) \MakePercentIgnore % % \catcode`\<=0 \catcode`\>=11 \catcode`\*=11 \catcode`\/=11 % \let\relax % \def<*package>{\catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \catcode`\*=12 \catcode`\/=12} % % %<*package> % \begin{macrocode} \RequirePackage{multicol} \DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{etoc}{Option `\CurrentOption' is unknown.}} \ProcessOptions\relax % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| suppresses |\ifEtoc@part| and defines |\ifEtoc@skipprefix|. It % also defines |\etocglobaldefs|, |\etoclocaldefs| and |\Etoc@global|. % \begin{macrocode} \newtoks\Etoc@toctoks \def\Etoc@par{\par} \def\etocinline{\def\Etoc@par{}} \let\etocnopar\etocinline \def\etocdisplay{\def\Etoc@par{\par}}% 1.07m 2015/01/23 % \end{macrocode} % |\etocglobaldefs| should be used only for special things such as TOC as a % table; it should be put in a group to limit its scope. If used in the % preamble, it must come \emph{after} |tableof| if the latter is loaded too. % \begin{macrocode} \let\Etoc@global\@empty % 1.08 2015/03/10 \def\etocglobaldefs{\let\Etoc@global\global\let\tof@global\global} \def\etoclocaldefs {\let\Etoc@global\@empty\let\tof@global\@empty} \newif\ifEtoc@jj % book \newif\ifEtoc@j % part \newif\ifEtoc@ % chapter \newif\ifEtoc@i % section \newif\ifEtoc@ii % subsection \newif\ifEtoc@iii % subsubsection \newif\ifEtoc@iv % paragraph \newif\ifEtoc@v % subparagraph \newif\ifEtoc@number \newif\ifEtoc@hyperref \newif\ifEtoc@parskip % 1.07d \newif\ifEtoc@tocwithid \newif\ifEtoc@standard \newif\ifEtoc@skipprefix % 1.08 \newif\ifEtoc@isfirst % 1.08 \newif\ifEtoc@localtoc \newif\ifEtoc@skipthisone \newif\ifEtoc@stoptoc \newif\ifEtoc@notactive \newif\ifEtoc@mustclosegroup \newif\ifEtoc@emptytoc % 1.08e \newif\ifEtoc@checksemptiness % 1.08e. Default is 'no checks'. \def\etocchecksemptiness {\Etoc@checksemptinesstrue } \def\etocdoesnotcheckemptiness {\Etoc@checksemptinessfalse }% 1.08i \newif\ifEtoc@notocifnotoc % 1.08e \def\etocnotocifnotoc {\Etoc@checksemptinesstrue\Etoc@notocifnotoctrue } \def\etoc@{\etoc@} \newif\ifEtoc@bracedname % 1.08p % \end{macrocode} % |1.07g| uses a second counter; this could be avoided, but ok, let's not be % that strict. % \begin{macrocode} \newcounter{etoc@tocid} \newcounter{etoc@tocdepth}% 1.07g % \end{macrocode} % |2015/03/08| Why do I use |jj| in the flags and |minustwo| here? and % is there an entity full of forgiveness out there to save my soul even % if taking into consideration my use of single and doubled |@|'s ? % Although I desperately need to waste time I miraculously decided not % to change everything today and thus the somewhat dispendious set-up % below is maintained. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifclassloaded{memoir}{\def\Etoc@minf{-\thr@@}}{\def\Etoc@minf{-\tw@}} \def\Etoc@@minustwo@@{-\tw@} \let\Etoc@@minusone@@\m@ne \let\Etoc@@zero@@ \z@ \let\Etoc@@one@@ \@ne \let\Etoc@@two@@ \tw@ \let\Etoc@@three@@ \thr@@ \chardef\Etoc@@four@@ 4 \chardef\Etoc@@five@@ 5 \chardef\Etoc@@six@@ 6 \def\Etoc@@minustwo@{minustwo} \def\Etoc@@minusone@{minusone} \def\Etoc@@zero@ {zero} \def\Etoc@@one@ {one} \def\Etoc@@two@ {two} \def\Etoc@@three@ {three} \def\Etoc@@four@ {four} \def\Etoc@@five@ {five} % \end{macrocode} % |1.07g|. % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\def\csname Etoc@-3@@\endcsname {-\thr@@} \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@-2@@\endcsname \Etoc@@minustwo@@ \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@-1@@\endcsname \Etoc@@minusone@@ \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@0@@\endcsname \Etoc@@zero@@ \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@1@@\endcsname \Etoc@@one@@ \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@2@@\endcsname \Etoc@@two@@ \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@3@@\endcsname \Etoc@@three@@ \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@4@@\endcsname \Etoc@@four@@ \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@5@@\endcsname \Etoc@@five@@ \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@6@@\endcsname \Etoc@@six@@ \let\Etoc@all@@ \Etoc@@five@@ \let\Etoc@none@@ \Etoc@minf % \end{macrocode} % Versions earlier than |1.08| did |\Etoc@newlevel| in a quite % embarrassing way with an |\edef|. % % |1.08f|'s \csa{etocsetlevel} avoids multiple insertions of the same level % in the \csa{Etoc@levellist} list. % % |1.08k| modified \csa{Etoc@newlevel}: formerly a token |\l@#1| was stored in % place of braced name |{#1}|. This changed is to facilitate creation of the % |\etocsavedsectiontocline| etc... macros later on, at each TOC. But the % stored |#1| is not expanded immediately, although it is in other parts of % \csa{etocsetlevel}, which may cause timing problems if |#1| is a macro. % \begin{macrocode} \let\Etoc@levellist\@empty \def\Etoc@newlevel #1{\expandafter\def\expandafter\Etoc@levellist\expandafter {\Etoc@levellist\Etoc@levellist@elt{#1}}} \def\etocsetlevel#1#2{% \@ifundefined{Etoc@#1@@}{\Etoc@newlevel{#1}}{}% \ifcase#2\relax \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@zero@@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@zero@ \or \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@one@@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@one@ \or \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@two@@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@two@ \or \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@three@@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@three@ \or \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@four@@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@four@ \or \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@five@@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@five@ \or \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@ \else \ifnum#2=\m@ne \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@minusone@@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@minusone@ \else \ifnum#2=-\tw@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@minustwo@@ \expandafter\let \csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\Etoc@@minustwo@ \else \PackageWarning{etoc} {unexpected value `#2' in \string\etocsetlevel.^^J% Should be -2,-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. Set to 6 (=ignored)}% \expandafter\let\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname\Etoc@@six@@ \fi \fi \fi } \etocsetlevel{book}{-2} \etocsetlevel{part}{-1} \etocsetlevel{chapter}{0} \etocsetlevel{section}{1} \etocsetlevel{subsection}{2} \etocsetlevel{subsubsection}{3} \etocsetlevel{paragraph}{4} \etocsetlevel{subparagraph}{5} % \end{macrocode} % The first two parameters of |\Etoc@et@hop| are exchanged in |1.08| % compared to earlier versions; this is in relation to changes done in % |\Etoc@etoccontentsline|. % % |1.08i| as a |fourorthree| rather than as formerly a |sixorfive|. % % \LaTeX\ of November 2021 will have its |\contentsline| always grab four % arguments. So we must adjust |\Etoc@et@hop| et al., else usage of \etoc % without hyperref will be broken. Done at |1.09e 2021/09/23|. % % Side note to myself: I see there is now a |\@gobblethree| in latex.ltx and % I wonder since when. No time to lose on checking that. % \begin{macrocode} \AtBeginDocument{% \@ifpackageloaded{parskip}{\Etoc@parskiptrue}{}% \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\Etoc@hyperreftrue \def\Etoc@et@hop#1#2#3#4#5{#2{#3}{#4}{#5}#1}% \long\def\Etoc@gobblefourorthree#1#2#3#4{}} {\def\Etoc@et@hop#1#2#3#4{#2{#3}{#4}#1}% \long\def\Etoc@gobblefourorthree#1#2#3{}}% \@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2021/11/15}{% \def\Etoc@et@hop#1#2#3#4#5{#2{#3}{#4}{#5}#1}% \let\Etoc@gobblefourorthree\@gobblefour }{}% } % \end{macrocode} % |2015/03/08| One has to be careful about the |Etoc@end@| user % defined macros which may close groups. This has always been the reason % for the |\global|'s here and elsewhere. % % |1.08| uses |\Etoc@level| rather than a |#1| which used to be anyhow always % the |\Etoc@tmp|. Now |\Etoc@level| is what was called formerly |\Etoc@tmp| % in |\Etoc@etoccontentsline|. % % Attention that |\Etoc@setflags| must not modify |\Etoc@next|! % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@setflags {% \ifcase \Etoc@level \global\Etoc@vfalse \global\Etoc@ivfalse \global\Etoc@iiifalse \global\Etoc@iifalse \global\Etoc@ifalse \global\Etoc@true \or \global\Etoc@vfalse \global\Etoc@ivfalse \global\Etoc@iiifalse \global\Etoc@iifalse \global\Etoc@itrue \or \global\Etoc@vfalse \global\Etoc@ivfalse \global\Etoc@iiifalse \global\Etoc@iitrue \or \global\Etoc@vfalse \global\Etoc@ivfalse \global\Etoc@iiitrue \or \global\Etoc@vfalse \global\Etoc@ivtrue \or \global\Etoc@vtrue \else \global\Etoc@vfalse \global\Etoc@ivfalse \global\Etoc@iiifalse \global\Etoc@iifalse \global\Etoc@ifalse \global\Etoc@false \ifnum\Etoc@level=\m@ne \global\Etoc@jtrue \else \global\Etoc@jfalse \global\Etoc@jjtrue \fi \fi } % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| This was originally in |\Etoc@etoccontentsline|, intermixed % with the definitions of |\Etoc@contents| and |\Etoc@prefix|. Separated % here for clarity of code. One has to be careful that this may close % groups. The conditionals are all global. The |\Etoc@level| has been % |\global\let| to a |\chardef| variable. The final |\else| of the % |\ifcase| assumes none of the |\Etoc@end@..| routines modify it, % naturally. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@doends {% \ifcase \Etoc@level \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five \fi \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four \fi \ifEtoc@iii\Etoc@end@three\fi \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two \fi \ifEtoc@i \Etoc@end@one \fi \or \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five \fi \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four \fi \ifEtoc@iii\Etoc@end@three\fi \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two \fi \or \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five \fi \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four \fi \ifEtoc@iii\Etoc@end@three\fi \or \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five \fi \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four \fi \or \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five \fi \or \else \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five \fi \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four \fi \ifEtoc@iii\Etoc@end@three\fi \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two \fi \ifEtoc@i \Etoc@end@one \fi \ifEtoc@ \Etoc@end@zero \fi \ifnum \Etoc@level =-\tw@ \ifEtoc@j \Etoc@end@minusone\fi \fi \fi } % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| the |\Etoc@next| will (possibly) execute the |begin| code, % \emph{before} |\Etoc@contents| and |\Etoc@prefix| get defined, % contrarily to what I did in earlier versions. I still reset the flags % before execution of the |begin| codes (although the flags are not % supposed to be used therein anyhow). % % Also the \meta{begin} code does |\Etoc@isfirsttrue|. % % |1.08k| This was originally in |\Etoc@etoccontentsline|. Extracted for % re-use by |\etocsetlocaltop.toc|. Calls |\Etoc@setflags| which must not % modify |\Etoc@next|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@dobegins{% \let\Etoc@next\@empty \Etoc@global\Etoc@isfirstfalse % \end{macrocode} % |2015/03/08| If my naming scheme had not been so baroque, I could easily do % things in a more concise way here... % \begin{macrocode} \ifcase\Etoc@level \ifEtoc@ \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@zero}% \fi \or \ifEtoc@i \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@one}% \fi \or \ifEtoc@ii \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@two}% \fi \or \ifEtoc@iii \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@three}% \fi \or \ifEtoc@iv \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@four}% \fi \or \ifEtoc@v \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@five}% \fi \else \ifnum\Etoc@level=\m@ne \ifEtoc@j \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@minusone}% \fi \else \ifEtoc@jj \else \def\Etoc@next{\Etoc@begin@minustwo}% \fi \fi \fi \Etoc@setflags \Etoc@next } % \end{macrocode} % Heart of \etoc hack into execution of |.toc| file. The |.toc| % file must contain (at least indirectly via expansion) % |\contentsline {}...| instructions, with % the standard meaning of executing |\l@unit| (the hyperref % modifications are taken into account). It is the various |\l@unit|'s % which are (locally) |\let| to |\Etoc@lxyz| and it is |\Etoc@lxyz| % which does the parsing of the arguments in order to extract name, % number and page number. Once they are obtained, via the execution of % this indirectly hacked |\contentsline|, the code executes the % |\Etoc@prefix| and |\Etoc@contents| corresponding to that unit level, % according to the user |\etocsetstyle| declarations. Before that the % begin part is executed when \etoc first encounters that level % coming from a higher one and the end part will be executed when % hitting a more important level. % % |\etocskipfirstprefix| was already part of the very first release of % \etoc. Up to |1.07n| it was just an elegant |\@thirdofthree| possibly % executed just before a |\@firstoftwo{\Etoc@swa{#1}}{\Etoc@swb{#1}}| % line. But this made it impossible for me to execute things after the % |begin| parts. % % Executing stuff before |begin| is now a potential problem because the user % can close some group in the |begin| code (this was in fact impossible in % versions |<1.08| because this would have erased the definitions of % |\Etoc@contents| and |\Etoc@prefix|). Thus I am not so free now to define % things before execution of begin, if I allow people to close a group % therein, except if I make them global. % % The mechanism of |\etocskipfirstprefix| made it impossible to add % anything at the end of the |begin| codes. Thus I changed it in |1.08| % to simply work with a (global) boolean flag. This gives user the % freedom to use |\etocskipfirstprefix| anywhere in the |begin| code and % it made room for a delimited macro I called |\etoconlyonfirst|. But % then I dropped it in favor of definition of the |\etociffirst| % conditional. % % Macros |\Etoc@swa| and |\Etoc@swb| which did the |\Etoc@et@hop| thing have % been suppressed, their effect is incorporated to the end of % |\Etoc@etoccontentsline|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocskipfirstprefix {\global\Etoc@skipprefixtrue } % \end{macrocode} % |2015/03/08| let's record that |\Etoc@level| used to be called % |\Etoc@tmp| in versions earlier than |1.08| (and |\Etoc@tmp| is used % in the completely different ulterior |\Etoc@lxyz| context). The code % sets it for example to be |\Etoc@section@@| which has been let by % |\etocsetlevel| to |\@ne|, thus is always self-terminating in % |\ifnum..\fi| contexts. % % |1.08i-2016/09/29| makes some changes in the organization of the % conditionals. It could happen in certain special circumstances (created by % that part in |\Etoc@localtableofcontents| which is executed after the test % of emptiness) that |\Etoc@localtop| was still undefined. Earlier version of % the code was a bit lazy and did not avoid some unneeded |\ifnum| with % |\Etoc@localtop| in context where the flag |\ifEtoc@stoptoc| was |\iftrue|; % this was not an issue when code was first written, |\Etoc@localtop| was % always initialized back then. But the code in |\Etoc@localtableofcontents| % handling local TOCs with unrecognized ids would call execution of the |.toc| % file under some special context with flag |\ifEtoc@stoptoc| artificially set % to true. If |\Etoc@localtop| had not been initialized an undefined control % sequence error would occur. Furthermore as |\ifEtoc@notactive| was also set % to true, the case of no error leads then to unneededly expand |\Etoc@setflags| % code slowing down compilation. % % Also |1.08i| splits the macro into two, with accompanying slight % refactoring. I had such problems with the behaviour of TeX booleans in % 2011/12 that I got excessively cautious then, and was using an |\Etoc@next| % for the |\Etoc@setflags| rather than leaving it like here deep inside % conditional branches. % % Attention! |1.09|'s \cs{etoclocaltop} is the former \cs{Etoc@localtop} % \emph{minus one}. Hence some slight change in conditional here. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@etoccontentsline #1{% \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc@level\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname \Etoc@skipthisonefalse \ifnum\Etoc@level=\Etoc@@six@@ \Etoc@skipthisonetrue \else \ifEtoc@localtoc \ifEtoc@stoptoc \Etoc@skipthisonetrue \else \ifEtoc@notactive\Etoc@setflags \Etoc@skipthisonetrue \else \unless\ifnum\Etoc@level>\etoclocaltop \Etoc@skipthisonetrue \global\Etoc@stoptoctrue \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@gobblefourorthree \ifEtoc@skipthisone \else \unless\ifnum\c@tocdepth<\Etoc@level \ifEtoc@standard \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@savedcontentsline \else \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@etoccontentsline@ \fi \fi \fi \Etoc@next{#1}% } % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| New way to handle the compatibility mode. One has to worry % only for the local tables of contents (in inactive state, which still % must be parsed for global level flags) but in this case % |\Etoc@setflags| was done above already. Earlier method proceeded with % dummy empty line styles. % % |2015/03/08| Ever since the first release of \etoc, the code has % to be careful that the |\Etoc@end@| user defined macros may % close groups. This is the reason why some assignments have to be done % globally. The |\let\Etoc@next\Etoc@gobblesixorfive| above could be % local, because it is used only in case the stuff below is skipped, % inclusive of |\Etoc@doends| which may close groups. (code has changed since, % slightly). % % |1.08| extracts to a separate macro |\Etoc@doends|. Earlier code % did |\global\let\Etoc@next\relax| but we can now give a default |\relax| % value to |\Etoc@next| with no need of a |\global| prefix. % % |1.08k| extracts |\Etoc@dobegins|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@etoccontentsline@ #1{% \Etoc@doends % separated since 1.08 \Etoc@dobegins % separated since 1.08k. Does \Etoc@setflags. % \end{macrocode} % |1.08|: % \begin{enumerate} % \item separates the definition of |\Etoc@prefix| and % |\Etoc@contents| from the execution of the |end| parts. And it does % the definition with some |\csname|'s. % % \item implements |\etocskipfirstprefix| with a boolean, this is less slick % but more flexible than the earlier method. % % \item defines the |\etociffirst| conditional. % % \item has |\Etoc@level| rather than |\Etoc@tmp| and thus we can dispense % with the |\ifEtoc@part| switch as we will be able to test the equality % |\Etoc@level=-1| inside of |\Etoc@lxyz|. % % \item adds the |\Etoc@global| prefix. % \end{enumerate} % |1.08i| uses an |\edef| rather than |\def| with a chain of |\expandafter|. % \begin{macrocode} \Etoc@global\edef\Etoc@prefix {\expandafter\noexpand \csname Etoc@prefix@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname }% \Etoc@global\edef\Etoc@contents{\expandafter\noexpand \csname Etoc@contents@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname }% \ifEtoc@skipprefix \Etoc@global\let\Etoc@prefix\@empty\fi \global\Etoc@skipprefixfalse % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| modifies the ending to not use the |\Etoc@swa| and |\Etoc@swb| % things. With this version, the |\Etoc@next| here is only to gobble % everything if it has to (or gobble only the \etoc things, when in % compatibility mode). % % For the record we don't do |\csname l@#1\endcsname| mainly because % hyperref patches |\contentsline|. % % The location where |\Etoc@savedcontentsline| is |\let| to % |\contentsline| has been moved with release |1.08| to before the % title as set by |\etocsettoctyle|, thus it is now possible to open a % tabular in this part. And with the |\Etoc@global| prefix the user may % opt for global definitions of |\etocname| and the like, thus use % freely |&| and other group closing things. Also, some care has been % put into doing only expandable things after expansion of the % \meta{prefix} and \meta{contents} parts of a sectioning unit % style. % % |1.09e| prepares for LaTeX November 2021 upcoming release % whose |\contentsline| will always grab four arguments whether or % not hyperref is loaded. The |\Etoc@et@hop| definition done at % begin document must now swap the same number of arguments % whether or not hyperref is loaded (else \etoc would be broken in % absence of hyperref). % \begin{macrocode} \Etoc@et@hop{\Etoc@prefix\Etoc@contents}{\Etoc@savedcontentsline{#1}}% } % \end{macrocode} % START OF MAINLY OBSOLETE COMMENTS % % |2013/03/07|: up to |1.06| \etoc defined only \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber} and % \csa{etocpage}. The |hyperref| added data is recycled in the simplest % manner, prefixing it with \csa{leavevmode}. The included % \csa{Hy@tocdestname} is (was, see below |1.07f| and |1.08a|) left % unexpanded. We have to spend some time with delimited macros to dis-entangle % the |.toc| data, and reconstruct the possible |hyperref| data. If the page % number is not hyperlinked, \csa{etocpage} does \emph{not} add the link found % possibly in the name. % % |1.07| adds \csa{etocthename}, \csa{etocthenumber}, \csa{etocthepage} which % are left fragile and do not have the links data, and % \csa{etoclink}\marg{linkname} which is robust and reconstructs an % arbitrarily named link. % % A need (for things like building up a token list to be used in a % |tikzpicture|) arose later to have some form of the link which could be % saved by a simple command like one can do % |\global\let\lastname\etocthename|, and avoid having to manipulate % \csa{Hy@tocdestname}. So |1.07f| adds \csa{etocthelinkedname}, % \csa{etocthelinkednumber}, \csa{etocthelinkedpage}, \csa{etocthelink}: they % use \csa{hyperlink} with an expanded \csa{Hy@tocdestname}. % % |1.07f| also adds \csa{leavevmode} to \csa{etoclink} which % should have been done earlier, as it was included in \csa{etocname} etc... % attention, \csa{@namedef}|{A}{B}| and not \csa{@namedef}|{A} {B}| !! % on the other hand this gives a simple way to insert a space as the first % token in the paramaters. For \csa{Etoc@again} (which appears later in the % code), a \csa{@firstofone} construct is however the simplest of all. % % END OF MAINLY OBSOLETE COMMENTS % % |1.08| adds |\Etoc@global| prefix (|2015/03/09|). % % |1.08a| drops the original constructions of |\etocname| etc... The obvious % decision to convert \csa{etocname}, etc ... to be the robust versions of % \csa{etocthelinkedname}, etc ... was delayed two years % (from |1.07f 2013/03/07| to |1.08a 2015/03/13|) for sentimental reason. But % the original % versions contained the hyperref destination only in unexpanded form, this % forced to use \csa{etocthelinkedname}, etc... in cases when the thing had to % be stored for delayed use. Now the user can do this directly with % \csa{etocname}, \csa{etocnumber}, \csa{etocpage} (taking into account though % that these are robust macros, thus perhaps using something like |\LetLtxMacro|.) % % |1.08j| turns |\etoclink| into the robust version of |\etocthelink|. Indeed % so far only \csa{etocthelink} contained |\Hy@tocdestname| expanded. But % \csa{etoclink} did not, and thus it could not be used after a group was % closed for example by a |&| from the sectioning style, even if having used % |\etocglobaldefs|. % % |1.08n| adds |\futurelet|-based methods to avoid unbracing things. % % |1.08p| uses |\Etoc@@getnb| (and |\Etoc@@getit|) to intercept cases % when |\numberline| is hidden behind braces % (\url{https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref/issues/65}). % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@lxyz #1#2{% \Etoc@global\let\etocthelink\@firstofone % fall-back, was let \@empty up to 1.08i (inc.) \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {#1}% (if linked, will be removed later) \Etoc@global\def\etocthelinkedname {#1}% (probably redefined later) \futurelet\Etoc@getthepage@token \Etoc@getthepage #2\etoc@ % defines \etocthelinkedpage \futurelet\Etoc@getnb@token \Etoc@@getnb #1\relax\relax\etoc@ % sets number, name, and \etocthelink \ifEtoc@number \else \ifnum\Etoc@level=\m@ne \futurelet\Etoc@getit@token \Etoc@@getit #1\hspace\relax\etoc@ % additional job for parts \fi \fi \Etoc@global\expandafter\let\csname etoclink \endcsname\etocthelink \Etoc@global\expandafter\let\csname etocname \endcsname\etocthelinkedname \Etoc@global\expandafter\let\csname etocnumber \endcsname\etocthelinkednumber \Etoc@global\expandafter\let\csname etocpage \endcsname\etocthelinkedpage } % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| adds the |\Etoc@global|'s. % % |1.08j| fixes an old |\ifx #1\hyperlink@start| bug. % % Potential (but rather exotic) brace removal problems wiped away at |1.08n|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@getthepage {% \if1\ifEtoc@hyperref \ifx\hyper@linkstart\Etoc@getthepage@token1\else0\fi \else0\fi \expandafter\Etoc@getthepage@hyp \else \expandafter\Etoc@getthepage@nohyp \fi } \def\Etoc@getthepage@nohyp #1\etoc@ {% \Etoc@global\def\etocthepage {#1}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthelinkedpage {#1}% } % \end{macrocode} % |1.07k| corrects a bug here with an extra space before |##1| in % |\@namedef{etoclink } ##1|. In 99.99\% of use cases however, the % macro gets redefined at a later stage, thus the bug did not show. % % |1.07n| replaces use of |\toks@| by macro |\Etoc@tmp|. Thus, the user has % the (not so recommended) possibility to use |\toks@| in the styles, even to % store information whose scope extends beyond the execution of each % |\contentsline|. % % |1.08| adds the |\Etoc@global|'s. % % |1.08j| does not define \csa{etoclink} anymore, only \csa{etocthelink} % which contains the |\Hy@tocdestname| already expanded. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@getthepage@hyp #1#2#3#4#5\etoc@ {% \Etoc@global\def\etocthepage {#4}% \edef\Etoc@tmp {{#3}}% \Etoc@global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthelinkedpage\expandafter {\expandafter\hyperlink \Etoc@tmp{#4}}% \Etoc@global\edef\etocthelink##1{\noexpand\hyperlink\Etoc@tmp{##1}}% } % \end{macrocode} % |1.08j| fixes an old buggy |\ifx #1\hyper@linkstart|. This could show if % hyperref was present with |linktoc=page| option for example, because in that % case |#1| could be some tokens within braces. As this is rare case though, % no bug was reported. % % Anyway I refactored the whole thing at |1.08n|. % % |1.08p| adds workaround for an extra brace pair inserted by hyperref % in case of |linktoc=page| option % \centeredline{\url{https://github.com/ho-tex/hyperref/issues/65}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@@getnb {% \Etoc@bracednamefalse \ifx\Etoc@getnb@token\bgroup \expandafter\Etoc@getnb@checkifbraced \else \expandafter\Etoc@getnb \fi } \def\Etoc@tworelax{\relax\relax} \def\Etoc@getnb@checkifbraced #1#2\etoc@ {% \def\Etoc@tmp{#2}% \ifx\Etoc@tmp\Etoc@tworelax \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Etoc@getnb@nameisbraced \expandafter\@firstofone \else \expandafter\Etoc@getnb \fi {#1}#2\etoc@ } \def\Etoc@getnb@nameisbraced {% \Etoc@bracednametrue \futurelet\Etoc@getnb@token\Etoc@getnb } \def\Etoc@getnb {% \ifx\Etoc@getnb@token\bgroup \expandafter\Etoc@getnb@nohyp@nonbr \else \if1\ifEtoc@hyperref \ifx\hyper@linkstart\Etoc@getnb@token1\else0\fi \else0\fi \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Etoc@getnb@hyp \else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Etoc@getnb@nohyp \fi \fi } % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| adds the |\Etoc@global|'s. % % |1.08j| corrects an old |\ifx#1\numberline| into |\ifx\numberline#1|. % % |1.08k| uses a delimited macro to identify \csa{numberline}, % \csa{chapternumberline} etc... in one go, avoiding % the |\let\chapternumberline\numberline| etc... which were done formerly % in \csa{Etoc@tableofcontents}. Currently \etoc does not yet use \eTeX. % % |1.08m| fixes incompatibility of |1.08k|'s delimited macro method with KOMA's % \csa{nonumberline}. % % Both |1.08k| and % |1.08m| actually would have needed some |\detokenize| for complete safety % and so far \etoc does not use e-\TeX. So here at |1.08n| I refactored the % whole thing. And I added a |\futurelet|-based brace detection in % |\Etoc@getnb| so here |#1| is guaranteed not braced now. % % |1.08n| tries to handle reasonably the |\nonumberline| of KOMA-script. % If it expands to |\numberline{}|, \etoc will thus consider the line % numbered with an empty number. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@getnb@nohyp #1{% \in@{#1}{\numberline\chapternumberline\partnumberline\booknumberline}% \ifin@ \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getnb@nohyp@nmbrd \else \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getnb@nohyp@nonbr \in@{#1}{\nonumberline}% \ifin@ \ifx\nonumberline\empty\else\let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getnb@nohyp@nmbrd\fi \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \fi \fi \Etoc@next #1% } \def\Etoc@getnb@nohyp@nmbrd #1#2#3\relax\relax\etoc@ {% \Etoc@global\Etoc@numbertrue \Etoc@global\def\etocthenumber {#2}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthelinkednumber {#2}% \ifEtoc@bracedname \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {{#3}}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthelinkedname {{#3}}% \else \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {#3}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthelinkedname {#3}% \fi } \def\Etoc@getnb@nohyp@nonbr #1\etoc@ {% % \etocthename and \etocthelinkedname already defined in \Etoc@lxyz \Etoc@global\Etoc@numberfalse \Etoc@global\let\etocthenumber \@empty \Etoc@global\let\etocthelinkednumber \@empty } % \end{macrocode} % |1.07n| replaces use of |\toks@| by macro |\Etoc@tmp|. |1.08| adds % the |\Etoc@global|'s. % % |1.08j| corrects the old |\ifx#1\numberline| into |\ifx\numberline#1|. % % |1.08k| uses a delimited macro to identify \csa{numberline}, % \csa{chapternumberline} etc... in one go. % % But anyway this was completely refactored at |1.08n|. Unfortunately % bad macro naming scheme caused a typo in a macro name, and it was % left undefined. % Fixed at |1.08o|. % % At |1.08p| which fixed an hyperref problem in case of |linktoc=page| % we are lazy because the problem with extra braces should not happen % in this branch (hyperref does not brace the hyperlink). So we ignore % the |\ifEtoc@bracedname| setting. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@getnb@hyp #1#2#3#4#5#6\etoc@ {% \edef\Etoc@tmp {{#3}}% \Etoc@global\edef\etocthelink ##1{\noexpand\hyperlink {#3}{##1}}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {#4}% temporary definition \Etoc@global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthelinkedname \expandafter {\expandafter\hyperlink \Etoc@tmp{#4}}% \futurelet\Etoc@hyp@getnb@token\Etoc@getnb@hyp@a #4\relax\relax\etoc@ } \def\Etoc@getnb@hyp@a {% \ifx\Etoc@hyp@getnb@token\bgroup \expandafter\Etoc@getnb@hyp@nonbr \else \expandafter\Etoc@getnb@hyp@b \fi } \def\Etoc@getnb@hyp@b #1{% \in@{#1}{\numberline\chapternumberline\partnumberline\booknumberline}% \ifin@ \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getnb@hyp@nmbrd \else \let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getnb@hyp@nonbr \in@{#1}{\nonumberline}% \ifin@ \ifx\nonumberline\empty\else\let\Etoc@next\Etoc@getnb@hyp@nmbrd\fi \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \fi \fi \Etoc@next #1% } \def\Etoc@getnb@hyp@nmbrd #1#2#3\relax\relax\etoc@ {% \Etoc@global\Etoc@numbertrue \Etoc@global\def\etocthenumber {#2}% \Etoc@global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthelinkednumber \expandafter{\expandafter\hyperlink \Etoc@tmp{#2}}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {#3}% \Etoc@global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthelinkedname \expandafter{\expandafter\hyperlink \Etoc@tmp{#3}}% } \let\Etoc@getnb@hyp@nonbr\Etoc@getnb@nohyp@nonbr % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| adds the |\Etoc@global|'s. % % |1.08n| refactors this but it is still not extremely robust. % % |1.08p| completes the fix of |linktoc=page| problematic hyperref. If % the name was found to be braced, keep the brace pair on extracted % name. But not for extracted number... don't ask why, I did not want % spending ages on working around hyperref's bug. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@@getit{% \ifEtoc@bracedname \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Etoc@getit@nameisbraced \expandafter\@firstofone \else \expandafter\Etoc@getit \fi } \def\Etoc@getit@nameisbraced {\futurelet\Etoc@getit@token\Etoc@getit } \def\Etoc@getit {% \if1\ifEtoc@hyperref \ifx\hyper@linkstart\Etoc@getit@token1\else0\fi \else0\fi \expandafter\Etoc@getit@hyp \else \expandafter\Etoc@getit@nohyp \fi } \def\Etoc@getit@nohyp #1\hspace#2#3\etoc@ {% \ifx\relax#2% \else \Etoc@global\def\etocthenumber {#1}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthelinkednumber {#1}% \Etoc@global\Etoc@numbertrue \Etoc@getit@nohyp@getname #3\etoc@ \fi } \def\Etoc@getit@nohyp@getname #1\hspace\relax\etoc@ {% \ifEtoc@bracedname \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {{#1}}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthelinkedname {{#1}}% \else \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {#1}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthelinkedname {#1}% \fi } % \end{macrocode} % |1.07n| replaces use of |\toks@| by macro |\Etoc@tmp|. |1.08| adds % the |\Etoc@global|'s. % % |1.08j| adds \csa{etocthelink} definition here which was missing. This bug % showed in case hyperref was used with option |linktoc=page|, for |part| % styles: the |\etocthelink| would not create a link if used therein. But the % |linktoc=page| condition could easily however trigger the more serious % |\ifx| bug in |\Etoc@getnb| also fixed at |1.08j|, and this would have % overshadowed this one by a real compilation error rather than a missing link % in the procuced PDF. % % |1.08n| refactors the whole thing. |1.08o| chooses better names for % macros. % % For |1.08p| fix of hyperref's extra brace (see |\Etoc@@getnb|, % |\Etoc@@getit|), this branch should not suffer the issue, hence I % don't bother checking |\ifEtoc@bracedname| status. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@getit@hyp #1#2#3#4#5#6\etoc@ {% \edef\Etoc@tmp {{#3}}% \Etoc@global\edef\etocthelink ##1{\noexpand\hyperlink \Etoc@tmp{##1}}% \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {#4}% temporary definition \Etoc@global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthelinkedname \expandafter{\expandafter\hyperlink \Etoc@tmp{#4}}% \Etoc@getit@hyp@a #4\hspace\relax\etoc@ } \def\Etoc@getit@hyp@a #1\hspace#2#3\etoc@ {% \ifx\relax#2% not extremely safe \else \Etoc@global\Etoc@numbertrue \Etoc@global\def\etocthenumber {#1}% \Etoc@global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthelinkednumber \expandafter{\expandafter\hyperlink \Etoc@tmp{#1}}% \Etoc@getit@hyp@getname #3\etoc@ \fi } \def\Etoc@getit@hyp@getname #1\hspace\relax\etoc@ {% \Etoc@global\def\etocthename {#1}% \Etoc@global\expandafter\def\expandafter\etocthelinkedname \expandafter{\expandafter\hyperlink \Etoc@tmp{#1}}% }% % \end{macrocode} % |1.08a| of |2015/03/12| does the long-postponed thing to let |\etocname| % etc.. be simply the robust variant of |\etocthelinkedname| etc... % \begin{macrocode} \let\etocthename \@empty \let\etocthenumber \@empty \let\etocthepage \@empty \let\etocthelinkedname \@empty \let\etocthelinkednumber \@empty \let\etocthelinkedpage \@empty \let\etocthelink \@firstofone % prior to 1.08j its was \let to \@empty \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocname} {} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocnumber}{} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocpage} {} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etoclink} {\@firstofone} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etocifnumbered} {\ifEtoc@number\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi} \expandafter\let\expandafter\etocxifnumbered\csname etocifnumbered \endcsname % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| defines |\etociffirst| % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etociffirst} {\ifEtoc@isfirst\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi} \expandafter\let\expandafter\etocxiffirst\csname etociffirst \endcsname % \end{macrocode} % |1.07j| modifies |\Etoc@readtoc|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@readtoc {% \ifeof \Etoc@tf \else \read \Etoc@tf to \Etoc@buffer \Etoc@toctoks=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\the\expandafter\Etoc@toctoks\Etoc@buffer}% \expandafter\Etoc@readtoc \fi } % \end{macrocode} % |1.07m| moves the reading of the toc file At Begin Document. Needed for % Babel activated characters. % \begin{macrocode} \Etoc@toctoks {}% (superfluous, but for clarity) \AtBeginDocument{\IfFileExists{\jobname.toc} {{\endlinechar=\m@ne \makeatletter \newread\Etoc@tf \openin\Etoc@tf\@filef@und \Etoc@readtoc \global\Etoc@toctoks=\expandafter{\the\Etoc@toctoks}% \closein\Etoc@tf}} {\typeout{No file \jobname.toc.}}} % \end{macrocode} % 1.07d: parskip and |\@nobreakfalse| stuff moved to |\Etoc@tableofcontents| % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@openouttoc{% \ifEtoc@hyperref \ifx\hyper@last\@undefined \IfFileExists{\jobname .toc} {\Hy@WarningNoLine {old toc file detected, not used; run LaTeX again (cheers from etoc)}% \global\Etoc@toctoks={}% } {}% \fi \fi \if@filesw \newwrite \tf@toc \immediate \openout \tf@toc \jobname .toc\relax \fi \global\let\Etoc@openouttoc\empty } % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| has a new way to handle |\Etoc@standardtrue|. % % Also the expansion of |\Etoc@levelist| is moved to inside % |\Etoc@tableofcontents| as set-up by |\etocsettocstyle|. This opens up % the possibility for the user to open a group in the title (for example % start a tabular) which would be closed (by the first |&|) sometime % later. In combination with |\etocglobaldefs| it will be now much % easier to typeset TOC as tables with \etoc! % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@toctoc{% \global\Etoc@vfalse \global\Etoc@ivfalse \global\Etoc@iiifalse \global\Etoc@iifalse \global\Etoc@ifalse \global\Etoc@false \global\Etoc@jfalse \global\Etoc@jjfalse \the\Etoc@toctoks \ifEtoc@notactive \else \ifEtoc@v \Etoc@end@five\fi \ifEtoc@iv \Etoc@end@four\fi \ifEtoc@iii \Etoc@end@three\fi \ifEtoc@ii \Etoc@end@two\fi \ifEtoc@i \Etoc@end@one\fi \ifEtoc@ \Etoc@end@zero\fi \ifEtoc@j \Etoc@end@minusone\fi \ifEtoc@jj \Etoc@end@minustwo\fi \fi } % \end{macrocode} % Slightly better coded in |1.08b|. Had some bad experiences with TeX % conditionals back in 2011/2012 when I started LaTeX programming, and the % code was a remnant of extra cautious attitude. Also, now % \csa{etoc@@startlocaltoc} is expandable if it does nothing. % % |2015/04/16|: |1.08e| removes a \csa{ifEtoc@notactive} test as |\ifnum| can % be positive only once anyhow; although the \csa{ifEtoc@notactive} boolean % could be faster than an |\ifnum|, it adds to it as long as the local toc id % is not yet found. % % I replace (|1.08e|) the |\Etoc@global|'s for |\Etoc@localtop| by % |\global|'s. The |\relax| is needed because |#2| may sometimes be a count, % sometimes tokens. % % Attention! |1.09| defines a public \cs{etoclocaltop} in replacement of old % \cs{Etoc@localtop} \emph{minus one}. Memo: \cs{etoclocaltop} has only % meaningful meaning when the local toc has its "active" flag set. Except that % I used a "notactive" flag to torture myself, so: has the "notactive" flag % off. % % Also attention |1.09| now sets the |\c@tocdepth| there in relation to % implementation of \localtocwrdp. This is needed for line styles in % compatibility mode as the code from standard classes checks the tocdepth % counter. % \begin{macrocode} \def\etoc@@startlocaltoc#1#2{% \ifEtoc@localtoc \ifnum #1=#2\relax \ifEtoc@jj \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@minustwo@@\fi \ifEtoc@j \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@minusone@@\fi \ifEtoc@ \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@zero@@ \fi \ifEtoc@i \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@one@@ \fi \ifEtoc@ii \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@two@@ \fi \ifEtoc@iii \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@three@@ \fi \ifEtoc@iv \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@four@@ \fi \ifEtoc@v \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@@five@@ \fi \global\c@tocdepth\Etoc@localtocdepth \global\Etoc@notactivefalse \global\Etoc@vfalse \global\Etoc@ivfalse \global\Etoc@iiifalse \global\Etoc@iifalse \global\Etoc@ifalse \global\Etoc@false \global\Etoc@jfalse \global\Etoc@jjfalse \fi \fi } \let\etoc@startlocaltoc\@gobble % \end{macrocode} % |2015/03/16|: |1.08e| tests if a local table of contents turns out empty. % The \csa{Etoc@localtop} there does not have the same meaning as when set-up % by the regular \csa{etoc@@startlocaltoc}. It is off by 1 (in general). THIS % IS OBSOLETE since |1.09|: a \cs{etoclocaltop} is used with same meaning in % all code branches. % % After some hesitation I opted for making and obeying the test always (*) for % local tables of contents, and do it also for global tables of contents but % for the latter the user must issue \csa{etocnotocifnotoc} for the emptiness % test to be obeyed. The emptiness tests are to be trusted only when the % compilations have stabilized. % % (*) finally the user must issue \csa{etocchecksemptiness} once. % % |\Etoc@tocid| is the number of the toc (possibly gotten via a |\ref| % following a \csa{tableofcontents}), or it is |\z@| if the emptiness test is % from a global toc. Until the compilations stabilize, some local TOCs can get % printed at wrong locations naturally and emptiness tests can not be trusted % either. Releases earlier than |1.08e| authorized % \csa{tableofcontents}|\ref{foo}| with |foo| the label of a \emph{global} % toc. But as it was impossible (without much complications) to discriminate, % until auxiliary files have stabilized, between a |\ref| to a local toc whose % id is not yet in the |.toc| file and a |\ref| to a global toc whose id will % in the end definitely not be in the |.toc| file, I decided that this silly % possibility should not be supported anymore. This allowed to remove a few % tokens from \csa{Etoc@tableofcontents} as well. And it also allowed % improvements to \csa{Etoc@localtableofcontents}. % % Note: (|1.08i 2016/09/29|) the code has to handle both local and total toc. % Hence the flag |\ifEtoc@notactive| has to be set prior to it. For a global % toc, the |\Etoc@tocid| was set to |\z@|, and the |\ifnum| in % |\etoc@startlocaltoc| did always fail, but I now prefer to simply nullify % the |\etoc@startlocaltoc|. As its default fallback is |\@gobble| I simply % test here for the |localtoc| flag. The |\Etoc@tocid| will be undefined for a % global toc but it is not tested anymore. % % Note: the mechanism for recognizing the level when a local toc is % encountered is different from the one in |\etoc@@startlocaltoc| which uses % the level flags. Here we just record in |\Etoc@level| where we last stood. % The initialization |\global\let\Etoc@level\Etoc@minf| is thus needed in case % the |.toc| file contains an |\etoc@startlocaltoc| before any % |\contentsline|. % % |1.08i| has two |testingcontentsline| macros, one for local, one for global. % % |1.09| renames the \cs{Etoc@localtop} which was used here to a public % \cs{etoclocaltop} to make it usable in \cs{etocsettocstyle}. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@setemptytocbool {% \global\Etoc@emptytoctrue \global\Etoc@stoptocfalse \global\let\Etoc@level\Etoc@minf \begingroup \ifEtoc@localtoc \def\etoc@startlocaltoc##1{% \ifnum##1=\Etoc@tocid\relax \global\let\etoclocaltop\Etoc@level \global\Etoc@notactivefalse \fi }% \let\contentsline\Etoc@testingcontentslinelocal \else \let\contentsline\Etoc@testingcontentsline \fi \Etoc@storetocdepth \the\Etoc@toctoks \Etoc@restoretocdepth \endgroup } \DeclareRobustCommand*\etocifwasempty {\ifEtoc@emptytoc\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi } \expandafter \let\expandafter\etocxifwasempty\csname etocifwasempty \endcsname \def\Etoc@testingcontentslinelocal #1{% \ifEtoc@stoptoc \else \ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname=\Etoc@@six@@ \else \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Etoc@level\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname % \end{macrocode} % |\ifEtoc@notactive| set to False by |\etoc@startlocaltoc| with right id. It % that happened, check level of hit against unit. Will decide if empty or not. % Set |stoptoc| flag afterwards in all cases. |\Etoc@localtop| will have been % initialized by |\etoc@@startlocaltoc| as |\ifEtoc@notactive| flag can be % false only then. % % |1.09| renamed the \cs{Etoc@localtop} as formerly here to \cs{etoclocaltop} % and adds support for \localtocwrdp. % \begin{macrocode} \ifEtoc@notactive \else \ifnum\Etoc@level>\etoclocaltop \unless\ifnum\Etoc@level>\Etoc@localtocdepth \global\Etoc@emptytocfalse \global\Etoc@stoptoctrue \fi \else \global\Etoc@stoptoctrue \fi \fi \fi \fi \Etoc@gobblefourorthree\relax } \def\Etoc@testingcontentsline #1{% \ifEtoc@stoptoc \else \ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname=\Etoc@@six@@ \else \unless\ifnum\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname>\c@tocdepth \global\Etoc@emptytocfalse \global\Etoc@stoptoctrue \fi \fi \fi \Etoc@gobblefourorthree\relax } % \end{macrocode} % |1.07g| suppresses the printing of |--unknown etoc ref: run latex again--| as % sometimes one uses \csa{localtableofcontents} to prepare something else, and one % does not want any text output even in intermediate runs. % % Also |1.07g| adds \csa{etocaftertochook} to help with % \csa{invisiblelocaltableofcontents} (and then I did \csa{etocsetnexttocdepth}). % |1.07h| makes the hook used by \csa{etocsetnexttocdepth} private. % % |2015/03/14|: |1.08b| suppresses a space token from an unprotected end of % line at the end after the replacement text of \csa{etoc@startlocaltoc} (bug % dating back to |1.03 2012/11/23|). I didn't see it due to the originally % badly formatted source of |\Etoc@next|. % % |2015/03/16|: |1.08e| lets \csa{localtableofcontents} do a first scan of the % |.toc| file (as stored in |\Etoc@toctoks|) to determine if the table of % contents will in fact end up empty. In that case, nothing is typeset. The % command \csa{etocaftertochook} is still executed though. Other ways were % envisioned (like delimited macros) to determine this potential emptiness, but % in the end I opted for execution of the |.toc| file with suitable definitions % for \csa{contentsline} and \csa{etoc@startlocaltoc}. Notice though that if % emptiness would result from empty line styles, this can not be detected. % Emptiness means ``no executed \csa{contentsline}''. % % For this detection of emptiness, assignments (here and in % \csa{Etoc@testingcontentsline}) are made globally, I think this is the best % (just in case some portions of the |.toc| file turn out to be inside some % groups --- perhaps for some silly color assignments, etc... --- whose % boundaries do not necessarily respect unit levels). % % The flag |\Etoc@tocwithid| discriminates between a \localtoc and a % \toc|\ref{foo}|; the latter could so far possibly refer to a local or also to % a global table of contents but release |1.08e| has deprecated the latter use % as it complicated the code, for something truly silly. Thus |\ref{foo}| must % now be with |foo| a label of a local TOC. As a result |\Etoc@tocwithid| is % less used now. % % In the case of a |\ref|ed-to toc whose label was just added hence is not yet % in the |.aux| file, |\Etoc@tocid| is |0|. \etoc used to issue a warning to % run latex again and did no printing at all. Release |1.08e| in such cases % prints the heading (this may gain one compilation step). Emptiness test is % not executed as it would necessarily turn out positive and can not be % trusted anyhow. The TOC is declared non empty, which it probably is... % % Emptiness detection for local tables of contents (either from a % \csa{localtableofcontents} or from a \csa{tableofcontents}|\ref{localtoc}|) % can be trusted only when the |.toc| file has stabilized.The emptiness status % of a local TOC whose Id is not yet in the |.toc| is by necessity undecided % yet (and not to be trusted really as the numbering may have changed; only % when compilation runs settle is the emptiness status to be trusted). The % code declares the TOC non empty, as it will be in 95\% of use cases. % % Dropping support for \toc|\ref{globaltoc}| means here that when a TOC id is % not found in the |.toc| file we can assume it definitely has to be a local % TOC needing more compilations. The emptiness status is undecided, the code % declares the TOC non empty. % % |1.08i-2016/09/29| now does |\Etoc@localtoctrue| right at the start (the % earlier code could have to handle table of contents which were actually % global, via the |\label/\ref| mechanism.) It does not rely on the |\ifnum| % automatically false in |\etoc@@startlocaltoc| due to the special values |0| % or |\z@| for |\Etoc@tocid|, but simply leaves |\etoc@startlocaltoc| to its % default |\@gobble|. The |\Etoc@emptytocfalse| flag is upfront in case some % code using |\etocifwasempty| is in user hooks. The default is to assume the % TOC non-empty as its contents are actually still unknown. Under the % |stoptoc| flag, the |\Etoc@etoccontentsline| is more efficient now. % % The |\Etoc@notactive| flag needs to be set before calling % |\Etoc@setemptytocbool|. % % I hesitated with |1.08i| to write something to aux file in order to let % \LaTeX\ prompt the user for extra pass, after insertion of some new % |\localtableofcontents|, but finally I prefer to only trick \LaTeX\ into % telling about undefined references. % % The \cs{PackageWarning} approach has the advantage % that at least in Emacs/AUCTeX the |C-cC-c| will propose |LaTeX|, not |View|. % But perhaps some automated scripts checking |aux| file will not like the % extra line which is then removed in next pass, and could possibly do one % extra unneeded compilation to check |aux| file remains identical. Hence the % second approach. (edit |2017/10/23|: good thing I documented that! I had % completely forgotten that rationale, but I wonder if it is correct.) % % Also the |\PackageWarning| does not trigger a visible message % near the end of the log file or console output, contrarily to a % \centeredline{|LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.|} % followed by a % \centeredline{|LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.|} % % Method used here seems to work fine also with |latexmk|: it does not seem to % induce it into making too many runs. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@localtableofcontents#1{% \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\@m}% \Etoc@localtoctrue \global\Etoc@emptytocfalse \edef\Etoc@tocid{#1}% \ifnum\Etoc@tocid<\@ne %\PackageWarning{etoc}{Unknown toc reference \@secondoftwo#1. Run LaTeX again}% \setbox0\hbox{\ref{Unknown toc ref \@secondoftwo#1. Rerun LaTeX}}% %\if@filesw\immediate\write\@mainaux{\noexpand\@tempswatrue}\fi \global\Etoc@stoptoctrue % do only heading \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\thr@@}% \Etoc@tableofcontents \expandafter\Etoc@gobbletoetoc@ % skip all the rest \fi \global\Etoc@notactivetrue % \end{macrocode} % |1.08i|'s |\Etoc@setemptytocbool| now checks |localtoc| flag. % \begin{macrocode} \ifEtoc@checksemptiness \Etoc@setemptytocbool \fi \ifEtoc@emptytoc \ifEtoc@notactive %\PackageWarning{etoc}{Unknown toc ID \number\Etoc@tocid. Run LaTeX again}% \setbox0\hbox{\ref{Unknown toc ID \number\Etoc@tocid. Rerun LaTeX}}% %\if@filesw\immediate\write\@mainaux{\noexpand\@tempswatrue}\fi \global\Etoc@emptytocfalse % assume real one will be non-empty \global\Etoc@stoptoctrue % and print only heading for this pass \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\thr@@}% \Etoc@tableofcontents \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\Etoc@gobbletoetoc@ \else %% \PackageWarning{etoc}{This toc is apparently empty}% \fi \else \global\Etoc@stoptocfalse \global\Etoc@notactivetrue % \end{macrocode} % Prior to |1.09| a \cs{Etoc@localtop} was reset here. This has now been % moved to \cs{Etoc@tableofcontents} and \cs{Etoc@localtop} replaced by a % public \cs{etoclocaltop} usable in line styles, and in \cs{etocsettocstyle} % (under checksemptinesstrue regime). % % We can end up here either if the emptiness check was done and turned % negative (then \cs{etoclocaltop} has the correct level for usage in first % argument of \cs{etocsettocstyle}), or if the emptiness check was not done. % For the latter case \cs{etoclocaltop} has setting |-\@m|. % \begin{macrocode} \edef\etoc@startlocaltoc##1% {\noexpand\etoc@@startlocaltoc{##1}{\Etoc@tocid}}% \Etoc@tableofcontents \fi \@gobble\etoc@ \endgroup\ifEtoc@mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi \Etoc@tocdepthreset % 1.07h, renamed 1.08h \etocaftertochook % 1.07g % \end{macrocode} % |1.09| hesitates about putting this before of after the % \cs{etocaftertochook}. The information of the used tocdepth is lost if % puuting it first. The usage of \cs{etocaftertochook} may be broken if % unexpected tokens follows. % \begin{macrocode} \let\Etoc@localtocdepth\c@tocdepth % 1.09 }% \Etoc@localtableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % |2013/03/07|: I discover a \csa{@namedef} trick to construct the % \csa{Etoc@again} space delimited macro:\\ % | \@namedef {Etoc@again} {...stuff...}|\\ % Original version was (copied from analogous stuff in |source2e|):\\ % | {\def\1{\Etoc@again}\expandafter\gdef\1 {...stuff...}}|\\ % and in the end (now that I think about it) I simply use |\@firstofone|.\par % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@getrefno #1#2\etoc@ {#1} \def\Etoc@getref #1{\@ifundefined{r@#1}{0}{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \Etoc@getrefno\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax\etoc@}} \def\Etoc@ref#1{\Etoc@localtableofcontents{\Etoc@getref{#1}}} \def\Etoc@label#1{\label{#1}\futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@t@bleofcontents} \@firstofone{\def\Etoc@again} {\futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@t@bleofcontents} % \end{macrocode} % |1.08e| adds test for emptiness. And uses another coding style for % conditional branching. Easier to read. Not tested for efficiency. % % Also, |\ref{foo}| expects |foo| to be a label to a \emph{local} TOC. Earlier % versions accepted a reference to a global TOC, I have removed the support % from \csa{Etoc@tableofcontents}. % % The syntax \csa{localtableofcontents}|\ref{foo}| is now accepted. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@dothis #1#2\etoc@ {\fi #1} \def\Etoc@t@bleofcontents{% \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\@M}% \ifx\Etoc@nexttoken\label\Etoc@dothis{\expandafter\Etoc@label\@gobble}\fi \ifx\Etoc@nexttoken\@sptoken\Etoc@dothis{\Etoc@again}\fi % \end{macrocode} % |\Etoc@ref| will hand over directly to |\Etoc@localtableofcontents|. % Argument will be (or rather expand to) zero if the reference is non-existent % yet. There was an |\Etoc@tocwithidfalse| flag which |1.08i| suppresses as it % is not used afterwards (since |1.08e| I think.) % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\Etoc@nexttoken\ref\Etoc@dothis{\expandafter\Etoc@ref\@gobble}\fi % \end{macrocode} % Flag to check if we were called from a |\localtableofcontents|. % \begin{macrocode} \ifEtoc@tocwithid\Etoc@dothis{\Etoc@localtableofcontents{\c@etoc@tocid}}\fi % \end{macrocode} % From now on we are handling a global TOC. Earlier, I used the trick of % setting |\Etoc@tocid| to |\z@| for compatibility with expansion of % |\etoc@startlocaltoc|. But since |1.08i| |\etoc@startlocaltoc| is left to be % |\@gobble|, and |\Etoc@tocid| is never tested. We don't need to set the % |notactive| flag as now |\Etoc@testingcontentsline| tests first the % |localtoc| flag (was already the case of |\Etoc@etoccontentsline|). I change % a bit the style of conditionals here for clarity of code. % \begin{macrocode} \global\Etoc@emptytocfalse\ifEtoc@checksemptiness\Etoc@setemptytocbool\fi \ifEtoc@emptytoc \ifEtoc@notocifnotoc \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble \fi \fi \Etoc@tableofcontents \endgroup\ifEtoc@mustclosegroup\endgroup\fi \Etoc@tocdepthreset % 1.07h, renamed 1.08h \etocaftertochook % 1.07g \@gobble\etoc@ }% \Etoc@t@bleofcontents % \end{macrocode} % |1.07g| for consistency Etoc@ prefix added. % % |1.08c| does not use |\arabic| in the |\addtocontents| since I have seen % that in some circumstances (for some right to left languages with % polyglossia or babel), one can not rely on |\arabic| having its default % definition. As the number written here will be used later in an \csa{ifnum}, I % should not have used it in the first place (done |2015/03/30|). % % |1.08i| moves elsewhere definition of |\etoc@startlocaltoc|. In % |\Etoc@table@fcontents| case it remains to be seen if a |\ref| follows which % could turn the TOC into a local one. Handled by |\Etoc@t@bleofcontents|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@table@fcontents{% \refstepcounter{etoc@tocid}% \Etoc@tocwithidfalse \futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@t@bleofcontents} \def\Etoc@localtable@fcontents{% \refstepcounter{etoc@tocid}% \addtocontents{toc}{\string\etoc@startlocaltoc{\the\c@etoc@tocid}}% \Etoc@tocwithidtrue \futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@t@bleofcontents} % \end{macrocode} % |1.07g| defines |\etoctableofcontents| to be able to undo the evil and % brutal doings of some packages with |\tableofcontents|. % % |1.08| patches |tableof|'s influence. Version |1.4a| or later of |tableof| % is needed. % \begin{macrocode} \let\etocaftertitlehook \@empty \let\etocaftercontentshook \@empty % \end{macrocode} % Attention that there could be a |\ref| following, thus we don't yet know % whether this is a local or global table of contents. % % The \cs{Etoc@tocdepthset} is for \cs{etocsetnexttocdepth} mechanism. % \begin{macrocode} \def\etoctableofcontents{% \Etoc@openouttoc \Etoc@tocdepthset % new with 1.08h (\etocsetnexttocdepth) \begingroup % closed in \Etoc@t@bleofcontents or \Etoc@localtableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % Prior to its release |1.4c|, |tableof| added a group pair via |\tof@begin| % and |\tof@finish|. This was removed at |1.4c|. So no need to do anything now % here about silencing |\tof@begingroup| and |\tof@endgroup|: they are % inserted only in the |tableof| private copy of the |.toc| file which is % used by its own table of contents typesetting command. % % |1.08i| removes definition of |\etoc@startlocaltoc| from here. It is done % in |\Etoc@localtableofcontents| or uses its default of |\@gobble|. % % |1.09b| uses a |\def| in non-starred variant for allowing tricks to % recognize later on if we are in a starred or non-starred case, whatever the % user definition of \cs{etocaftertitlehook} may be. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifstar {\let\Etoc@aftertitlehook\@empty\Etoc@table@fcontents} {\def\Etoc@aftertitlehook{\etocaftertitlehook}\Etoc@table@fcontents}% }% \etoctableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % See at end of this file for the explanation of this |1.09d| added saving % of original meaning at package loading time. % \begin{macrocode} \let\etocoriginaltableofcontents\tableofcontents \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents \newcommand*\localtableofcontents{% \Etoc@openouttoc \Etoc@tocdepthset % new with 1.08h (\etocsetnexttocdepth) \begingroup % closed in \Etoc@t@bleofcontents or \Etoc@localtableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % Same comment relative to |tableof|. No need to do anything here. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifstar {\let\Etoc@aftertitlehook\@empty\Etoc@localtable@fcontents} {\def\Etoc@aftertitlehook{\etocaftertitlehook}\Etoc@localtable@fcontents}% }% \localtableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % |1.09| adds \localtocwrdp. The motivation is that it is impossible to set % in a completely satisfactory way the tocdepth from the first argument of % \cs{etocsettocstyle} because the emptiness check does not execute that % argument. If one does not care about emptiness check, one can of course set % the tocdepth from the first argument of \cs{etocsettocstyle}. One can even % use \cs{etocsetnexttocdepth} for that since |1.09| but anyway direct usage % of \cs{etocsettocdepth} (or |\setcounter{tocdepth}{...}| is easier as its % effet when executed there is automatically limited to duration of the TOC. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth[1]{% \edef\Etoc@localtocdepth {\numexpr\noexpand\etoclocaltop+\the\numexpr#1\relax\relax}% \localtableofcontents }% \localtableofcontentswithrelativedepth \let\Etoc@localtocdepth\c@tocdepth % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| moves earlier the definitions of |\Etoc@savedcontentsline| as % well as |\Etoc@levellist|. It will thus not be operative to do % |\etocsetlevel| from inside the title now. But perhaps it will be % easier to deal with tables. % % Also I remove a big |\@firstofone|, and use rather % |\Etoc@gobbletoetoc@| for the gobbling case. % % Also, |1.08| modifies the code to do only expandable things after % |\Etoc@toctoc|, in order to allow opening of an alignment in the first % argument and closing in the second. Earlier versions had an % |\Etoc@@next| initially set to relax after the first |\Etoc@toctoc|. I % was in 2012/2013 quite uneasy with the TeX conditionals hence wanted % for safety to move the things for the second invocation of % |\Etoc@toctoc| after the |\fi\fi\fi|. I could define an |\afterfififi| % macro, but it should be ok as it is done here. % % |1.08e| moved the |\Etoc@par| to \csa{Etoc@tableofcontents}. This was needed % for the implementation of the emptiness test. It might have some impact in % fringe cases as the \csa{refstepcounter} is now done before the |\par| is % issued. % % |1.08e| suppresses the possibility to do a \csa{tableofcontents}|\ref{foo}| % with |foo| the label of a global TOC: issueing \csa{tableofcontents} alone % suffices. Allowed to simplify some code. % % |1.08g| moves |\Etoc@par| to before |\etocbeforetitlehook|, not after. % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\Etoc@gobbletoetoc@ #1\etoc@ {} \newcommand\etocsettocstyle[2]{% \def\Etoc@tableofcontents {% \ifnum\c@tocdepth>\Etoc@minf \else \expandafter\Etoc@gobbletoetoc@ \fi \Etoc@par \etocbeforetitlehook % 1.07m \Etoc@storetocdepth % 1.07g \let\Etoc@savedcontentsline\contentsline % moved up here 1.08 \let\contentsline\Etoc@etoccontentsline \ifEtoc@standard \else % moved here from \Etoc@toctoc (1.08) % \end{macrocode} % Prior to |1.08|, this was done in |\Etoc@toctoc| % % |1.08k| defines here |\etocsavedchaptertocline|, |\etocsavedsectiontocline|, % and so on for all declared level names, again at each TOC and for the % duration of it. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@levellist@elt####1{% \expandafter\let\csname etocsaved####1tocline\expandafter\endcsname \csname l@####1\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname l@####1\endcsname\Etoc@lxyz}% \Etoc@levellist % \end{macrocode} % |1.08k| removes |\let\chapternumberline\numberline| etc... done formerly here % \begin{macrocode} \fi % \end{macrocode} % |1.09| makes \cs{etocsetnexttocdepth} usable in |#1| (but this is not 100\% % compatible with the emptiness check). % % |1.09| makes an \cs{etoclocaltop} usable in |#1| if under checksemptiness % regime. % \begin{macrocode} #1% \Etoc@tocdepthset \ifEtoc@parskip\parskip\z@skip\fi %1.07d \Etoc@aftertitlehook % \end{macrocode} % |1.09| has replaced former \cs{Etoc@localtop} (\emph{minus one}) by % \cs{etoclocaltop}. Under checksemptinesstrue regime its value is already % known, but it will be obtained again from the toc file execution. As it is % used only if TOC is active, resetting it here this way is decorative and % could be removed. % \begin{macrocode} \gdef\etoclocaltop{-\thr@@}% \Etoc@toctoc \etocaftercontentshook #2\@nobreakfalse % 1.07d: \@nobreakfalse moved here \Etoc@restoretocdepth % 1.07g. moved here from before #2 by 1.08 % \end{macrocode} % |\contentsline| was set to |\Etoc@etoccontentsline| by a non-global |\let|, % and it will recover its normal value from exiting a scope limiting group. % But |tableof| (since |1.4a|) under |\etocglobaldefstrue| does a global % redefinition of |\contentsline|. Its |\tof@finish| then does a global % restore of |\contentsline|, but it will be to the \etoc set % value. |\tof@finish| is active only if either the table of contents was % typeset using |\tableof|, |\tablenotof|, |\tableoftaggedcontents|, or % |\nextocwithtags| was used. If not active it is either undefined (no % package |tableof|) or |\@empty|. Prior to |tableof| |1.4c|, the % |\tof@finish| closed a group and could be undefined as well, but not if % |\etocglobaldefstrue|. % % \etoc |1.09c| tested here only equality to |\@empty| to decide if it is % needed to globally restore |\contentsline| but this meant the global restore % was done systematically in case of absence of package |tableof|. % % If rather than |\@empty| the |\tof@finish| fall-back was |\relax| we could % use here |\@ifundefined| to check in one go (matters of speaking because % expansion of |\@ifundefined| is not in "one-go"). Maybe I should update % |tableof|, but for time being I will simply add an extra test. All this is % probably lots of time on irrelevant issue. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\Etoc@global\global \@ifundefined{tof@finish} {} {\ifx\tof@finish\@empty \else \global\let\contentsline\Etoc@savedcontentsline \fi }% \fi \@gobble\etoc@ }% end of \Etoc@tableofcontents definition by \etocsettocstyle } % \end{macrocode} % |1.08| hacks the begin parts to update therein the |\ifEtoc@isfirst| flag % (|2015/03/09|). % % |1.08c| removes unneeded |\long| from the |\def|'s inside |\etoc@setstyle| % (|2015/03/29|). % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocsetstyle{\Etoc@standardfalse\etoc@setstyle} \long\def\etoc@setstyle#1#2#3#4#5{% \expandafter\def \csname Etoc@begin@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#2\Etoc@global\Etoc@isfirsttrue}% \expandafter\def \csname Etoc@prefix@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#3}% \expandafter\def \csname Etoc@contents@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#4}% \expandafter\def \csname Etoc@end@\csname Etoc@#1@\endcsname\endcsname {#5}% } % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocfontminustwo {\normalfont \LARGE \bfseries} \def\etocfontminusone {\normalfont \large \bfseries} \def\etocfontzero {\normalfont \large \bfseries} \def\etocfontone {\normalfont \normalsize \bfseries} \def\etocfonttwo {\normalfont \normalsize} \def\etocfontthree {\normalfont \footnotesize} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocsepminustwo {4ex \@plus .5ex \@minus .5ex} \def\etocsepminusone {4ex \@plus .5ex \@minus .5ex} \def\etocsepzero {2.5ex \@plus .4ex \@minus .4ex} \def\etocsepone {1.5ex \@plus .3ex \@minus .3ex} \def\etocseptwo {.5ex \@plus .1ex \@minus .1ex} \def\etocsepthree {.25ex \@plus .05ex \@minus .05ex} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocbaselinespreadminustwo {1} \def\etocbaselinespreadminusone {1} \def\etocbaselinespreadzero {1} \def\etocbaselinespreadone {1} \def\etocbaselinespreadtwo {1} \def\etocbaselinespreadthree {.9} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocminustwoleftmargin {1.5em plus 0.5fil} \def\etocminustworightmargin {1.5em plus -0.5fil} \def\etocminusoneleftmargin {1em} \def\etocminusonerightmargin {1em} \def\etoctoclineleaders {\hbox{\normalfont\normalsize\hb@xt@2ex {\hss.\hss}}} \def\etocabbrevpagename {p.~} % \end{macrocode} % Versions earlier than |1.08b| (and since |v1.05 2012/12/01|) defined % \csa{etocpartname} (for use by \etoc's own line styles) to expand to % \csa{partname}. But this didn't make sense in the context for example of % |babel| and |frenchb|, because \csa{frenchpartname} does things depending on % the current value of the counter |part|. The code in recent |frenchb| (but % not yet |v2.5a| when |\etocpartname| was introduced) constructs control % sequences |\ordinali|, etc... If the part counter is zero, this gives % |\ordinal|. Usually this is not defined, hence no error happens (as it is % constructed via |\csname|), but under class |memoir| the bug showed up. All % this to explain that I found out about this long lasting problem only on % |2015/03/14|. Probably a sign that \etoc's own line styles are rarely % used... % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocpartname {Part}% modified 1.08b \def\etocbookname {Book} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % The macro \csa{etocdefaultlines} was initially called \csa{etoctoclines}. Now % \csa{etoctoclines} just does \csa{Etoc@standardfalse}. % Version |1.07e| has rewritten entirely the stuff related to penalties and % \csa{addvspace}, as this was not satisfactory in the earlier versions, which % were written at a early stage in the development of the % package. Actually I am not fully satisfied with these line styles. % % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocdefaultlines{\Etoc@standardfalse % %% `book': \etoc@setstyle{@minustwo} {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix} {\addpenalty\@secpenalty} {\begingroup \etocfontminustwo \addvspace{\etocsepminustwo}% \parindent \z@ \leftskip \etocminustwoleftmargin \rightskip \etocminustworightmargin \parfillskip \@flushglue \vbox{\etocifnumbered{\etocbookname\enspace\etocnumber:\quad}{}\etocname \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadminustwo\baselineskip \par}% \addpenalty\@M\addvspace{\etocsepminusone}% \endgroup} {}% %% `part': \etoc@setstyle{@minusone} {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix} {\addpenalty\@secpenalty} {\begingroup \etocfontminusone \addvspace{\etocsepminusone}% \parindent \z@ \leftskip \etocminusoneleftmargin \rightskip \etocminusonerightmargin \parfillskip \@flushglue \vbox{\etocifnumbered{\etocpartname\enspace\etocnumber.\quad}{}\etocname \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadminusone\baselineskip \par}% \addpenalty\@M\addvspace{\etocsepzero}% \endgroup} {}% %% `chapter': \etoc@setstyle{@zero} {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix} {\addpenalty\@itempenalty} {\begingroup \etocfontzero \addvspace{\etocsepzero}% \parindent \z@ \parfillskip \@flushglue \vbox{\etocifnumbered{\etocnumber.\enspace}{}\etocname \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadzero\baselineskip \par}% \endgroup} {\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}\addvspace{\etocsepminusone}}% %% `section': \etoc@setstyle{@one} {\addpenalty\@M\etocskipfirstprefix} {\addpenalty\@itempenalty} {\begingroup \etocfontone \addvspace{\etocsepone}% \parindent \z@ \parfillskip \z@ \setbox\z@\vbox{\parfillskip\@flushglue \etocname\par \setbox\tw@\lastbox \global\setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\tw@\ }}% \dimen\z@=\wd\@ne \setbox\z@=\etoctoclineleaders \advance\dimen\z@\wd\z@ \etocifnumbered {\setbox\tw@\hbox{\etocnumber, \etocabbrevpagename\etocpage}} {\setbox\tw@\hbox{\etocabbrevpagename\etocpage}}% \advance\dimen\z@\wd\tw@ \ifdim\dimen\z@ < \linewidth \vbox{\etocname~% \leaders\box\z@\hfil\box\tw@ \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadone\baselineskip \par}% 1.08b adds the % here \else \vbox{\etocname~% \leaders\copy\z@\hfil\break \hbox{}\leaders\box\z@\hfil\box\tw@ \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadone\baselineskip \par}% \fi \endgroup} {\addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{\etocsepzero}}% %% `subsection': \etoc@setstyle{@two} {\addpenalty\@medpenalty\etocskipfirstprefix} {\addpenalty\@itempenalty} {\begingroup \etocfonttwo \addvspace{\etocseptwo}% \parindent \z@ \parfillskip \z@ \setbox\z@\vbox{\parfillskip\@flushglue \etocname\par\setbox\tw@\lastbox \global\setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\tw@}}% \dimen\z@=\wd\@ne \setbox\z@=\etoctoclineleaders \advance\dimen\z@\wd\z@ \etocifnumbered {\setbox\tw@\hbox{\etocnumber, \etocabbrevpagename\etocpage}} {\setbox\tw@\hbox{\etocabbrevpagename\etocpage}}% \advance\dimen\z@\wd\tw@ \ifdim\dimen\z@ < \linewidth \vbox{\etocname~% \leaders\box\z@\hfil\box\tw@ \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadtwo\baselineskip \par}% \else \vbox{\etocname~% \leaders\copy\z@\hfil\break \hbox{}\leaders\box\z@\hfil\box\tw@ \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadtwo\baselineskip \par}% \fi \endgroup} {\addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{\etocsepone}}% %% `subsubsection': \etoc@setstyle{@three} {\addpenalty\@M \etocfontthree \vspace{\etocsepthree}% \noindent \etocskipfirstprefix} {\allowbreak\,--\,} {\etocname} {.\hfil \begingroup \baselineskip\etocbaselinespreadthree\baselineskip \par \endgroup \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}}% % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \etoc@setstyle{@four}{}{}{}{}% \etoc@setstyle{@five}{}{}{}{}% } % end of \etocdefaultlines! % \end{macrocode} % The |\etocinnertopsep| default value is too big as well as |\etocbelowtocskip| % and |\etocabovetocskip|, I guess, but if I am remember correctly I chose them % to mimick the standard TOC spacings in |article| class. % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocabovetocskip{3.5ex \@plus 1ex \@minus .2ex} \def\etocbelowtocskip{3.5ex \@plus 1ex \@minus .2ex} \def\etoccolumnsep{2em} \def\etocmulticolsep{0ex} \def\etocmulticolpretolerance{-1} \def\etocmulticoltolerance{200} \def\etocdefaultnbcol{2} \def\etocinnertopsep{2ex} % \end{macrocode} % |1.07i| adds a |\nobreak| before the |\etocinnertopsep| and a test of vertical % mode to see if truly adding a |\par| is a reasonable idea, in the % case of single-column mode. % % |1.08b| revisits this old code written perhaps at a time I didn't know about % |\expandafter| ! % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\etocmulticolstyle[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocsettocstyle {\let\etocoldpar\par \addvspace{\etocabovetocskip}% \ifnum #1>\@ne \expandafter\@firstoftwo \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi {\multicolpretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance \multicoltolerance\etocmulticoltolerance \setlength{\columnsep}{\etoccolumnsep}% \setlength{\multicolsep}{\etocmulticolsep}% \begin{multicols}{#1}[#2\etocoldpar\addvspace{\etocinnertopsep}]} {#2\ifvmode\else\begingroup\interlinepenalty\@M\parskip\z@skip \@@par\endgroup \fi \nobreak\addvspace{\etocinnertopsep}% \pretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance \tolerance\etocmulticoltolerance}% }% {\ifnum #1>\@ne \expandafter\@firstofone \else \expandafter\@gobble \fi {\end{multicols}}% \addvspace{\etocbelowtocskip}}% } % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocinnerbottomsep{3.5ex} \def\etocinnerleftsep{2em} \def\etocinnerrightsep{2em} \def\etoctoprule{\hrule} \def\etocleftrule{\vrule} \def\etocrightrule{\vrule} \def\etocbottomrule{\hrule} \def\etoctoprulecolorcmd{\relax} \def\etocbottomrulecolorcmd{\relax} \def\etocleftrulecolorcmd{\relax} \def\etocrightrulecolorcmd{\relax} % \end{macrocode} % |1.07i| moves the |\nobreak| to before the |\vskip\etocinnertopsep| % (especially important for the single column case). % \begin{macrocode} \def\etoc@ruledheading #1{% \hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup \hss #1\hss\hskip-\linewidth \etoctoprulecolorcmd\leaders\etoctoprule\hss \phantom{#1}% \leaders\etoctoprule\hss\color@endgroup}% \nointerlineskip\nobreak\vskip\etocinnertopsep} \newcommand*\etocruledstyle[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocsettocstyle {\addvspace{\etocabovetocskip}% \ifnum #1>\@ne \expandafter\@firstoftwo \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi {\multicolpretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance \multicoltolerance\etocmulticoltolerance \setlength{\columnsep}{\etoccolumnsep}% \setlength{\multicolsep}{\etocmulticolsep}% \begin{multicols}{#1}[\etoc@ruledheading{#2}]} {\etoc@ruledheading{#2}% \pretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance \tolerance\etocmulticoltolerance}} {\ifnum #1>\@ne\expandafter\@firstofone \else \expandafter\@gobble \fi {\end{multicols}}% \addvspace{\etocbelowtocskip}}} % \end{macrocode} % |1.07k| defines |\Etoc@relax| and |\etocbkgcolorcmd| as |\long|: the user % manual says to use |\renewcommand\etocbkgcolorcmd|, and an |\ifx| test is used % in the framed style. It was thus a bug to have non-long definitions before. Or % I could have said in the user manual to use |\renewcommand*|, or in % |\etocframedstyle| I should test for the two, or I should pause to try to % remember about this code and think about it. % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocframedmphook{\relax} \long\def\etocbkgcolorcmd{\relax} \long\def\Etoc@relax{\relax} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \newbox\etoc@framed@titlebox \newbox\etoc@framed@contentsbox \newcommand*\etocframedstyle[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocsettocstyle{% \addvspace{\etocabovetocskip}% \sbox\z@{#2}% \dimen\z@\dp\z@ \ifdim\wd\z@<\linewidth \dp\z@\z@ \else \dimen\z@\z@ \fi \setbox\etoc@framed@titlebox=\hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup \hss \ifx\etocbkgcolorcmd\Etoc@relax \else \sbox\tw@{\color{white}% \vrule\@width\wd\z@\@height\ht\z@\@depth\dimen\z@}% \ifdim\wd\z@<\linewidth \dp\tw@\z@\fi \box\tw@ \hskip-\wd\z@ \fi \copy\z@ \hss \hskip-\linewidth \etoctoprulecolorcmd\leaders\etoctoprule\hss \hskip\wd\z@ \etoctoprulecolorcmd\leaders\etoctoprule\hss\color@endgroup}% \setbox\z@\hbox{\etocleftrule\etocrightrule}% \dimen\tw@\linewidth\advance\dimen\tw@-\wd\z@ \advance\dimen\tw@-\etocinnerleftsep \advance\dimen\tw@-\etocinnerrightsep \setbox\etoc@framed@contentsbox=\vbox\bgroup \hsize\dimen\tw@ \kern\dimen\z@ \vskip\etocinnertopsep \hbox\bgroup \begin{minipage}{\hsize}% \etocframedmphook \ifnum #1>\@ne \expandafter\@firstoftwo \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi {\multicolpretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance \multicoltolerance\etocmulticoltolerance \setlength{\columnsep}{\etoccolumnsep}% \setlength{\multicolsep}{\etocmulticolsep}% \begin{multicols}{#1}} {\pretolerance\etocmulticolpretolerance \tolerance\etocmulticoltolerance}} {\ifnum #1>\@ne\expandafter\@firstofone \else \expandafter\@gobble \fi {\end{multicols}\unskip }% \end{minipage}% \egroup \vskip\etocinnerbottomsep \egroup \vbox{\hsize\linewidth \ifx\etocbkgcolorcmd\Etoc@relax \else \kern\ht\etoc@framed@titlebox \kern\dp\etoc@framed@titlebox \hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup \etocleftrulecolorcmd\etocleftrule \etocbkgcolorcmd \leaders\vrule \@height\ht\etoc@framed@contentsbox \@depth\dp\etoc@framed@contentsbox \hss \etocrightrulecolorcmd\etocrightrule \color@endgroup}\nointerlineskip \vskip-\dp\etoc@framed@contentsbox \vskip-\ht\etoc@framed@contentsbox \vskip-\dp\etoc@framed@titlebox \vskip-\ht\etoc@framed@titlebox \fi \box\etoc@framed@titlebox\nointerlineskip \hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup {\etocleftrulecolorcmd\etocleftrule}% \hss\box\etoc@framed@contentsbox\hss \etocrightrulecolorcmd\etocrightrule\color@endgroup} \nointerlineskip \vskip\ht\etoc@framed@contentsbox \vskip\dp\etoc@framed@contentsbox \hb@xt@\linewidth{\color@begingroup\etocbottomrulecolorcmd \leaders\etocbottomrule\hss\color@endgroup}} \addvspace{\etocbelowtocskip}}} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\etoc@multicoltoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}% \tableofcontents} \newcommand\etoc@multicoltoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}% \tableofcontents*} \newcommand\etoc@local@multicoltoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}% \localtableofcontents} \newcommand\etoc@local@multicoltoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocmulticolstyle[#1]{#2}% \localtableofcontents*} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\etoc@ruledtoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocruledstyle[#1]{#2}% \tableofcontents} \newcommand*\etoc@ruledtoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocruledstyle[#1]{#2}% \tableofcontents*} \newcommand*\etoc@local@ruledtoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocruledstyle[#1]{#2}% \localtableofcontents} \newcommand*\etoc@local@ruledtoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocruledstyle[#1]{#2}% \localtableofcontents*} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\etoc@framedtoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocframedstyle[#1]{#2}% \tableofcontents} \newcommand*\etoc@framedtoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocframedstyle[#1]{#2}% \tableofcontents*} \newcommand*\etoc@local@framedtoc[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocframedstyle[#1]{#2}% \localtableofcontents} \newcommand*\etoc@local@framedtoci[2][\etocdefaultnbcol]{% \etocframedstyle[#1]{#2}% \localtableofcontents*} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocmulticol{\begingroup \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue \@ifstar {\etoc@multicoltoci} {\etoc@multicoltoc}} \def\etocruled{\begingroup \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue \@ifstar {\etoc@ruledtoci} {\etoc@ruledtoc}} \def\etocframed{\begingroup \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue \@ifstar {\etoc@framedtoci} {\etoc@framedtoc}} \def\etoclocalmulticol{\begingroup \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue \@ifstar {\etoc@local@multicoltoci} {\etoc@local@multicoltoc}} \def\etoclocalruled{\begingroup \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue \@ifstar {\etoc@local@ruledtoci} {\etoc@local@ruledtoc}} \def\etoclocalframed{\begingroup \Etoc@mustclosegrouptrue \@ifstar {\etoc@local@framedtoci} {\etoc@local@framedtoc}} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocarticlestyle{% \etocsettocstyle {\section *{\contentsname \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname} {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}} {}} \def\etocarticlestylenomarks{% \etocsettocstyle {\section *{\contentsname}} {}} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocbookstyle{% \etocsettocstyle {\if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi \chapter *{\contentsname \@mkboth {\MakeUppercase \contentsname} {\MakeUppercase \contentsname}}} {\if@restonecol \twocolumn \fi}} \def\etocbookstylenomarks{% \etocsettocstyle {\if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue \onecolumn \else \@restonecolfalse \fi \chapter *{\contentsname}} {\if@restonecol \twocolumn \fi}} \let\etocreportstyle\etocbookstyle \let\etocreportstylenomarks\etocbookstylenomarks % \end{macrocode} % |v3.7i| of memoir has moved the \cs{phantomsection} to a better location, % before typesetting the title and we follow suit at |1.09a|, and less rashly % at |1.09b|. Formerly \etoc used \cs{etocaftertitlehook} to mimick the % memoir code but as its name indicate, it is supposedly executed after the % title... and this also had the defect of making \cs{etocaftertitlehook} not % anymore a user command. Thus we here use some refactoring of the % \cs{Etoc@aftertitlehook} internal mechanism to help recognize if we are % in the starred case or not. % % \cs{phantomsection} is always defined by memoir, empty if hyperref absent. % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocmemoirtoctotocfmt #1#2{% \def\Etoc@addsuitablecontentsline{\addcontentsline {toc}{#1}{#2}}% } \def\etocmemoirstyle{% \etocsettocstyle {\ensureonecol \par \begingroup \phantomsection \ifx\Etoc@aftertitlehook\@empty \else % non-starred variant \ifmem@em@starred@listof \else \Etoc@addsuitablecontentsline \fi \fi \@nameuse {@tocmaketitle} %<< space token here from memoir code \ifx\Etoc@aftertitlehook\@empty \else % \end{macrocode} % Execute etoc hook before the \cs{cfttocbeforelisthook} and keep distinction % between starred and non-starred contexts for other hooks. Notice that the % memoir class way of implementing \cs{tableofcontents} leaves no way for code % executed by the TOC code to know if it is executed in starred or non-starred % context. % \begin{macrocode} \Etoc@aftertitlehook \let \Etoc@aftertitlehook \relax \fi \parskip \cftparskip \@nameuse {cfttocbeforelisthook}} {\@nameuse {cfttocafterlisthook}\endgroup\restorefromonecol}} % \end{macrocode} % |1.09c| (|2020/05/15|) does an update as KOMA-script has deprecated % |\iftocfeature|. Thanks to Bilel Omrani for report. I did not check % if cloning of KOMA code required some further updates. % \begin{macrocode} \ifdefined\Iftocfeature\def\etoc@Iftocfeature{\Iftocfeature}\else\def\etoc@Iftocfeature{\iftocfeature}\fi \def\etocscrartclstyle{% \etocsettocstyle {\let\if@dynlist\if@tocleft \def\@currext{toc}% added 1.07m 2015/01/23 \etoc@Iftocfeature {toc}{onecolumn} {\etoc@Iftocfeature {toc}{leveldown} {} {\if@twocolumn \aftergroup \twocolumn \onecolumn \fi }} {}% % \end{macrocode} % |1.07k|: next line to do as within current |scrartcl 2013/12/19 v3.12| % KOMA-Script article class. % \begin{macrocode} \etoc@Iftocfeature {toc}{numberline}{\def \nonumberline {\numberline {}}}{}% \tocbasic@listhead {\listoftocname}% \begingroup \expandafter \expandafter \expandafter \endgroup \expandafter \ifx \csname microtypesetup\endcsname \relax \else \etoc@Iftocfeature {toc}{noprotrusion}{} {\microtypesetup {protrusion=false}% \PackageInfo {tocbasic}% {character protrusion at toc deactivated}}% \fi \setlength {\parskip }{\z@ }% \setlength {\parindent }{\z@ }% \setlength {\parfillskip }{\z@ \@plus 1fil}% \csname tocbasic@@before@hook\endcsname \csname tb@toc@before@hook\endcsname} {\csname tb@toc@after@hook\endcsname \csname tocbasic@@after@hook\endcsname}} \let\etocscrbookstyle\etocscrartclstyle \let\etocscrreprtstyle\etocscrartclstyle % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocarticlestyle} \newcommand*\etocmarkboth[1]{% \@mkboth{\MakeUppercase{#1}}{\MakeUppercase{#1}}} \newcommand*\etocmarkbothnouc[1]{\@mkboth{#1}{#1}} \newcommand\etoctocstyle[3][section]{\etocmulticolstyle[#2]% {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3}}} \newcommand\etoctocstylewithmarks[4][section]{\etocmulticolstyle[#2]% {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3\etocmarkboth{#4}}}} \newcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][section]{\etocmulticolstyle[#2]% {\csname #1\endcsname *{#3\etocmarkbothnouc{#4}}}} % \end{macrocode} % placeholder for comments % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@redefetocstyle#1{% \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarks[4][#1] {\etocmulticolstyle[##2]% {\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkboth{##4}}}} \renewcommand\etoctocstylewithmarksnouc[4][#1] {\etocmulticolstyle[##2]% {\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3\etocmarkbothnouc{##4}}}} \renewcommand\etoctocstyle[3][#1]{% \etocmulticolstyle[##2]{\csname ##1\endcsname *{##3}}}} \@ifclassloaded{scrartcl} {\renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrartclstyle}}{} \@ifclassloaded{book} {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocbookstyle} \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} \@ifclassloaded{report} {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocreportstyle} \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} \@ifclassloaded{scrbook} {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrbookstyle} \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} \@ifclassloaded{scrreprt} {\renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocscrreprtstyle} \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} % \end{macrocode} %|1.07k (2014/03/06)| adds the |appendix| to the list of known levels if class %|memoir| is detected. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifclassloaded{memoir} {\etocsetlevel{appendix}{0}% \renewcommand*\etocfontone{\normalfont\normalsize} \etocmemoirtoctotocfmt{chapter}{\contentsname}% \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etocmemoirstyle} \Etoc@redefetocstyle{chapter}}{} % \end{macrocode} %|1.07k (2014/03/06)| adds the compatibility with the |tocloft| package; in % compatibility mode etoc will obey the |tocloft| customisation for the division % headings as well as for the toc title. % %|1.07l (2014/04/02)| fixes the bug from the |tocloft| compatibility layer which %was |memoir| incompatible: |memoir| has its version of |tocloft| which doesn't %have the |\if@cftnctoc| boolean. % \begin{macrocode} \def\etoctocloftstyle {% \etocsettocstyle {\@cfttocstart\par\begingroup \parindent\z@ \parskip\cftparskip \@cftmaketoctitle \if@cfttocbibind\@cftdobibtoc\fi }% {\endgroup\@cfttocfinish }% } \@ifclassloaded{memoir}{} {\@ifpackageloaded{tocloft} {\if@cftnctoc\else \renewcommand*\etocstandarddisplaystyle{\etoctocloftstyle} \AtBeginDocument{\let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents} \fi } {\AtBeginDocument {\@ifpackageloaded{tocloft} {\if@cftnctoc\else \PackageWarning {etoc} {Package `tocloft' was loaded after `etoc'!^^J% **** to prevent it from overwriting \protect\tableofcontents, it will be tricked^^J% **** into believing to have been loaded with option `titles'. For better^^J% **** compatibility, please load `tocloft' before `etoc'}% \AtEndDocument{\PackageWarning{etoc} {Please load `tocloft' /before/ `etoc'!}}\fi \@cftnctoctrue }% {}% }% }% } % \end{macrocode} % \LaTeX\ 2021 fall release lets |\contentsline| always grab four arguments, % so with |1.09e 2021/09/23| we make sure our |\addtocontents| will always % provide |\contentsline| with four arguments. This extra |{}| is done % without checking LaTeX's version by laziness, as an impact on documents % compiled with former LaTeX could be visible only with very special contexts % that only the author himself would ever consider. % % Let's also add |\protected@file@percent| at |1.09e| although this is a % priori of no relevance as \etoc reads the toc file with |\endlinechar=-1| % regime. % % When using |\addcontentsline| nothing needs to be done as both things are % handled by \LaTeX\ upstream. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@addtocontents #1#2% {\ifEtoc@hyperref \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline {#1}{#2}% {\thepage }{\@currentHref }% \ifdefined\protected@file@percent\protected@file@percent\fi }% \else \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\contentsline {#1}{#2}{\thepage }{}% \ifdefined\protected@file@percent\protected@file@percent\fi }% \fi} \def\Etoc@addcontentsline@ #1#2#3% {\@namedef{toclevel@#1}{#3}% \addcontentsline {toc}{#1}{#2}} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\etoctoccontentsline} {\@ifstar{\Etoc@addcontentsline@}{\Etoc@addtocontents}} % \end{macrocode} % All the following added for version |1.07g [2013/10/13]|. Motivated by % a demand about |tovsec2|. But it is impossible to make |tocvsec2| % compatible, if not re-doing all `toc' macros in |tocvsec2| % (|v1.3, 2011/08/07|). I do not retain the stack idea, which does not convince % me as useful. The empty line in the |.toc| file is put there by % |tocvsec2| (see its code line 143). % % I take this opportunity to add to the start of the toc file % |\let\etoc@startlocaltoc\@gobble| in case |etoc| is not detected, I should % possibly have done that long ago (like I did in |tableof|). % % In |1.07h| I decide that I should not have used |\Etoc@| but |\etoc@| for % |\Etoc@settocdepth|. So I now use lowercase and add a temporary line for % transition in the very improbable situation that someone actually did already % use the just released |1.07g|. % % In |1.07i| the deactivation of |\etoc@settocdepth| done at the start % of the |.toc| file (for the case this file is used after having % removed |etoc| from the document, or imported in another document) is % done via letting it to |\@gobble| rather than |\count@| (which would % not be ok, as what follows would be undefined too). The reason for the % |\count@| also used originally in |\etocignoretoctocdepth| is that % when I first worked on |1.07g| I possibly had more than one token % after |\etoc@settocdepth|, but I changed that later. % % |1.09| renames \cs{Etoc@resettocdepth} to \cs{Etoc@restoretocdepth}. % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@storetocdepth {\global\c@etoc@tocdepth\c@tocdepth } \def\Etoc@restoretocdepth {\global\c@tocdepth\c@etoc@tocdepth } \def\etocobeytoctocdepth {\def\etoc@settocdepth {\afterassignment\Etoc@@nottoodeep \global\c@tocdepth}} \def\Etoc@@nottoodeep {\ifnum\c@tocdepth>\c@etoc@tocdepth \global\c@tocdepth\c@etoc@tocdepth\fi } \def\etocignoretoctocdepth {\let\etoc@settocdepth\@gobble } \def\etocsettocdepth {\futurelet\Etoc@nexttoken\Etoc@set@tocdepth } \def\Etoc@set@tocdepth {\ifx\Etoc@nexttoken\bgroup \expandafter\Etoc@set@tocdepth@ \else\expandafter\Etoc@set@toctocdepth \fi } \def\Etoc@set@tocdepth@ #1{\@ifundefined {Etoc@#1@@} {\PackageWarning{etoc} {Unknown sectioning unit #1, \protect\etocsettocdepth\space ignored}} {\global\c@tocdepth\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}% } \def\Etoc@set@toctocdepth #1#{\Etoc@set@toctocdepth@ } \def\Etoc@set@toctocdepth@ #1{% \@ifundefined{Etoc@#1@@}% {\PackageWarning{etoc} {Unknown sectioning depth #1, \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc ignored}}% {\addtocontents {toc} {\protect\etoc@settocdepth\expandafter\protect\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}}% } % \end{macrocode} % |1.07h| adds the depth tags, and an even more general mechanism could be added % at some point: we could insert `action' tags and have the user map them to % arbitrary commands. For the time being we just provide % |\etocdepthtag.toc {name}| and |\etocsettagdepth {tag_name}{level}| where % level is numeric or % alphabetical. The numeric % level |-3| is now again not accepted by |\etocsetlevel|, it can be used with % |\etocsettagdepth| (which accepts equivalently |none|). % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocdepthtag #1#{\Etoc@depthtag } % \etocdepthtag.toc {name} \def\Etoc@depthtag #1{\addtocontents {toc}{\protect\etoc@depthtag {#1}}} \def\etocignoredepthtags {\let\etoc@depthtag \@gobble } \def\etocobeydepthtags {\let\etoc@depthtag \Etoc@depthtag@ } \def\Etoc@depthtag@ #1{\@ifundefined{Etoc@depthof@#1}% {}% ignore in silence if tag has no associated depth {\afterassignment\Etoc@@nottoodeep \global\c@tocdepth\csname Etoc@depthof@#1\endcsname}% } \def\etocsettagdepth #1#2{\@ifundefined{Etoc@#2@@}% {\PackageWarning{etoc} {Unknown sectioning depth #2, \protect\etocsettagdepth\space ignored}}% {\@namedef{Etoc@depthof@#1}{\@nameuse{Etoc@#2@@}}}% } % \end{macrocode} % We must cancel all |tocvsec2| toc-related actions. But a check must be done % for the memoir class, as its |tocvsec2| emulation does not have the % incompatible things etoc needs to revert. This extra check added with etoc % |1.07l|. Release |1.08g| modifies the info message under class memoir (and % downgrades it from warning to info). % \begin{macrocode} \def\Etoc@tocvsec@err #1{\PackageError {etoc} {the command \protect#1\space is incompatible with etoc} {use \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc as replacement (see etoc manual)}% }% \AtBeginDocument {% \@ifclassloaded{memoir} {\PackageInfo {etoc} {Regarding memoir class command \protect\settocdepth, consider^^J \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc as a drop-in replacement with more capabilities^^J (see etoc manual). Similarly \protect\etocsettocdepth\space and \protect\etocsetnexttocdepth^^J should replace use of memoir's \protect\maxtocdepth\space command.}} {\@ifpackageloaded {tocvsec2} {\def\maxtocdepth #1{\Etoc@tocvsec@err \maxtocdepth }% \def\settocdepth #1{\Etoc@tocvsec@err \settocdepth }% \def\resettocdepth {\@ifstar {\Etoc@tocvsec@err \resettocdepth }% {\Etoc@tocvsec@err \resettocdepth }% }% \def\save@tocdepth #1#2#3{}% % if etoc is added to file previously \let\reset@tocdepth\relax % using tocvsec2 \let\remax@tocdepth\relax \let\tableofcontents\etoctableofcontents \PackageWarning {etoc} {package tocvsec2 detected and its modification of^^J \protect\tableofcontents\space reverted. Use \protect\etocsettocdepth.toc as a replacement^^J for the tocvsec2 toc-related commands}}{}% }% }% % \end{macrocode} % |1.07g|. Initial version of \csa{etocsetnexttocdepth}. % % |1.08h|: avoid after-effect of consecutive uses of \csa{etocsetnexttocdepth} % with no intervening TOC, due to the fact that the command did an immediate % modification of the |tocdepth counter|. This is now delayed until % the actual TOC typesetting. % % |1.09|: slight refactoring of \cs{etocsetnexttocdepth} to let it be usable % from first argument of \cs{etocsettocstyle} although it is even simpler to % use \cs{etocsettocdepth} there, because the setting is automatically undone % at end of TOC. % % Recall that etoc allows to change all numeric % levels assigned to sectioning names, and the one used by % \cs{etocsetnexttocdepth} is determined at time of next toc only, when % \cs{Etoc@tocdepthset} will expand. % \begin{macrocode} \def\invisibletableofcontents {\etocsetnexttocdepth {-3}\tableofcontents }% \def\invisiblelocaltableofcontents {\etocsetnexttocdepth {-3}\localtableofcontents }% \def\etocsetnexttocdepth #1{% \@ifundefined{Etoc@#1@@} {\PackageWarning{etoc} {Unknown sectioning unit #1, \protect\etocsetnextocdepth\space ignored}} {\Etoc@setnexttocdepth{\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}}% }% \def\Etoc@setnexttocdepth#1{% \def\Etoc@tocdepthset{% \Etoc@tocdepthreset \edef\Etoc@tocdepthreset {% \global\c@tocdepth\the\c@tocdepth\space \global\let\noexpand\Etoc@tocdepthreset\noexpand\@empty }% \global\c@tocdepth#1% \global\let\Etoc@tocdepthset\@empty }% }% \let\Etoc@tocdepthreset\@empty % new 1.08h functioning of \etocsetnexttocdepth \let\Etoc@tocdepthset \@empty % % \end{macrocode} % |1.08k|. Serves to make local TOCs even after headings which were not added % to the |.toc| file; but of course the local TOCs can only display % sub-headings which made their way into the |.toc| file... % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocsetlocaltop #1#{\Etoc@set@localtop}% \def\Etoc@set@localtop #1{% \@ifundefined{Etoc@#1@@}% {\PackageWarning{etoc} {Unknown sectioning depth #1, \protect\etocsetlocaltop.toc ignored}}% {\addtocontents {toc} {\protect\etoc@setlocaltop\expandafter\protect\csname Etoc@#1@@\endcsname}}% }% \def\etoc@setlocaltop #1{% \global\let\Etoc@level #1% \Etoc@skipthisonefalse \ifnum\Etoc@level=\Etoc@@six@@ \Etoc@skipthisonetrue \else \ifEtoc@localtoc \ifEtoc@stoptoc\Etoc@skipthisonetrue \else \ifEtoc@notactive \Etoc@setflags \Etoc@skipthisonetrue \else % \end{macrocode} % Attention, |1.09| has \cs{etoclocaltop} which is former \cs{Etoc@localtop} % \emph{minus one}. Hence the shape of the conditional. Memo: it makes sense % only for code executed under "active" status of the TOC. % \begin{macrocode} \unless\ifnum\Etoc@level>\etoclocaltop \Etoc@skipthisonetrue \global\Etoc@stoptoctrue \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \let\Etoc@next\@gobble \ifEtoc@skipthisone \else \ifnum\c@tocdepth<\Etoc@level \else \ifEtoc@standard \else \let\Etoc@next\@firstofone \fi \fi \fi \Etoc@next{\Etoc@doends\Etoc@dobegins}% }% % \end{macrocode} % |1.07h|. In order for the |.toc| file to be usable without error even % without etoc. In |1.07i| use of |\@gobble| for |\etoc@settocdepth|. % \begin{macrocode} \addtocontents {toc}{\protect\@ifundefined{etoctocstyle}% {\let\protect\etoc@startlocaltoc\protect\@gobble \let\protect\etoc@settocdepth\protect\@gobble \let\protect\etoc@depthtag\protect\@gobble \let\protect\etoc@setlocaltop\protect\@gobble}{}}% % \end{macrocode} % Initializations. % \begin{macrocode} \def\etocstandardlines {\Etoc@standardtrue} \def\etoctoclines {\Etoc@standardfalse} \etocdefaultlines \etocstandardlines \etocstandarddisplaystyle \etocobeytoctocdepth \etocobeydepthtags \let\etocaftertochook \@empty % public for end user. \let\etocbeforetitlehook \@empty % new with 1.07m % \end{macrocode} % |listings| abuses |\tableofcontents| for its |\lstlistoflistings|. It % doesn't seem worth to let my version of |\tableofcontents| have to check for % this special circumstance. So at |1.09d|, simply add this (and induced % annoying updates to documentation at at least two locations): % \begin{macrocode} \def\etockeeporiginaltableofcontents {\let\tableofcontents\etocoriginaltableofcontents}% \endinput % \end{macrocode} % \MakePercentComment \CharacterTable {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| Right brace \} Tilde \~} \CheckSum{3528}% \csname check@checksum\endcsname \Finale %% %% End of file `etoc.dtx'.